Home

WaveStar® OLS 1.6T (400G/800G) User/Service Manual (USM)

1. OTU110 Flex MUX Receive Analog OPR Optical Power Received 3 HOLD OTUI10 Transmit Analog LBC Laser Bias Current 2 Transmit Analog OPT Optical Power Transmitted 3 Receive Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Receive Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Receive Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Receive Digital BBERS Background Block Error Ratio 2 Receive Digital ESRS Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Receive Digital SESRS Severely Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Receive Digital LOSS Loss of Signal Seconds 2 Transmit Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Transmit Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Transmit Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Transmit Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Transmit Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Transmit Digital BBERS Background Block Error Ratio 2 Transmit Digital ESRS Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Transmit Digital SESRS Severely Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Notes 1 SEFSS has no SDH equivalent 2 UAS has no SONET equivalent 365575748880 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 29 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Parameter Processing Parameter Definitions Refer to Table 6 2 Performance Parameter Processing p 6 30 for a description of the processing p
2. 38d TS TH 847 4 Y peusisse Sul q Teuon uny y Jo yoro JO Mo oq spuewwo je Surpn ouj D108S HN LNH no4S MEST LNH noas yasn aa 48 448 114 0 1 S S 1 Wd N d seuoDoje jeuonounJ 19497 uy sopo 4 Sfi 01 spueuiuio 11 jo Huiddewe 2 2 4 365 575 715R9 0 2 11 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 NE User Login Security Security Administration 047 1541 WIV LSH L ANHJ ALLV LAS LNOO LLLV LdS JACIV 3LLIV LHS AAdDS HOV3LL S TI NLO AOVUL S Ta CNI SIN ST amp LNOO LXd STa AAdNS HOVAL UdO TLLO H V 41440 44 8 1 145 CNI SIN ddO SdLO HL LYS LNOO LXd adO ANI IO H L LJS TIV OOV adO NVHOO HL IdS LdOd DSW HNI 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary ORLL IIV LL LNH 4 5 4 148 145 O LLHOO LNH dS OHSDIALLILNH ANI IO HNITJSV8 LdS LINNDSV JO Id LNH dS LNH NVHOO SS LLLNH ANI TASY ELAS JO Ild dVSV LNH Sd LO LNH VINSILLNH TLLA AYOLOVA Sd LO HM L N JO ld dVSV H dd IO LNH ISO LNH ILL Y ASO LO V TIV DSLLLINI JO ld dVSV LIG Sd LO DOSSV LNH HSV IH LOOS AdO INV LA Wd LINI LdOH DSW AIV SdLO OOSSV TLG S 1 IN d 2 jeuonounJ 19497 ulny penunuoo s po 1SN 01 SPUBWWIOD 11 jo Huiddewe 2 2 lQEL Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on fir
3. p llipou u130 pi 4asn uiojs g pa1va42 u180 pi 42sn waysks 1180 q n pi 4asn nur do 442 D uoisnajul q n noa nur do 1 q n yu 31024 nur do pi 128n no80 q n 122uuoosip pao4of nur do p1 41 sn 1n080 q n nur do pi 42sn no80 q n AN4A pur do m 5 ae sa m pi 42sn u180 ain nur do p 4 sn u18o q rusiy Aadns oury sm x LdlNO ld 55 TIN SOX A4daAL 1dAOMd qorusiy Aadns eurq s 14 d TIN SOK AdALEMO Bunoayyy Bunoayy Bunoayy Bun uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua sipi juepuedeg lAl s juepuedeg lAl s lAs S jsuopipuo 184 4 5 sanos hnquny jeuibuo Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHuonpuoo S10 penunuoo spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej uOnIpuO wey 4 365 575 715R9 0 A 17 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2aunpipf UOIDILIAIA uiojs
4. 8 2 egn reg NI ALO HOT 9T WLS xoed 1104 Sox 2 MH 9A1ssooxq NI ALO 91 8 yord 1104 8 2 NI NLO apeisoq xoed n q 12031 Surwoouy 4 5 1015 1018 LdNOUd m TIN SoX PAOWA A AdAS XAdns oed 1015 LdlNO ld Ea TIN SOX mirey AAdNS LNO NLO qojeuisrj d4T yord 1104 4 440 LNO uonv ur q NLO IWLA yoed 1104 SOX 40 Sso T 440 sog Wojeursmur spo oed 1015 LdlNO ld ER TIN m P SOX LLOSAS HSV IH Bunoayyy Bunoayy Bunoayy Bunoayy 991AJ0SUON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua sipi juepuedeg juepuedeg lM S dVSV 9onog hnquny jeuibuo Has hquby jeuibuo 13NOS zHuonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo spuewwo s1ua 3 lqEL wey L V lqeL 365 575 715R9 0 A 11 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 440 NI LO 499 I ALO poxy 1104 uuepy ON VN 4 V L pu n f urojsKg 21144 WDOdAdO pu amp snq z
5. Contents User Interface 3 2 External Interfaces 3 4 User Panel 3 5 Power On LED 3 9 Equipment LEDs 3 10 CIT PC Interface 3 12 Office Alarms 3 13 Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces 3 14 TL1 OS Interface 3 16 Orderwire 3 18 Supervisory Channel 3 19 Miscellaneous Operation 3 20 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary gi Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces User Interface User Interface Ul Elements The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system UI includes the following elements e User Panel e Equipment LEDs e OS Interface e Supervisory Channel e CIT Interface Orderwire e Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces e Time of Day Clock Functional Block Diagram Figure 3 1 Block Diagram of the UT p 3 2 shows a functional block diagram of the UI Figure 3 1 Block Diagram of the UI Reachable Networks OS Supervisory CIT Interface Channel Interface Equipment LEDs VVaveStar 1 6T Network Element User Panel Discrete Interfaces Time of Day Network Definitions The following definitions apply to the following discussions Reachable Networks The Reachable Network is defined to be the set of NEs 3 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces User Interface and or Operating Systems OSs that can exchange messages using the data links built into the
6. 14 230 226 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPTY RLS ect nt tn hien 14 233 n YDDLDITITU y 777707000000 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents TAP 227 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC isset treten cte dnte 14 235 TAP 23 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY eren rnt rien rre fere 14 237 TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU isset rmn recepere 14 240 TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low 14 243 TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Sven Los ies cand atto eoe urbt tuere dart y c cese Rte dde e PR 14 248 TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS 14 255 TAP 235 Address CM Pert Loss Out of Range i d ap deest pe etae 14 259 TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 X DRE tentum bra L Y L aifend rdi a 14 266 TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day 14 270 TAP239 Clear GbE LOS Far Bnd LOS rnt eph ttt retia 14 273 TAPAO Clear Outdated Boot Flash AYLARDA RA tni eite once 14 275 TATP 2417 Clear DSA Registration Error ee ree ctn i ren c sin n AS L 14 278 TAP A Char MUX OTU BRE tetra cantante in 0000000000 14 279 TAP 243 Clear TCA Digital Alar
7. IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Proceed to Step 6 0000000 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 295 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 251 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS failure 10 11 Examine the alarm list Has the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 NO Continue with Step 6 Contact the person responsible for the service assigned to this circuit pack to let the person know that service will be performed on it Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper to the OTU IN_ADD port Was the optical power measurement within the limits for this client interface type IF THEN NO Continue with Step 9 YES Proceed to Step 13 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Important At this point it appears that the local OTU is operating correctly The trouble appears to be in the optical fiber jumper optical line or in the far end NE Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming sig
8. 2 q n apooiduio x nur do gt QOTS4asy upy q n m nur do pyoasspq p3 q n nur do m m m Md HI 128 q n apoojduio ES nur do m 5410 1 195 q n nur do s m za ANTI10 H1 19 q n nur do m NVH2O H I 9 q n nur do se MUDIS Wd 128 JO S UT 1018 10 S uimpyoN VN q ou Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu Suang Anua saipp u pu d q lAl Ss 1uepuedeg lAl Ss 19 L dvsv 901n0s 9Inquny jeuibuo Has hnquniy 13NOS zuonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spupulul02 S 0 AZ1 UOITIPUOD wey 1 V QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 9 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary apoo 204 o qez rug0oo1un yord 1018 LdNOUd z TIN E 8 4 sso180Jd ulo s s urojsKg yodo ON TN ul 41 3891 LNO NLO omqrej yord
9. spuewwo s1ua 3 lqEL UOIT PUOD wey polnquny jeui amp uo HAS ohqunv jeuibao 13NOS zuonipuoo ys uang SUOIMPUOD 1971 S10 1eIgeARM L V lqeL A 26 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary user yord 1018 wey ON VN 400q pojepinQo NI dv uro n q Ld NOUd N S X SOT ddV GVM 941 41 ANITO ourT ULE V ON VN SOX ondo V L SdL ATd ANITO poxly oury uey ON VN SOX sondQ VOL 41 41 ANITO eur ULE V ON m m VN ais SOX ondo V L 241 41 ANITO pexy eur UL TV ON VN EE SOX ondo V L 241 41 ANITO poxly ourTq uwy ON m VN m SOX sondQ V L Ia L H Id ANITO eur ULE V ON x VN sz BE SOX sondQ V L 9434 4714 ANITO ur1 ULE V ON m VN z m SOX ondo V L cds H 1d ANITO eur ULE V ON VN SOX sondo V L Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Anua saipp juepuedeag lAl Ss juapuedag lAl Ss isuon puoo 1941 dvsv inos 9Inquny jeuibuo Has e2nquny 13NOS zuonpuoo S10 6 51S AB A penunuoo
10. Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 69 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application END OF STEPS 15 70 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters Overview This procedure establishes baseline optical parameters for replaced circuit packs repaired fiber and added or deleted optical channels to the system Procedure Important All commands can be entered from any network element by logging into the desired remote NE For details go to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 1 Which Baseline Optical Parameter function is to be performed IF THEN SUPVY circuit pack replacement Continue with Baseline SUPVY p 15 71 OA circuit pack replacement Proceed to Baseline OA p 15 73 OMON circuit pack replacement Proceed to Baseline OMON p 15 74 Outside Plant Fiber repair Proceed to Baseline Outside Plant Fiber p 15 75 If adding an Optical Channel to the Proceed to Baseline Added Optical Channel system p 15 76 If deleting an Optical Channel Proceed to Baseline Deleted Optical Channel from the system p 15 78 END OF STEPS 1 When a SUPVY circuit pack is replaced use the CIT at the NE to select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 2
11. At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the power level of the selected channel Using Table 15 4 Target Level for OMU OUTPUT 2 p 15 63 determine the correct power level for the selected channel If the power level does not fall within the target level compute the required LBO that will bring the power level into the target range Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 6 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 If required install the correct LBO determined in Step 6 at the OUTO port of the OTU of the selected channel For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the selected channel power level Power level should be within 0 5 dB of target level list in Table 15 4 Target Level for OMU OUTPUT 2 p 15 63 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 10 NO Return to Step 6 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA compare the power level of all the remaining optical channels on the system to the optical channel selected in Step 1 If required compute the required LBO for any optical channel not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel
12. IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 22 NO Continue vvith Step 15 DE Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Obtain a replacement LBO of the same value as the LBO removed from the DCM OUT port in Step 9 Clean the replacement LBO and install in the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 With the replacement LBO in place make another optical power measurement at the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack Record the measured level Compare the measured power level recorded in Step 10 with the measured power level recorded in Step 17 Is the measured power level recorded in Step 17 lower in power by the same amount as the LBO value IF THEN YES Continue with Step 20 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Clean the fiber connectors and reconnect the fiber jumper to the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack reporting the failure For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 42 NO Continue
13. IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 16 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE See the NAVIS Optical EMS R9 0 Provisioning Ordering Guide for the procedure to manually initiate and schedule Dynamic Network Operation DNO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Remove an OTU Circuit Pack Important Failure to follow this procedure may result in service interruption Remove the fiber s from the appropriate port s listed for the circuit pack s in Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 Disengage the circuit pack from the appropriate shelf as follows Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking clips to unlock the circuit pack latches 2 Disengage the circuit pack by carefully and continuously pulling out equally on the top and bottom latches 3 Carefully slide the circuit pack out of the slot guides to remove it from the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 4 Are you to install another circuit pack in this slot IF THEN YES Proceed to Install an OTU Circuit Pack p 15 33 NO Continue with Step 5 5 Important When a slot has no circuit pack in place an apparatus blank must be installed in lieu of the circuit pack to provide the correct leve
14. s spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wely QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 27 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide p sn jou Anu rin st 3nq d2 qySy pi eA 51 uio e qeuorsrtAOJd uou ore Mq jLroAos WIJE ALY 280 SJUIAI SUOT IPUOD soq ose odA aq Sole ur UMOYS 9q IA 31 pue d qvsy Ue LON 51 edA eur o oq pe oqe s qs ojezedos oy ur s dA qvsv Aq Kou urojs s AS KAdns 1018 poys goed ouo ueyoo aua woo v r Aeq sodA SUIMOT OJ m Jo s sisuo yy edA Anuq qvSV 79 TOON S PI TiREy p Jasn 14 LOT STO pueururoo ay sojnooxo jeu AI UISO 1os ay sr 37 uuinpoo sip ur ruo ue sr QI 1es yur jeuonegodo GIN 1141 do ur s4s oy ur sjuoAg suonipuo q qoy uorjgoo eu SI If q Sseippy oounog 6 QIN Moday ON 10 VN ULETV ON ST 1891 uonipuoo snjejs v pue 04 44 10 LdWOUd s WY uonrpuoo uir y jo einquiy urrery HAS ey Jo nicA feur rio oy st I esu y s eimquuy purgu0 HAS r QIN JON 10 VN pouuv y 10N SI 1912 uonipuoo smes n pue NJA JOUHAI JO IN 10W eonun 51 jeg uonrpuoo were q Jo einquiy wely LANOS IP JO enje eUIsIIO n ST 11 esu ys eiquny Teur3HO LANOS uonrpuo Suripuejs v yo v JOU 31038 v YIM po1eroosse IOYIOU SI 180 J
15. Keq Keg ni x LdNOUd ni IN pup y z 4eq keg LdWWOd IN sox M q dof g 4amog ampmf Keq Avg Ld NOWd Sox g 4amog feq Keg LAWONd SOX aanpipf c uvg feq Avg F Ld NOUd s N SOX uvg NI ALO juomo Mod 44 4 4444 lt NW B xs SOX yoIvusiu Qf 42dul SSA3 F9 W IS C61 20 NI ALO AIO n q VOL 42dul SSdS F9 W IS C61 20 NI ALO AIO n q VOL 4adui SS4 F9 W IS C61 20 NI ALO AIO n q VOL Bunoayy Bunoayy Bunoayy Bunoayy 5 1 5 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua eseippy juepuedag lAl S juepuedeg lAl Ss lA S jsuopipuo 1971 dvsv a0un0s 9indunv Has hnquniy 13NOS zuonpuoo 510 penunuoo spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej wey QEL 16 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary urojs s urojs S ULE V ON VN panquyu sui8oT pi 42sn uro sKg 14 u180 pi 42sn Ul sAS
16. problems IF THEN BDI LOS LOF LOL Refer to TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 TTI Proceed to TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch p 14 306 AIS Proceed to TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures p 14 290 LOM Refer to TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure p 14 225 OCI Proceed to TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODU2 OCT p 14 285 LCK Proceed to TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK p 14 286 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 227 See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTU1 OTU2 ODU1 ODU2 BDI IF THEN Payload Type Mismatch Proceed to TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch p 14 288 5 Examine the alarm list Is the alarm still present IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 7 Remove the appropriate shelf cover Refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details 8 A CAUTION l Service disruption hazard This step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Visually inspect the incoming signal fiber s or fiber jumper s and connection s and correct any problems
17. 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Alarms and Indicators Alarm Severity Assignment Profile ASAP Definition Alarm Severity Assignment Profile ASAP associates a set of alarm severities with one or more Alarm Identifiers Alarm IDs ASAP Profile Types Twelve ASAP types are supported as follows e bay Bay e client Client Signal e com General Communication env Environment e ochan Optical Channel e oline Optical Line e pack Circuit Pack e shelf Shelf slot Slot supvy Supervisory Port sw Software e system System Default Profile There is one Default Profile for each ASAP type that cannot be deleted The Alarm IDs included in the Default Profile are fixed and are not user provisionable User Created Profiles Up to 88 additional user created profiles of any type may be defined These user created profiles are distinguished by their profile names Each profile contains the same non provisionable set of Alarm IDs as the Default Profile The alarm severities are provisionable in each user defined profile Creating a User Defined ASAP New ASAP types are created using the ENT ASAP PROF TL 1 command Each new profile is an exact duplicate of any existing profile as selected by the user Customizing a New User Defined ASAP Alarm severities for user defined ASAP types may be customized using the ED ASAP PROF TL 1 command 8 4
18. WAD Add LOS TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS p 14 181 WAD Drop Channel LOS TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS p 14 139 WAD Incoming Optical Line LOS TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 WAD Failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 VVAD Removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 VVaveVVrapper Path Trace Mismatch TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch p 14 178 MUX OTU Loss of Multiframe Indicator TAP 242 Clear MUX OTU LMI p 14 279 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 17 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 101 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOS LOF LOM Failure Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 1418 These alarms are raised when an upstream OT receiver cannot synchronize to a multiframe indicator of an incoming bit stream Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming OTUI LOS Failure 1 LOF Failure OTU1 LOM Failure LOS Failure OTU2 LOF Failure OTU2 LOM Failure e Incomin e Incomin e Incomin e Incomin Incomin 2 Q2 d 1 Use the AID column from the NE Alarm List to identify the appropriate shelf and circuit pack associated with the alarm condition Visually inspect the OT Ensure there are no loose fibers and so fo
19. 5 2 1 5 g dAL edi juepuedepu juepuedepu suena Amua SseJppy 1uepuedeg lAl Ss 991AJ9S 1uepuedeg lAl S jsuopipuoo 19 1 dVSV e2nog hnqunv jeurbuo Has geinquny jeuibuo LANOS zuon puoo S10 G E S ABAA pezioiey SPUBLILUOD siua 3 lqeL uonipuo wey 1 V lqEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 3 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary q n sdjo jaod pur do zz m m Sd LO 42104 q n nur do ISQ 421u3 q n po duu E nur do 55 apoojdui2 Sd LO q n UONDIIOSSY nur do un n m q n pur do x m amq up3 q n Qun ad pur do 42 219 12d apoojdui2 Sd LO q n UONDIIOSSY pur do m m 21212q q n apoojduio nur do wp1so1g kdog q n mi pur do x 428 92 02 q n apoo1duio 1db3 x nur do zs oo a8Dssapy Mo v q n apoojduio 1101 do 428f 21DAH2 V pondo mirey jrumsueq ueyso fouuey 4 44 z
20. IF THEN remove Proceed to Remove an OA ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPVY or WAD Circuit Pack p 15 29 install Proceed to Install an OA ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPV Y or WAD Circuit Pack p 15 30 15 28 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 5 Are you to remove or install an OTU circuit pack IF THEN remove Proceed to Remove an OTU Circuit Pack p 15 32 install Proceed to Install an OTU Circuit Pack p 15 33 END OF STEPS WARNING Laser hazard Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation Eye damage may occur if beam is viewed directly or with improper optical instruments Avoid direct exposure to the beam Remove an OA ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPVY or WAD Circuit Pack 1 Disengage the circuit pack from the appropriate shelf as follows Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking clips to unlock the circuit pack latches 2 Disengage the circuit pack by carefully and continuously pulling out equally on the top and bottom latches 3 Remove the fiber s from the appropriate port s listed for the circuit pack s in Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 4 Drape the removed fibers so as not to interfere with the circuit pack s removal 5 Carefully slide the circuit pa
21. 20 Replace the OTU circuit pack identified in Step 12 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 21 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same alarm condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 22 NO Proceed toStep 29 22 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 20 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Important At this point suspect the OMU WAD is defective 28 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard Failure to follow instructions in this step could result in service interruptions Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OMU WAD to e Manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line e Ensure the protection line or channel assigned to this OMU WAD is not being used for service 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 189 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Replace the OMU WAD pack identified in Step 7 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit
22. END OF STEPS 12 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Circuit Order Tasks NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This procedure provides a list of actions required to delete an optical channel from an in service OLS The optical fiber jumpers are removed first for the channel being deleted then all network elements are updated Refer to the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual and office records to identify installed and labeled fibers in the bay that connect to various circuit pack slots Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required e Craft Interface Terminal CIT e Wrist Strap Referenced Procedures Circuit Order NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T p 12 9 refers to the following procedures 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 e DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 e DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar8 OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 A CAUTION A ESD hazard If you are using the CIT in cut through mode in order to prevent a transmission interruption be aware of the following Before removing ODU2 3 c
23. Important If applicable replace the LBO if the trouble condition remains after performance power checks and replacement of the circuit pack that has the LBO failed to correct the problem For details refer to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure 2 Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the Circuit Pack Failure alarm condition 3 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 4 Isthe FAULT LED lighted on the circuit pack identified in the AID column IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Refer to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 5 Isthe circuit pack to be replaced a OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 7 if EL OMON or SUPVY 2 A CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 6 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack
24. p 15 26 IF THEN installed Continue with Install Buildout p 15 23 removed Proceed to Remove Buildout p 15 24 later in this procedure END OF STEPS Remove the protector caps and plugs if equipped from the buildout and buildout block and store them in a clean container Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 23 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout Align the buildout with the slot in the buildout block push in until it locks into position END OF STEPS Remove Buildout 2 CAUTION Corrosive substance hazard Locking tab must only be pushed along a line perpendicular to buildout body in direction towards the buildout in order to avoid damage to the locking beam Depress the locking tab on the buildout and separate from the buildout block by sliding apart END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout Figure 15 3 Duplex LC block and Connector Circuit Pack Duplex Adapter ODU OMU OMON SUPVY 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 25 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout Figure 15 4 Simplex LC Block and Connector Simplex Adapter pat m OA WAD OTU Circuit Pack LBO 15 26
25. progress p 14 110 14 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to OH Bus Failure TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure p 14 148 OMON Failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 OMON LOS TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS p 14 160 OMS OA LOS TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS p 14 152 OMS ODU LOS TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS p 14 156 OMU Failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 OMU Removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 ORS Inhibit Switch TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 ORS Failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 ORS Forced Switch TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 ORS Manual Switch TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 ORS Removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 Optical Channel Transmit Failure TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure p 14 186 OTU Failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure
26. uod ES m m m m 101181 VOL NI 42du S38 4 9 AAdNs m 1104 m ES m VOL NI saduy 7 XAdNS AAdNS 1104 8 VOL NI 2 AAdfs AAdNS 1104 m 1201814 VOL OID 79 W LS 7Z61 90 NI ALO NLO pex 1104 uwy ON VN SOX sondg V L LdO 79 W LS 7Z61 90 NI ALO NLO poxly Mod wisely ON VN SOX sondg V L 440 9 9 261 NI ALO NLO pex uod wisely ON VN gt SOX sondg V L 097 91 8 8 NI ALO NLO poxly 104 uuepy ON VN z SOX sondg V L Bunoayyy Bunoayy Bunoayy 99IAJOSUON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siena Anua sseippy juepuedag lAl S juepuedeg lAl Ss 19 L dvsv eo1inog 9Inquny jeurbuo Has hnquniy jeuibuo 13NOS zuonpuoo 510 GJ1e1S9AeA penunuoo de spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej uonipuo2 wey 1 V QEL A 14 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide q duu SA F9 WLS C61 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary NI LO NLO 1104 10181q VOL onm feq Avg Ld NOUd es s fIN SOX ZU E 10 V Aeq keg 2 zs LdINO Id e IN S9A UJ 10 V
27. 16 Reinstall the shelf cover s For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 17 Perform baseline on the OA if it was replaced For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 18 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS O 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 151 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS Overview Procedure Optical Multiplex Section OMS is used to define the line between the Optical Multiplex Unit OMU OUT connector and IN connector of the Optical Amplifier OA This condition indicated that the OA has detected a total loss of signal Important A minimum of two associations must be present on the system to prevent this alarm Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 3 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable between the OMU1 OUT port and the OA IN port and correct any problems found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical
28. Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 61 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application Scan the SOURCE PORT AID column and find 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 optical channel frequencies Record the Bay Shelf and Slot for the two OTU s identified in Step 4 of this section Identify the Bay Shelf and Slot of the OTUs with Channel Frequencies of 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 p 15 61 Remove the appropriate shelf cover s END OF STEPS Remove the LBO that is installed in the OTU OUTO port for channel frequencies 9190 9210 9360 9380 Using an optical power meter measure and record the output power corresponding to channel frequencies 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 Record the OMU 1oss for each of the frequencies 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 OMU loss for these frequencies is recorded on the faceplate of the new OMU installed Using Table 15 4 Target Level for OMU OUTPUT 2 p 15 63 determine the required Target Power for the two OTU s identified in Step 4 of the section Identify the Bay Shelf and Slot of the OTUs with Channel Frequencies of 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 p 15 61 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 5 Using data collected in Step 2 Step 3 and Step 4 of this section Calculate New LBO Values for OTU OUTO Ports p 15 62 calculate the required new LBO values ea
29. DLP 527 Replace Fan Assembly Overview Procedure Use the procedure below to replace a defective fan assembly Important Individual defective fans are not to be replaced The entire fan assembly is to be replaced and returned for repair Identify the location of the defective fan assembly by the lighted Fault LED located at the front of the fan assembly Using a flat bladed screwdriver loosen the two 1 4 turn fasteners that secure the fan assembly in place by turning them in a counter clockwise direction Change the position of the wire spring pulls from flush against the face of the fan assembly to a horizontal position Important The wire spring pulls are attached to the 1 4 turn fasteners Pull on the wire spring pulls to remove the fan assembly from the fan shelf Slide the replacement fan assembly into this shelf until the front is flush with the bayshelf framework Using a flat bladed screwdriver tighten the two 1 4 turn fasteners that secure the fan assembly in place by turning them in a clockwise direction Change the position of the wire spring pulls so they are flush against the face of the fan assembly END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application Overview Procedure This procedure is used to determine the correct value of Line Build Out LBO required for the certain ports when installing an op
30. EET 15 43 DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password 15 45 DLE S22 Replace Power Line Fillet aces Bede tese ge eder epi e n dag du 15 48 DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port 5252 15 50 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary xil Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents DLP 526 Inspect Replace Dust Filter 1 25 tentat nta tees noe akin 15 54 DLP S27 Replace Pau Assem Diy unos eran n prebere o nee ine qd rote ig OR OR e RR 15 56 ADPICSIOB 2r nmm rosae nme omo condat um Per e a grt ne nr Un OPE ya ma 15 57 DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters oues ree errat tna tee rnnt HARE KO 15 71 DLP DOM LEQ Pree eod natur db ete redire Hed tre ed d eb 15 80 DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for E 07 2300000 7007 0000010000 0 15 82 A Alarm Reference Guide CVE 0009777000 0200700000 0000000 A 1 Elan Ondon TADE MP A 2 B Character Set Definitions uU i LE B 1 avmbolic C Baraetot Ulan tne i rie ute p ips har er on can e it Eb di n din B 2 wur seriei 00 0000000007 7077770777 7 7 7 didi das B 3 Fieri creer MERE B 4 Glossary Index XV Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 List of tables 2 Security Administration 2 1 uzu ID cse eo ence toc dona ci ee e 2 7 2 2 Mapping of
31. If the alarm clears STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Important At this point it appears that the local NE is operating correctly If the alarm is still listed in the NE Alarm List initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE of the line indicating the Trail Trace Mismatch OTU2 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report Overview This procedure is used to clear a Trouble Report received from a remote location The remote location is receiving a bad signal or other condition from this NE Procedure 1 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 4 NO Continue with Step 2 3 the LEDs light IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 5 Are any alarm conditions indicated on the report IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO Continue with Step 6 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 23 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report Check with the Operations Support Center to determine if both the C Band and L Band optical channels lines ha
32. Is the RJ45 cable connected properly IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Connect the RJ45 cable and continue with Step 4 Is the alarm condition still present IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 7 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 195 Clear DSA Unreachable 6 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Important The NE provisioned to act as the Registration Manager cannot build a valid address to the Primary Directory Service Agent DSA 7 At the CIT select the CONFIGURATION gt Data Communications gt Network Layermenu Important Depending on records in the EMS and the system administrator you may have to verify the primary address under the DSA NSAP tab 8 Verify with local office records or the system administrator at the Operations Support center if the NSAP address and primary directory server agent address is correct Also verify all secondary addresses if required 9 Click Modify for the appropriate field and enter the correct address information if required 10 Click OK The changed information appears in the appropriate field of the dialog box 11 Atthe CIT click on REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain another report 12 Is the alarm condition still listed
33. Purpose Provisioning is the assigning of values to parameters used by network elements NEs for specific functions This chapter describes the principles of provisioning the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T Procedures for specific provisioning tasks are documented in Chapter 10 Using the Index Lists and Procedures through Chapter 15 Detail Level Procedures of this manual as well as in the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual Contents Introduction to Provisioning 5 2 OTU Port Provisioning 5 3 Technical Provisioning 5 4 Provisioning Interactions with Maintenance 5 5 Provisioning Guidelines 5 7 Using the CIT to Provision Circuit Connections 5 9 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 5 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Provisioning Introduction to Provisioning What is Provisioning Provisioning is the process of assigning values to parameters in memory which determine the operating characteristics of the system Each provisionable parameter has a factory supplied original value when software is first loaded into a Network Element NE These values become the current value upon launching the software The current values are the values used by the system Methods of Provisioning There are two methods of provisioning that are distinguished from one another by the ways in which they are done and undone Auto Provisioning Done by adding valid signals to the NE undon
34. System Controller SYSCTL System Controllers are the central processing unit of a system System Identifier SID Part of NSAP used for intra Area routing to the destination Node in the destination Area when the Area address part is the address for that Area System Memory SYSMEM SYSMEM is where the system software is stored T1X1 and T1M1 The ANSI committees responsible for telecommunications standards TA Technical Advisory TABS Telemetry Asynchronous Byte Serial Protocol TAP Trouble Analysis Procedure Target Identifier TID A provisionable parameter used to identify an FT 2000 OC 48 STM 16 Lightwave network element Typically the TID is the common language location identifier CLLI of the FT 2000 1x1 End Terminal FT 2000 Add Drop Rings Terminal and FT 2000 Repeater Bays TCA Threshold Crossing Alert TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TDM time division multiplexing Threshold Crossing Alert TCA A condition set when a counter exceeds a user selected high or low threshold A TCA does not generate an alarm but is available on demand through the CIT Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary THz Terrahertz 102 Hz TID Target Identifier Time Division Multiplexing TDM The process of combining a number of lower speed lines into a higher speed line by allocating a short piece of time to each signal TL1 Transactio
35. The following digital parameters are monitored Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Frame Seconds Coding Violations Loss of Signal Seconds Monitored SDH Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored Background Block Errors Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Background Block Error Ratio Errored Second Ratio Severely Errored Second Ratio Loss of Signal Seconds Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring FleX MUX OTU OTU110 OUT110L Performance Measurements Monitored FEC Parameters For an incoming G 709 OTU2 V signal on line side or OTUI signal on client side the following parameters are monitored FEC Error Count e FEC Uncorrectable Block Count 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 15 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring FleX DM OTU OTU120 Performance Measurements Introduction On the line side FleX DM OTU120 supports near end G 709 OTU2 V digital PM which is based on ODU2 Path Monitoring overhead BIP 8 byte In addition FEC related digital PM including FEC EC and FEC UBC which are actually PM parameters for OTU2 V regeneration section For 1GbE client signal FleX DM supports near end ingress digital PM at physical layer which is based on 8B 10B coding violation At MAC layer FleX DM also suppor
36. ssoisoid Ulojs s uiojs g yioday ON XIN UL uLETE 389 uiojs s uiojs g LdNOWd TIN SOK Sso180Jd ur s n suire e 9orgjo surre e 1121545 uiojs g wey ON VN q qur q du 448 9I WIS SF 0O NI LO ALO n q 10181q VOL 4aduy Sqs 9I WIS 8F 0O NI LO ALO n q 8 VOL 42dui SS3 9I WIS SF 0O NI LO ALO n q 10181q VOL 42dul SAD 9I W IS 8F 2O NI A10 ALO n q 10181q VOL Bunoayyy Bunoayy Bunoayy Bun uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui yu pu d pui siuena Amua juepuedeg juepuedag 391A1aS dod dvsv 9e24nos amnduny jeuibuo Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej uOnIpuoO wely QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 15 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary YIIDUSIP Aadns eur ss se Ld NOUd ss ss IN SOX 4442 qoypusiy Aadns urT lt Ld NOWd B m N SOX JdALIAO ampi c 40f 4 Keq Avg Ld NOUd da se N SOX pup y 4amod an ipf T 40f g
37. 14 318 TA P 262 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE LBC 14 320 365 575 715R9 0 o Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 145 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Overview Successful technical assistance relies on gathering system information A local visual inspection of the equipment may be made but most internal hardware problems are detected and corrected using the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT The WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT is used to obtain detailed information about the system The CIT retrieves detailed reports about performance monitoring alarms and status and configurations for the local and remote WaveStar OLS 1 6T NEs Trouble Analysis Procedures TAPs The Trouble Analysis Procedures TAPs found in this document provide detailed instructions on how to e Replace faulty circuit packs e Obtain performance reports Retrieve alarm and status reports This information is analyzed to determine the status of the system If a condition cannot be corrected obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Technical Assistance The technician makes decisions regarding trouble analysis corrective action and obtaining assistance The technician and the local technical support staff may choose to continue trouble analysis based on knowledge or experience wit
38. 2750000000 15 25 15 4 Simplex LC Block and Connector iusserit rete he crei d 15 26 15 5 Location of LBOs at OTU One Direction sse tenentes 15 53 e Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 About this information product Purpose The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T 400G 800G User Service Manual provides detailed descriptions of the operation maintenance and task oriented practices that are necessary for optimal performance of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system is maintained through Task Oriented Procedures TOPs A general knowledge and understanding of the software for the OLS 1 6T system should precede the use of these TOPs Reason for reissue This document was reissued to provide new information about Release 9 0 of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system Safety information This information product contains hazard statements for your safety Hazard statements are given at points where safety consequences to personnel equipment and operation may exist Failure to follow these statements may result in serious consequences Intended audience This manual is intended primarily for technicians responsible for performing maintenance and trouble clearing tasks for the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system How to use this information product The sections of the User Service Manual are indicated with tabs and provide the following information Chapter 2 Security Ad
39. 43 44 45 46 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 If required install the correct LBO determined in Step 38 at the OUT port of the OTU of the selected channel For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the selected channel power level Power level should be within 19 0 dBm 0 5 dB target level IF THEN YES Continue with Step 42 NO Return to Step 38 IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA compare the power level of all the remaining add OC192 STM 64 optical channels on the system to the optical channel selected in Step 33 If required compute the required LBO for any optical channel not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel selected in Step 33 Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 43 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 If required install the LBO determined in Step 43 at the OUT port of the OTU of any add optical channel that is not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel selected in Step 33 For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the optical channel output levels Are all OC 192 STM 64 channels should be within 0 5 dB of the channel selected in Step 33 PROCEDURE NO Go to Step 43
40. Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS p 14 133 TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS p 14 141 and TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch p 14 166 of this manual If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has been cleared If not repeat Step 19 through Step 28 until all downstream NEs are communicating with the EMS If the EMS cannot communicate with the NEs upon completion of this procedure consult Alcatel Lucent Technical Support END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 175 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 195 Clear DSA Unreachable Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14476 The NE has been unsuccessful in an attempt to register with a Directory Service Agent DS A using the date provided by a Registration Manager via a Registration Request Protocol RRP request Important This alarm can be suppressed by using the ASAP feature to change the alarm severity to NR No Report Remove the appropriate shelf cover to access all the connections from the front For details see DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Make an inspection of the Operation Support OS RJ45 cable connected to the J32 OS connector at the interconnect panel Verify that the RJ45 cable is properly seated in the RJ32 connector and adapter
41. Frequency The frequency of a wave indicates how frequently it cycles or changes It is the number of cycles per one second intervals Frequency is usually measured in Hertz GL 14 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary FTP file transfer protocol FWM Four Wave Mixing G Gateway Network Element GNE A Gateway Network Element GNE is a WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T node that has a physical attachment to the Navis EMS to support the access of the remote Network Elements The number of remote NEs a GNE can serve is specified in terms of the number of OSI stack associations the GNE can support without running out of local resources GB gigabyte Gb s Gigabits per second GFP generic frame protocol GHz Gigahertz GNE Gateway Network Element GUI Graphical User Interface H Hazard Level Output power level of an OLS system or device that poses safety risks to personnel For 1550 nm wavelengths hazard levels are defined as follows Level 1 10 dBm Level IM gt 21 3 dBm Level 3B gt 27 dBm Level 4 gt 27 dBm High Speed Broadband HSBB Optical Translator Unit The High Speed Broadband Optical Translator Unit HSBB OTU translates incoming wavelengths into those compatible with the OLS 400G The HSBB OTU is capable of handling SONET SDH and other asynchronous optical signals within the broadband range 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 1
42. In SONET terminology the Regenerator Section RS is referred to as the Sonet Section The SONET Section parameters monitor the portion of a transmission facility including terminating points between either a terminal NE and a regenerator or two regenerators A terminating point is the point after signal regeneration at which performance monitoring may be done Monitored SONET Parameters Refer to the table below for a list of SONET physical layer performance parameters that are monitored by the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system Table 6 4 Monitored SONET Physical Layer Performance Parameters Acronym Full Name Definition CVS Coding Violations Count Count of BIP 8 errors Bl Byte ESS Errored Seconds Count BIP 8 errors B1 or SEF 2 1 or LOS 2 1 SESS Severely Errored Seconds Count BIP 8 errors B1 2 2392 or 8554 or SEF 1 or LOS 1 SEFSS Severely Errored Frame SEF 2 1 Seconds Count LOSS Only for OTU100 and Loss Of Signal Seconds LOS gt 1 OTU120 SDH Section Definition In SDH terminology the Regenerator Section RS is referred to as the SDH Section The SDH Section parameters monitor the portion of a transmission facility including terminating points between either a terminal NE and a regenerator or two regenerators A terminating point is the point after signal regeneration at which performance monitoring may be done Monitored SDH Parameters Refer to the table below for a list of SDH physical layer performanc
43. LOS LOM OCh AIS OCh Client FDI LOF TTI Mismatch BDI AIS OCI LCK DEG LOS LOM OCh AIS OCh Client FDI LOF TTI Mismatch BDI AIS OCI LCK DEG LOS LOM OCh AIS OCh Client FDI LOF TTI Mismatch BDI AIS OCI LCK DEG LOS Loss of Signal LOM Loss of Multiframe 7 14 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Fault Detection LOL Loss of Lock only if provisioned LOF Loss of Frame AIS L Line Alarm Indication Signal OLOF Optical Channel Loss of Frame OC 48 Client FDI OC 48 Client Signal Forward Defect Indicator OCh TC AIS Optical Channel Tandem Connection Alarm Indication Signal OCh Client FDI Optical Channel Client Forward Defect Indicator D LOS Digital Loss of Signal LFA Loss of Frame Alignment DEG Signal Degrade BDI Backward Defect Indicator OCI Optical Channel Indicator LCK Lock Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 15 See notice on first page Maintenance Automatic Fault Isolation and Diagnostics Description When a trouble condition is detected the WaveStar OLS 1 6T isolates the failed circuit pack or signal Failure Reporting Failures are reported to a local technician and operations system for repair Failure Alarming The control system examines the indications it receives and determines the most probable cause for the failure that is circui
44. NO Continue with Step 18 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 127 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU 13 Obtain a replacement OA circuit pack with the same or a higher series number and install it in place of the OA circuit pack associated with the APSD Active ODU For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 14 Wait 5 minutes for the OA Fault LED to clear 15 Isthe APSD Active ODU still listed IF THEN 16 Remove the replacement OA installed in Step 13 and reinstall the original OA circuit pack removed in Step 13 17 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 18 Notify the person responsible for the affected service protection signals assigned to this OA that this optical line can now be returned to service 19 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 20 Baseline the replaced OA circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 14 128 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU 21 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel I
45. Proprietary uon nnsuo urojs s uiojs g LdNOUd N ASorodoL ssois01d ur uon nnsuo Ulo s s uiojs g LdWNOUd fIN SOK ASojodoy eJn rej 10 Aadns eurT E LdNOUd ES IN AAdNS ss mdxq mrey KAdns eurT LdNOUd Hx ES TIN SOX Id AAdNS 890 ss rppe ysa pex urojs g LdNOUd IN Kreurid urojs g LdINO ld 7 TIN a SeX e qegoearun ysq pex 6 14 4 TIN d WA 8 5 uojsKg LdNOWd TIN emn rmj sng HO Ulojs s uiojs g LdINOUd IN oumn regj sng 4eq keg LdNOad IN ES m ampez sng og SOT eur condo euro eurTq LdlNO ld m TIN PS Sox Suruoour GYM NI NOWO euro 1104 LdINO ld TIN ES 27 SO I NOWO NI eugo WO 1104 LdlINO ld zu TIN S K SOT 2AA VO NI uo VO 3104 Ld NOUd z IN S SOT VO SWO sog oed 1018 LdlNO ld s m TIN z m Sox RAOWOT 1511 Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 99IAJ9SUON 01 4 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua li juepuedeg lAl s yM s juepuedeg lAl s l s iubnpuss dr 4 5 924nos hnqiuny jeuibuo Has geinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHonpuoo 910 6 51S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej u
46. Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP Restore IP Database restoration is in progress The NE NE shall complete execution of the Restore function within two minutes of receipt with an objective execution time of one minute Note that it may take up to 30 minutes to complete this task based on delays in the customer network The restoration command shall fail for any of the following reasons 1 If the destination pathname on the responder is not a directory 2 If after retrieving the directory listing s from the Operating System OS the NE NE determines the number and types of files are not of the correct format for the database 3 If the data is corrupted during transfer found to be corrupted after transfer invalid in any way or does not match the format used by the currently running software generic In all of these failure cases the NE FMM copy of the database with the current contents of the backup Flash Memory Module FMM database SW Dwnld IP The software that is being downloaded is in progress It takes about thirty minutes to complete the download The status IP pass fail can be found in the retrieve log report If an error message appears on the screen during the backup copy program download initiate and restore of the software procedure reinitiate the desired procedure per the WaveStar9 Optical Line System OLS 1 6T Software Release Description Important This is not a clearing activity wait for the condition
47. Technical Provisioning Description Technical Provisioning is the process by which system parameters are set provisioned using a series of user entered commands All technical provisionable parameters their allowed values and their original values are documented in the applicable TL1 command pages found in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Operations Systems Engineering Guide OSEG Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Provisioning Provisioning Interactions with Maintenance Instantiating Slots Maintenance activities are affected by Network Element Type NETYPE provisioning and OT Port Signal OTPS provisioning Specifically common slots are instantiated by provisioning the NETYPE and channel slots are instantiated by provisioning OTPS associations The following slots are instantiated by the NETYPE parameter BOS System Controller BOS Overhead Controller EI OA ODUI ODUIC ODU21 OMON OMUI OMUIL SUPVY WAD BOS Bay Controller in bays containing any of the above circuit packs The following slots are instantiated by OTPS associations ODU2 ODU2C ODU3 ODU22 OMU2 ORS OTU BOS Bay Controller in those bays containing any of these circuit packs but none of those packs listed in the NETYPE list Maintenance Implications Refer to Table 5 1 Slot Related Reports Affected by NETYPE and OTPS Associations p 5 6 for
48. Trail Trace Mismatch p 14 306 AIS Go to TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures p 14 290 LOM Go to TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure p 14 225 OCI Go to TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODU2 OCT p 14 285 LCK Go to TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK p 14 286 Payload Type Mismatch Go to TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch p 14 288 Check to see if the module is missing on the OTU If it is insert the appropriate module Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 253 Clear Pluggable module removed 5 Setthe client port to an Auto state END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 301 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 254 Clear Pluggable module failed Overview Procedure 4 Setthe client port to an Auto state END OF STEPS 14 302 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 255 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day Overview Procedure These alarm conditions are issued when the performance of the SONET SDH signal has exceeded the provisioned performance thresholds Important An upstream transmission degradation alarm could cause multiple reports of TCA digital alarms Before attempting to
49. iu21 amp S 421uq aim apoojduio nur do q n po dut pAy 2x nur do m u011228 421u Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy lAH SUON god L al juepuedepu juepuedepu stung Anua eseippy juepuedeg l Ss juepuedeg 4 5 sinos hnquny jeuibuo Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHuonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo S 0 AZ1 ejqej UOITIPUOD wey QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 5 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary q n 1u02 1u10d pu do 041002 411y 128 q n m nur do zd s k uAD y 4 y 128 apoojduio q n yonqdooT pur do BS oP m 24214124 q n pooldu XAqns nur do 22DA4 2sD2 2M q n apooiduio LO pur do m 2904 2S0212 2poojduio MO u211M g q n 01122104d 5 pur do RE m asva ay 2poojduio q n yonqdoo T pur do ss x 9 D2 aY q n pur do s
50. line condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 8 Initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE on this line indicating the APSD active line condition END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 125 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14126 The WaveStar OLS 1 6T reduces the OA circuit pack output power to safe levels if an incoming loss of signal to the ODU circuit pack is detected The incoming loss of signal is caused by a fiber cut removed connectors or equipment failures When the incoming loss of signal is repaired the WaveStar OLS 1 6T will resume normal operation and the APSD active condition will clear Are there any fault conditions with the same line identifier in the AZD column of the report IF THEN YES Continue with Step 2 NO Continue with Step 4 Important While following the instructions in the procedure s to which you will now be sent you MUST ignore the APSD active condition in the REPORTS Conditions report Find the condition identified in Step 11 of this procedure in Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 of TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 and go to the indicated TAP to clear the condition
51. 17 18 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow the instructions in Step 14 could result in service interruptions Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OTU to e Manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line e Ensure the protection line or channel assigned to this OTU is not being used for service Remove and clean the fiber identified in Step 12 at the OMU WAD IN port For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Connect an optical power meter to the fiber cleaned in Step 14 and obtain power measurement RESULT The power should be 5 dBm 0 5 dBm Was the optical power measurement within the limits IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 23 NO Continue with Step 17 Is LBO installed on the OTU IF THEN YES Continue with Step 18 NO Proceed to Step 20 Select a new LBO with the same dB value clean and replace existing LBO in the OUT port of the OTU Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure 19 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the Optical Channel Transmit still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 20 NO Proceed to Step 29
52. ADD to define OTU output port to OMU OTU WAD input port fiber connections or OUT output to OTU input DROP to define ODU WAD output port to OTU input port fiber connections TERMINAL DROP TDROP to define OTU output port to external equipment fiber connections EXTERNAL ADD XADD to define external equipment to OMU WAD input port fiber connections EXTERNAL DROP XDROP to define ODU WAD output port to external equipment fiber connections TERMINAL ADD TADD to define external equipment to OTU input port fiber connections PROTECTION ADD PADD to define ORS line output port to OTU input port fiber connections PROTECTION EXTERNAL ADD PXADD to define external equipment to ORS input port fiber connections PROTECTION DROP PDROP to define OTU output port to ORS input port fiber connections PROTECTION EXTERNAL DROP PXDROP to define ORS output port to external equipment fiber connections PROTECTION TERMINAL ADD PTADD to define external equipment to ORS client input port fiber connections PROTECTION TERMINAL DROP PTDROP to define ORS output port to external equipment fiber connections Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 9 Alarms and Indicators Overview Purpose This chapter provides information on alarm mappings and defines alarm severity assignment profiles Contents Alarm Mappings 8 2 Alarm Severity Assignment P
53. BOS or SUPVY Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this optical line or channel can now be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Refer to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure Overview This procedure explains how to clear FLASH or BOS failures Procedure Important The installation of a replacement FLASH Memory Module in the SYSMEM slot of the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack may generate certain unexpected alarm conditions until the new software loads Ignore these indications until the software loads 2 Using the AID column from the report in Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the FLASH or BOS failures 3 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 4 What type of fail condition is reported IF THEN FLASH failure Continue with FLASH FAILURE p 14 50 BOS SYSCTL failure Proceed to BOS SYSCTL F
54. Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot TAP 122 Clear GFP Loss of Frame Delineation TAP 124 Address Reset in Progress TAP 125 Clear FLASH Unrecognizable Code TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type TAP 128 Clear Trouble In CIT CIT Does Not Respond to Commands TAP 129 Address Circuit Pack Booting TAP 130 Restore NE Operation After Power Loss TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure TAP 132 Clear Topology Construction In Progress TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed TAP 134 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS LSS failure TAP 144 Clear OMU ODU warm up in progress TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure TAP 156 Clear JO Mismatch TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 or 2 Failure TAP 166 Clear APSD Active Line TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU TAP 174 Clear Insufficient Span Loss 10 dB TAP 177 Test LED In Progress TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS 14 60 14 61 14 62 14 64 14 65 14 71 14 73 14 77 14 79 14 81 14 82 14 86 14 90 14 92 14 95 14 99 14 103 14 104 14 108 14 110 14 111 14 117
55. Clear MUX OTU LMI Overview This alarm condition is issued when the sink OTU has detected Loss of Multiframe Indicator LMI Procedure 1 At the CIT select the REPORTS gt Conditions menu 2 Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the alarm condition 3 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be access from the front For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 1 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 4 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section to 1 manually switch the service line s or channel s to a protection line s and 2 ensure all protection lines assigned to this OTU are not being used for service 5 Obtain a replacement OTU circuit pack with the same or higher series number and install it in the place of the OTU circuit pack associated with the alarm condition For help see DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 6 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain another report as in Step 1 7 Isthe same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 279 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 242 Clear MU
56. Digital SES Severely Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital UAS Unavailable Errored Seconds 2 OTU OC 48 Receive Analog OPR Optical Power Received 3 77 STM 16 Transmit Analog LBC Laser Bias Current 2 STM 16 OTU Transmit Analog OPT Optical Power Transmitted 3 Receive Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Background Block Errors Receive Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Errored Seconds Receive Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Severely Errored Seconds Receive Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Receive Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 25 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Supported Parameters OTU HSBB Receive Analog OPR Optical Power Received 3 Hope Transmit Analog LBC Laser Bias Current 2 Transmit Analog OPT Optical Power Transmitted 3 OTU OC 192 Receive Analog OPR Optical Power Received 3 OC 192 STM 64 Transmit Analog LBC Laser Bias Current 2 STM 64 OTU Transmit Analog OPT Optical Power Transmitted 3 Receive Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Receive Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Receive Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Receive Digital FEC EC FEC Error Count 2 Receive Digital FEC UBC FE
57. Failure Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14 148 A system fault algorithm has determined that a communications bus has failed A circuit pack failure or bay cable problem can cause this condition Reset the system after the failed circuit pack is replaced Important The audit subsystem may fail other circuit packs Identify the failed circuit pack s listed before any of the above alarm conditions appear Identify the appropriate shelf listed in the AID column associated with the Circuit Pack Failure alarm condition Replace this circuit pack first Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the Fault LED lighted on the circuit pack identified in the AID column IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 Is the circuit pack to be replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Continue with Step 7 for BOS SYSCTL EI OMON or SUPVY Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH 6 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Bus Failure CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 7 could result in service
58. Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Proceed to Step 6 y7 x Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 0 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS 5 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 17 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 6 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section to e Manually switch the service line s or channel s to a protection line s e Ensure all protection lines assigned to this OMUI are not being used for service 8 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 9 NO Proceed toStep 16 9 Replace the OA associated with this optical multiplex section For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 153 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS 10 11
59. IF THEN YES Continue with Step 13 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 13 Initiate a Trouble Report to the responsible Operations Support Center or System Administrator stating the alarm condition is still being reported by this NE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 177 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14178 This procedure is used to clear the WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch condition The WaveStar OLS 1 6T reads the optical channel path trace byte 0J3 in the optical channel overhead This condition indicates that the incoming optical channel path trace message trace does not match the expected incoming optical channel path trace message trace At the CIT select FAULT gt Analysis gt Optical Channel Path Trace and select appropriate bay shelf and OTU port to obtain a report Determine from the local office records what is the correct expected received OCH path trace message for this OC 192 Do the office records for the expected incoming optical channel path trace message match the data in the expected incoming optical channel path trace message listed in the report from Step 1 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 11 CAUTION 8 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 5
60. IF THEN YES Continue withStep 11 NO Continue with Step 12 if EI OMON BOS or SUPVY 1448 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed i CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 11 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack 1 to manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line and 2 to ensure that all protection lines or channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Important A series number S 2 is the same series number as S 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within series 1 12 Important If replacing a SUPVY circuit pack and a reboot is in progress do not pull the circuit pack until the reboot has successfully completed Reseat the circuit pack or obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or a higher series number and install it in the empty slot For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 13 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following mai
61. Important The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT software is available exclusively on CD ROM Procedure Important PERFORM THE STEPS BELOW IN THE ORDER LISTED 1 Verify that all items included in the software package have been received Refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T Software Ordering Guide Important The WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T Software Ordering Guide is the primary reference when ordering software for the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 13 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operations Tasks NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE 2 Refer to the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Software Release Description to locate the appropriate software download procedure for the software release being installed Important Wait at least 30 seconds before attempting another download after a download cancellation END OF STEPS 13 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operations Tasks NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element Overview This procedure describes the process required to copy software from one WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE to another NE through the SUPVY Data Link residing in the supervisory signal Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required e Craft Interface Terminal CIT e Wrist Strap Referenced Procedures Operation N
62. Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Operations Interface Any interface providing you with information on the system behavior or control These include the equipment LEDs interface strip CIT office alarms and all telemetry interfaces Operations Interworking The capability to access operate provision and administer remote systems through craft interface access from any site in a SONET network or from a centralized operations system Operations System OS A central computer based system used to provide operations administration and maintenance functions OPR Optical Power Received Optics OPROOS Out of Service OPT Optical Power Transmitted Optics Optical Amplifier OA The Optical Amplifier operates in the 1530 nm to 1563 nm band 191 850 THz 195 900 THz range and provides a uniform gain for up to 80 channels Optical Carrier OC OC n The optical signal that results from an optical conversion of an STS signal that is OC 1 from STS 1 and OC n from STS n Optical Carrier 12 Synchronous Transport Module 4 OC12 STM4 The OCI2 STMA port unit provides a bidirectional port at the OC 12 rate Optical Carrier 192 Synchronous Transport Module 64 OC192 STM64 The OC192 STM64 port unit provides a bidirectional port which is provisionable at either the OC 192 or STM 64 rate Optical Carrier 48 Synchronous Transport Module 16 OC48 STM16 The OC48 STM16 port unit provides a bidirectional port wh
63. Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Go back to the procedure that referred you to this TAP STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Was the message on the CIT Reset bin fails returned IF THEN YES An Invalid Access Identifier was entered Enter a command that is compatible with the addressed AID NO Continue with Step 6 Important Prior to rebooting the customer specific values should be retrieved and printed After the reboot reprovision the non defaulted values At the CIT select FAULT Reset System and click the OK button to reset the NE or press the Restart button on the EI circuit pack User Panel A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Important The CIT will disconnect from the NE when the system is being reset Wait for the reset to complete depending on the system size reset time varies between 30 to 60 minutes During this time the lighting of various LEDs will be observed If the same unexpected response is observed again obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CT
64. OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 If unable to locate a node with an out of range reading consult the appropriate installation or maintenance support organization for technical assistance CAUTION UN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING The following steps will cause interruption of traffic Disconnect the fiber at the DCM Out port of the OA Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DOM Failure and or Isolate Defective 10 11 12 13 14 15 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 DCM Connections Remove the LBO at the DCM Out port and replace it with a 0 dB LBO Measure the power at the DCM Out port e Record this power as DCM OUT Re insert the original LBO at the DCM Out port Disconnect the fiber at the DCM In port e Measure the power at the output of the this fiber that was connected to the DCM In port e Record this power as DCM IN Calculate the measured DCM LOS DCM OUT IN IF THEN LOS is less than or equal to Continue with Step 15 10 dB LOS is greater than 10 dB Proceed to Step 16 If DCM LOS is less than or equal to 10 dB and the transmission errors have not stopped e Then replace the OA circuit pack by following the OA installation procedure DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 e If transmission errors persist obtain ass
65. Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 129 Address Circuit Pack Booting 5 Wait 2 5 minutes or until the green LED starts flashing 6 the green ACTIVE LED flashing continuously and the red FAULT LED on continuously IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 NO Continue with Step 7 7 Obtain another NE Alarm List report as in Step 1 Is the Circuit Pack Booting condition still listed IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Proceed toStep 9 8 WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Wait 5 30 minutes depending on system size or until the red LED goes out 9 the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 93 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 129 Address Circuit Pack Booting END OF STEPS 14 94 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 130 Restore NE Operation After Pow
66. Remove the ORS associated with this trouble condition For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain and install the replacement ORS For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 At the CIT connected to the Optical Line System with the OTU reporting the failure select NE Condition List icon to obtain a report Is the Incoming LOS Failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 12 NO Proceed to Step 26 Remove the replacement circuit pack and reinstall the circuit pack that was originally removed For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS 14 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 15 Make an optical power measurement at the ODU port associated with the OTU reporting the failed condition 16 Is the measured power level within the values required range of Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 IF THEN 17 Replace the fiber jumper between the ODU port measured in Step 15 and the OTU IN port reporting the failed con
67. Remove the appropriate shelf cover See DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details l Service disruption hazard This step results in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Visually inspect the incoming signal fibers or fiber jumpers and connections and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection reveal any problems were they corrected and did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 5 BD Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day 5 Remove the fiber jumper clean it and reconnect it to the OT For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 6 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 7 7 Remove the OTU indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 9 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 10 10 Check for a damaged jumper or bent or broken pins 11 Reinstall the original OTU that was removed in Step 8 F
68. SPR C TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C p 14 206 TCA Optics OCHAN SPT C TAP 216 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPT C p 14 210 TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 p 14 212 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 p 14 215 TCA Optics OTU OC 48 STM 16 OPR TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR p 14 218 TCA Optics OTU OC 48 STM 16 OPT TAP 220 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPT p 14 221 TCA Optics OTU OC 48 STM 16 LBC TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC p 14 223 TCA Optics OTU OC 198 STM 64 OPR TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR p 14 218 TCA Optics OTU OC 198 STM 64 OPT TCA Optics OTU OC 198 STM 64 LBC TAP 220 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPT p 14 221 TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC p 14 223 TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPR TAP 225 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPR p 14 230 TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPT
69. TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Power B for Fan 2 Failure TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Power A and B for Fan 1 Failure TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Power A and B for Fan 1 Failure TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Pluggable module failed TAP 254 Clear Pluggable module failed p 14 302 Pluggable module removed TAP 253 Clear Pluggable module removed p 14 300 Reset in progress TAP 124 Address Reset in Progress p 14 79 SUPVY add input LOS TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS p 14 133 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks Table 14 1 DESCRIPTION TAP 100 Technical Assistance Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued Proceed to SUPVY drop input LOS TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS p 14 141 SUPV Y failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 SUPVY removed TAP 112 Clear
70. TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold p 14 248 Incoming Signal Degrade TAP 249 Clear Incoming Signal Degrade p 14 293 Incoming STM 16 Excessive BER L TAP 250 Clear Incoming OC 192 STM64 Excessive BER L p 14 294 Incoming STM 16 LOF failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming STM 16 LOS failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming STM 64 LOF failure Incoming STM 64 LOS failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming SUPVY channel LOF TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 Incoming SUPVY channel LOS TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence p 14 71 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Inc
71. TCA Digital Alarm OTU STM 16 or 64 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODU2 OCI TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK TAP 246 Clear Incoming ODU2 AIS TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures TAP 249 Clear Incoming Signal Degrade TAP 250 Clear Incoming OC 192 STM64 Excessive BER L TAP 251 Clear 170GbE LAN LOS failure TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE 10GbE Loss of Sync failure TAP 253 Clear Pluggable module removed TAP 254 Clear Pluggable module failed 14 230 14 233 14 235 14 237 14 240 14 243 14 248 14 255 14 259 14 266 14 270 14 273 14 275 14 278 14 279 14 281 14 285 14 286 14 287 14 288 14 290 14 293 14 294 14 295 14 298 14 300 14 302 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks Overview TAP 255 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC FEC UBC 14 303 15 min 1 day TA P 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch 14 306 TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES 14 308 SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day TA P 258 Clear TCA Digital Alarm ODUKP CVS BBE ES SES 14 311 SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day TA P 259 Clear 10GbE LAN Local Remote Fault Indication 14 314 TA P 260 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPR 14 316 TAP 261 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPT
72. The WaveStar OLS 1 6T system provides the following performance monitoring features e OTU performance parameter monitoring e Forward Error Correction FEC digital parameter monitoring Support for Supervisory Channel 1 format digital parameters e Setting of high and low thresholds associated with provisionable PM parameters e Retrieve thresholds high or low associated with provisionable PM parameters Transmit Threshold Crossing Alerts TCAs Quality of Service QOS warning messages autonomously e Clear Threshold Crossing Alerts warning messages Retrieve PM and threshold data per accumulation time intervals e Specify date and time of day clocks for performance monitoring e Initialize PM registers associated with all digital parameters e Monitor and report per channel PM data e Optical signal power parameters for OLINE SUPR and OCHAN TCA QOS alarm messages retrievable using RTRV LOG TL 1 e Multiple thresholds high and low for analog parameters 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Contents Overview Performance Measurements OA Circuit Pack Performance Measurements SUPVY Circuit Pack Performance Measurements OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTU1 Performance Measurements OC 192 STM 64 with FEC OTU OTU30 Performance Measurements HSBB OTU OTU40 Performance Measurements OMON Circuit Pack Performance Measurements FleX 10 OTU OTU100 100L
73. despite rigorous cleaning when power remains low in the system Therefore proper cleaning is especially critical in high power systems Typically both mating ends of the connection is damaged In the event that damage occurs while engaging or disengaging connectors while significant power is present the damaged jumper cable and circuit pack should be replaced CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING This procedure could result in service interruption Important All optical fiber connectors ST9 SC FC and LC types should be subjected to this procedure before making initial connections or reconnections per the following instructions Only the connectors being assembled at this particular time should be subjected to this procedure To prevent contamination keep all dust caps and plugs in place on the fiber connectors as well as on the lightguide buildouts until it is time to make connections After cleaning is complete and contamination is suspected discard lightguide buildouts and or connectors and replace them with new parts before making fiber connections Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures Before you begin The following equipment is required e CLETOP Cleaning Cassette Type A Comcode 901375154 or Type B Replacement Reel for CLETOP Cleaning Cassette Type A comcode 901375014 Replacement Reel for CLETOP Cleaning Ca
74. in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold 3 From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear 4 Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS 14 320 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 15 Detail Level Procedures Overview Purpose This chapter Detail Level Procedures DLP contains detailed how to instructions beginning with DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 Important Before attempting any detail level procedures refer to Table 15 1 Detail Level Procedure Index p 15 3 for a list of all detail level procedures and the correct order in which to perform these tas
75. miscellaneously mounted shelf that states NOTICE UNTERMINATED OPTICAL CONNECTORS MAY EMIT LASER RADIATION AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM DO NOT VIEW BEAM WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS System Compliance Label A compliance label stating that the system has been certified along with the manufacturer s name and place of manufacture is attached to the rear of each equipment bay cabinet and miscellaneously mounted shelf The figure below shows an example of a compliance label The compliance label is located on the rear of the equipment cabinet at eye level and miscellaneously mounted shelves Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines WAVESTAR OLS 400G LIGHTWAVE TERMINAL BAY J69002A L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 OR L8 BAY Lucent Technologies Inc 1600 Osgood Strect North Andover MA U S A Date Of Manufacture and Bay List No L May Be Viewed Behind The Bumper Label Bracket Designation At The Top Of The Bay On The Front Of Tho L1 L2 Or L3 Bay On The Rear Of The L5 L7 Or L8 Bay La dato de fabrication et l num ro de liste L de la bale sont visibles derri re la d signation du support de l tiquette du butoir dans la partle sup rieure d la baie sur le devant de la baie L1 L2 ou L3 ou derri re la bale L6 L7 ou L8 POWER REQUIREMENTS Up To Forty Six 46 48V Input Power Feeders Per System 2 Per L1 L2 L6 Or L7 Ba
76. obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Recommended Action for Drop OTU 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Follow these steps to clear this TCA Using the CIT check the receive OA in the same node as the OTUD for an OCHAN TCA If the TCA is present it should be listed in the NE Condition List Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 231 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 225 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPRY i CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 4 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 5 Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt Reports to obtain a PM Report Check the OCHAN power at the output of the OA 1 Using a power meter measure the power at the associated output port of the ODU 2 Subtract the O
77. or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 or 2 Failure seen 14 122 Clear APSD Active ree ERR RR ERGO FUA DH OU 14 124 Leur APSD Ae ODU tae te tenen dd ie Lt ERR RE 14 126 Clear Insuftici nt Span Loss lt 10 dB vU aeter teen eerie rhet n n 14 130 Test LED lm Proge HR dE A LE adi ELA e tL as 14 132 Clear SUPYY Add Iuput LOS ni n m a ceri ien ie pe prt Pr P 14 133 Clear Topology Construction Incomphlele sayda detenti nter 14 137 Cla WAD Drop O n Wm 14 139 Clear SUPV Y Drop OWD LOS sulan arcana nieto in temet neget 14 141 Clear OV TTYEPE OW2T Y PE or OW3TYPE egeat ento 14 144 Clear Anto Nesolabon POLIS iussionem h b aydi teet btt tg 14 145 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure 14 148 zm Alcatel Lucent Proprietary O 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Contents TAPS see lear OE ALI eedem iie Mina nee o cnc cincti adt 14 152 TAP ISS Clear OMS ODU LOS rette or ccu nen n rel 14 156 TAP 190 Char OMON LOB salyan dayal a a ya ttu 14 160 TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE h png MUT 14 166 TAP 193 Clear Invalid Primary DSA Address 14 170 TAP IES Clear RM s n 0000000000 0000 14 172 TAPI Clear DSA Untcaclable 15 eere ep 0000000000
78. p 14 40 OTU Removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 Outdated Boot Flash OWITYPE OW2TYPE or OW3TYPE TAP 240 Clear Outdated Boot Flash p 14 275 TAP 182 Clear OWITYPE OW2TYPE or OW3TYPE p 14 144 Payload Type Mismatch TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch p 14 288 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 13 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to PROVDLTYPE Mismatch TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch p 14 166 RESTORE IP TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP p 14 62 RM Unreachable TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable p 14 172 SW DWNLD IP TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP p 14 62 Power A for Fan 1 Failure TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Power A for Fan Failure TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures p 14 120 Power B for Fan 1 Failure
79. then the condition has been cleared If not proceed to Step 7 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION gt Data Communications gt DSA OSI Stack Selector If the NEs identified in Step 1 are not provisioned as Registration Manager continue with Step 9 Otherwise proceed to Step 10 In the DSA OSI Stack Selector dialog box provision the Registration Manager to Enabled From office records determine the correct Primary and Secondary DSA network addresses TSB network addresses and Directory Name Prefix If the preceding information is incorrect continue to Step 11 if not proceed to Step 13 At the CIT select ADMINSTRATION gt Data gt Communication gt DSA NSAP and provision the Primary and Secondary DSA network addresses From the Data Communications window select the TSB tab and provision the Primary and Secondary TSB network addresses From the Data Communications window select the DSA Name Prefix tab and provision the DSA Name Prefix If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has cleared If not proceed to Step 13 If there are supervisory and or optical line conditions listed refer to TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS p 14 133 TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS p 14 141 and TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch p 14 166 of this manual If not
80. 1 6T User Service Manual In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T p 12 9 U SM 0200 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Circuit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T This procedure provides a list of actions required to add an optical channel to an in service OLS Work functions are first completed at the transmit end of the channel then continues at the receive end Refer to theWaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manualand office records to identify pre installed and labeled fibers in the bay that connect to various circuit pack slots Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required e Craft Interface Terminal CIT e Wrist Strap Referenced Procedures This procedure makes references to the following procedures e TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 A CAUTION ATAR Esp hazard If you are using the CIT in cut through mode in order to prevent a transmission interruption be aware of t
81. 1104 uey ON VN ES s x s ndO V L e ndo O LdS poxly qovucu uuepy ON VN z SOX 4 V L ondo 445 NVHOO puue ULETV ON VN SOX s ndO V L NI XAdNS nS LdS AAdNS n q ULH TV ON m VN e SOX 4 V L NI 15 445 AAdNS AAdns poxly Mod wey ON VN SOX sondg V L 1 14 ANITO p xr eurT utery ON ES VN m SOR Sondo V L 10 44 ANITO poxly oury uuepy ON VN V L 087 NI ALO 499 I ALO 1104 uuepy ON VN es SOX 4 V L LdO NI ALO 499 I ALO uod wisely ON VN ex SOX sondg V L Bunoayyy Bun uy Buno uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Anua saipp juepuedeag lAl Ss juapuedag lAl Ss isuon puoo 1941 dvsv 901n0s poInquny jeuibuo Has e2nquny 13NOS zuonpuoo S10 G 51S ABAN penunuoo s spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wely QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 13 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary NI 42du Syn XAdNS AAdns 1104 m m m us 10181q V L NI 848 AXAdnS AAdns
82. 12 13 14 15 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 16 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 9 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Replace the OMUI associated with this optical multiplex section For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 14 NO Continue with Step 16 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 9 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS IF THEN NO Continue with Step 16 16 Notify the person responsible for the
83. 14 120 14 122 14 124 14 126 14 130 14 132 14 133 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks Overview TAP 179 Clear Topology Construction Incomplete 14 137 TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS 14 139 TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS 14 141 TAP 182 Clear OWITYPE OW2TYPE or OW3TYPE 14 144 TAP 183 Clear Auto Negotiation Failure 14 145 TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure 14 148 TAP 186 Clear OMS OA LOS 14 152 TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS 14 156 TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS 14 160 TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL 14 166 Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch TAP 193 Clear Invalid Primary DSA Address 14 170 TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable 14 172 TAP 195 Clear DSA Unreachable 14 176 TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch 14 178 TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS 14 181 TAP 207 Clear Unexpected Channel 14 185 TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure 14 186 TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power 14 191 TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM 14 195 Connections TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL 14 201 TAP 214 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL 14 204 TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C 14 206 TAP 216 Clear Optics OCHAN SPT C 14 210 TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics O
84. 14 281 OTU ESS SESS or SEFESS 14 270 OTU HSBB LBC 14 235 OTU HSBB OPR 14 230 14 255 14 259 OTU HSBB OPT 14 233 OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC 14 223 OTU OC 192 STM 64 OPR 14 218 OTU OC 192 STM 64 OPT 14 221 OTU OC 48 STM 16 LBC 14 223 OTU OC 48 STM 16 OPR 14 218 OTU OC 48 STM 16 OPT 14 221 OTU OTU2 LBC 14 223 OTU OTU2 OPR 14 218 OTU OTU2 OPT 14 221 OTU DSA Registration Error 14 278 OTU MUX OTU LMT 14 279 OTU Outdated Boot Flash 14 275 Overhead Controller 7 20 Parameters user ID lockout 2 19 Password 2 3 administration of NE 2 8 aging contraints CIT NE 2 25 aging interval CIT NE 2 25 aging of NE 2 8 aging CIT NE 2 25 definition 2 8 expired state of channels 2 15 2 15 NE 2 8 Password security 2 3 Performance parameter thresholds 6 42 Performance parameters 6 24 PID See Program Identification 7 20 PING command 7 22 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Index PM report 6 39 6 39 Point of Attachment OS Operating system 3 16 Port auto provisioning 5 3 Ports security of 2 6 Pre equalization 15 57 Proactive maintenance 6 1 Product support xxiv Provisioning auto 5 3 of CIT CIT provisioning 3 12 OTPS 5 5 technical 5 2 5 4 Pump lasers 6 5 QOS See Quality of Service 6 49 Quality of service alarm mes
85. 1941 dVSV e21nog hnqunv jeurbuo Has hqunv jeuibuo 13 5 zuonpuoo S10 G E1S ABAA Alcatel Lucent Proprietary penunuoo p zl le s spueuiuio2 s1ua 3 lqEL uonipuo2 wely QEL A 28 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Appendix B Character Set Definitions Overview Purpose This appendix provides information about the Character Sets available on the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T Contents Symbolic Character Set B 2 Numeric Character Set B 3 Alphabetic Character Set B 4 365 575 71590 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary B 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Character Set Definitions Symbolic Character Set Definition Refer to Table B 1 Symbolic Characters p B 2 for the set of symbolic characters for use in User Login ID and Password applications Table B 1 Symbolic Characters 1 lt 5 gt L1 B2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Character Set Definitions Numeric Character Set Definition Refer to Table B 2 Numeric Character Set p B 3 for the set of numeric characters for use in User Login ID and Password applications Table B 2 Numeric Character Set 1 2 3 5 6 7 9 365 575 715090 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 8 B 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Character Set
86. 4672 International For details refer to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low 14 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 15 Obtain an LBO of the same value as the one in the port reporting the failure 16 Remove the LBO from the port reporting the failure For details refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 17 Clean the replacement LBO and install in the port For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 18 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 19 Connect the incoming fiber jumper to the correct port 20 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report 21 Is the alarm condition still present IF THEN YES Continue with Step 22 NO Proceed to Step 29 22 Notify the person client responsible for service assigned to both of the ports to restore service on a different route 23 Remove the ORS indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 245 Issue 1 July 2007 See noti
87. 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 39 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Optical Channel Signal Power Parameters AN A sor rens Laser hazard When SPR C is re baselined any optical line that is in a defect state LOS or AIM is not re baselined If LOS occurs in the channel baselining the SPR C may result in an incorrect baseline value Do not re baseline if an LOS condition occurs for the channel Report Inhibiting Autonomous reporting of the SPR C and SPT C Threshold Crossing Alerts TCA Quality of Signal QOS is inhibited during period in which any of the following conditions is true e The OLS 1 6T Line is in one of the following defect states Total Optical Channel LOS The respective OLS 1 6T channel is in one of the following defect states Channel LOS Channel AIM e There is no association at the head end or WAD for this channel 6 40 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Thresholds Overview Purpose This section provides information on analog and digital performance parameter thresholds provides background information on each type and categorizes those which can and cannot be user provisioned Contents Performance Parameter Thresholds 6 42 Parameter Threshold Provisioning 6 44 QOS Alarm Events 6 49 Clearing QOS Alarms 6 50 Non Provisionable Threshold
88. 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day Within the Port PM Register Initialization dialog box select the following e For Time Period select appropriate time period e For Apply TO select OTU pack Select OK Important Wait 15 minutes before pulling a new alarm list as prescribed in Step 17 Is the TCA alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 19 Is this a drop OTU IF THEN YES Continue with Step 20 NO Proceed to Step 26 Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper that provides input to the IN port at the OTUD For help refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 283 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 243 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU STM 16 or 64 21 22 23 24 25 26 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day Was the optical power measurement within the limits IF THEN YES STM 16 64 input level STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS equals 17 0 PROCEDURE NO Proceed to Step 26 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Verify that the input LBO attenuation is as rated For help refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguid
89. Agent DSA which is located at the Operations Support Center At the CIT select the CONFIGURATION gt Data Communications gt Network Layer tab Important Depending on records in Navis EMS and the system administrator you may have to verify the primary address under the DSA NSAP tab as well Verify with the local office records or the system administrator if the same NSAP address and primary directory server agent address is correct Verify all secondary addresses if required If changes are required click Modify for the appropriate field and enter the correct address information Is the alarm condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE DE Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 193 Clear Invalid Primary DSA Address 6 Initiate a Trouble Report to the responsible Operations Support Center or System Administrator stating that the alarm condition is still being reported by this NE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 171 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable Overview Procedure The alarm condition indicates a NE has waited five minutes and has not received a Registration Request Protocol RRP request from the Registration Manager This condition could
90. Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarms and Indicators Alarm Severity Assignment Profile ASAP Deleting a User Defined ASAP Any user created ASAP is deleted using the DEL ASAP PROF TL 1 command Important Default ASAP cannot be deleted Retrieving ASAP Contents The contents of any ASAP are retrieved using the RTRV ASAP PROF TL 1 command Associating ASAP to AIDs 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Each Access Identifier AID in an NE for which an Alarm ID can be reported is associated with one or more types of ASAP profiles This is exactly one profile of each such assigned type The set of ASAP profiles assigned to each AID is fixed and cannot be changed by the user For example each Access Identifier AID of type LINE is assigned one profile of type supvy and one profile of type oline Changing an ASAP Name The user is able to change the name of the ASAP of a particular type assigned to a particular AID using the ENT PROF ASGNMT TL 1 command Retrieving an Assigned ASAP A user can retrieve a report showing the ASAP s assigned to a specified AID s using the RTRV PROF ASGNMT TL 1 command The user can retrieve a report showing the AID s assigned to a specific ASAP using the RTRV AID ASGNMT TL 1 command Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 8 5 See notice on first page Alarms and Indicators Circuit Pack LEDs Most of the WaveStar9 1 6T circuit pack
91. Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack Overview This procedure describes how to install and or remove circuit packs or apparatus units Refer to the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual and office records to identify pre installed and labeled fibers in the bay that connect to various circuit pack slots or apparatus unit slots CAUTION AZA ESD hazard During initial softvvare installation and vvhen circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates will indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less than 30 seconds Please DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade because it may cause damage to the affected pack After the pack LEDs stop flashing it is then safe to remove the packs or power down the system as needed A CAUTION A Esp hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on a WaveStar OLS 1 6T network element to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to sensitive components Important When removing and inserting circuit packs keep the pack out of the slot for 60 seconds Procedure Important Verify that all fibers are labeled to prevent possible service interruption 1 What type
92. Clear OMON LOS 13 Connect the optical power meter to the fiber just removed and obtain a power measurement Important The power level will vary depending on the number of channels path loss C or L band 14 the power level greater than 37 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 17 NO Continue with Step 15 15 Important The WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual accessible thorough the CIT Help section provides assistance on routing the fiber jumper Using a new jumper replace the fiber jumper between the OMON port of the OA and the IN port of the OMON 16 X Obtain another REPORTS s Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 17 NO Proceed to Step 28 17 Replace the OMON circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 18 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN Continue with Step 19 14 162 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS IF THEN NO Proceed to Step 28 19 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 17 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Instal
93. Common Language Equipment Coding Processes and Guidelines Common Management Information Service Element CMISE Entities that the Common Management Information Protocol CMIP uses to communicate CMISE exchanges network management information between two management systems or between a management system and an application CMIP CMISE is designed for OSI networks but it is transport independent Concatenation A procedure whereby multiple virtual containers are associated one with each other resulting in a combined capacity that can be used as a single container across which bit GL 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary sequence integrity is maintained Configuration Management CM Subsystem that configures the network and processes messages from the network Consultative Committee for the International Telephone and Telegraph CCITT International Telephone and Telegraph Consultative Committee An international advisory committee under United Nations sponsorship that has composed and recommended for adoption worldwide standards for international communications Recently changed to the International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications Standards Sector ITU TSS CPM Cross Phase Modulation same as XPM CR Critical alarm Craft Interface Terminal CIT The user interface terminal that meets OLS minimum requirements and is used by craft personnel to comm
94. Expected SAPI in the ENT TRAILTRC command The default values for Transmitted SAPI and Expected SAPI are all RESET SAPI but they can be provisioned separately because Transmitted SAPI is provisioned on OUT WXYZ port line output port and Expected SAPI is provisioned on IN WXYZ port line input port The Transmitted SAPI is utilized by the Tx direction of a G 709 port on an OTU ODUK The expected received trail trace is utilized only at the Rx direction of a G 709 port on an OTU ODUK The TL1 command has more details about these parameters Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Integration and Timing Overview Purpose Contents This section provides information on the alarm indication signal alarm timing and alarm clear delay Alarms Delays Equipment Failure 7 10 7 12 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Maintenance Alarms Delays Autonomous Indications Autonomous indications of conditions or events are generated when they occur No user action is required to produce autonomous indications Autonomous indications appear at the following alarm and status interfaces e Alarm Contact Closures to the Office Alarm Grid Craft Interface Terminal CIT e LEDs on the equipment OS Interfaces On Demand Indicators On demand indications of conditions or
95. Fiber Kit e LBO Adapters Black Coupler etc e Fiber Cleaning Equipment Clentop etc Ordering information for this equipment is listed in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual 365 575 717R9 0 in Chapter 1 Tools and Test Equipment Additional equipment may be required depending upon the alarm condition Table 10 4 List of Recommended Test Equipment p 10 4 provides a equipment that first line Maintenance Engineers may need prior to being dispatched to work field problems Ordering information for this equipment is listed in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual 365 575 717R9 0 in Chapter 1 Tools and Test Equipment Table 10 4 List of Recommended Test Equipment Equipment Accessories Multi wavelength Meter OC 48 Test Set OC 192 Test Set Power Meter Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA Signal Types Not applicable OC 48 OC 192 Not applicable Not applicable Purpose Required Specifications Measures wavelengths from 1530 nm to 1562 nm and power up to 5 dBm at OA MON ports ODU OMU or OTU output port and OSNR Measures BER and B1 errors Measures BER and BI errors Measures up to 5 dBm at OA MON ports ODU OMU SUPVY or OTU output port System Channel monitoring Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Using the Index Lists and Procedures Recommended Test Equipment Table 10 4
96. In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf SUPVY circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 71 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 10 11 12 13 In the Set Baseline Supervisory dialog box select the reason for baseline Select the same reason for both supervisory channel directions SPR SU and SPT SU For a Ring Node or repeater s repeat Step 1 through Step 5 for the other line le or Iw Initiate a login session at the next upstream network element For details see DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate bay shelf SUPVY circuit pack and line 1 e w Select the line 1 e w that is receiving from the node where the SUPVY circuit pack was replaced Then click SELECT In the Set Baseline Supervisory dialog box select the reason for baselining Select the reason for only receive supervisory channel direction SPR SU STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 10 11 12 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Baseline OA When an OA circuit pack
97. Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and 10 11 12 13 Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 30 NO Continue with Step 8 Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to the failed port to switch the service to a different route Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper connected to the port reporting the failure Using the power level reading and the appropriate row of Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 determine if the power level is within range For wavelengths of 1550 nm range the measured power level should be between 16 dBm to 0 5 dBm For wavelengths of 1300 nm range the measured power level should be between 15 dBm to 0 5 dBm Is the measured power level within range IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 15 NO Continue with Step 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a trouble report indicating no trouble found obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224
98. July 2007 Operation Interfaces TL1 OS Interface 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 ENT OSI or PROV SYS commands can be executed from a CIT connected anywhere within the maintenance subnetwork No other provisioning of a Point of Attachment is required Message Handling in Subnetworks Once Login Session interaction between the OS and NE has been established using the ACT USER TL 1 command autonomous TL 1 messages from the NE to the OS can be allowed or inhibited at a login session basis only not on a NE wide basis Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 17 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces Orderwire Purpose There are three Orderwire circuits each operating at 64 Kbps These circuits are provided to the user via two connectors on the Interconnection Panel External Access The Orderwire functionality is provided by an external orderwire shelf The interface to the shelf is provided through the interconnect panel Features and functionality for the orderwire are provided through an external orderwire terminal such as the Dantel Orderwire Shelf Signals The appropriate signals such as transmit clock transmit data receive clock and receive data are provided to the external shelf in order to implement the full complement of orderwires Provisioning Each Orderwire can be provisioned to be either express or local at each NE as required Each orderwire is initially provisioned to be loca
99. List of Recommended Test Equipment continued Optical Time Domain Not applicable Monitor fiber conditions Reflectometer OTDR Optical Transport Network OTU100 OTU110 and Measures errors OTN and GbE Test Set OTU120 Notes 1 Equipment made by other vendors is acceptable only if the equipment meets listed requirements 2 Alcatel Lucent recommended calibration period Annually Faulty Equipment Return faulty equipment to the following address for repair Alcatel Lucent Returned Goods Dept Dept 11MV287122 1600 Osgood Street North Andover Massachusetts 01845 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 10 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page 11 Acceptance Tasks Overview Purpose Acceptance Tasks are procedures used to accept hardware after installation by someone else Contents NTP 002 Accept WaveStar OLS 1 6T 11 2 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary o 11 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Acceptance Tasks NTP 002 Accept WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T Overview This acceptance procedure can be performed from any OLS NE connected in the system This procedure is only used if the OLS was installed by someone else If the installation has not been completed notify the installation personnel or refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T Installation Manual to complete the installation NOTE Do not perform this procedure if you completed the installation
100. Lucent Proprietary 14 9 See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to Incoming AIS Signal Failures TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures p 14 290 Incoming HSBB LOL Failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming HSBB LOS Failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS p 14 255 Incoming MS RDI RDI L TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTU1 OTU2 ODUI ODU2 BDI p 14 226 Incoming OC 192 STM 64 LOF failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OCH 10G LOS Failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OCH 10G LOF Failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OC 48 LOF failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OC 48 LOS failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OC 192 Excessive BER L TAP 250 Clear Incoming OC 192 STM64 Exce
101. Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password p 15 45 DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return p 15 82 13 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Operations Tasks NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE Overview This procedure describes the installation process required to install software into a CIT and a WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T NE Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required Craft Interface Terminal CIT e Wrist Strap 08 Service disruption hazard During initial software installation and when circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates will indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less than 30 seconds DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade because it may cause damage to the affected pack After the pack LEDs stop flashing it is then safe to remove the packs or power down the system as needed Important APSD is not available until the reboot is completed CAUTION 8 Service disruption hazard When installing software the CIT PC software must be the same release or higher than the software currently running in the NE
102. NIN ES SOX ouueqo yeondo Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy E dAL al 1uepuedepu 1uepuedepu siueng Amua juepuedeg lM S juepuedeg lM Ss j uopipuos 184 dvsv sinos hnqiuny Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHuonpuoo 910 penunuoo p zl le spuewwo s1ua 3 lqEL wey 1 lqEL A 4 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary apoojduio q n yonqdoo T Ri pur do zs ajp1adQ q n apoojdui2 041u0 Es pur do 5 ss z 2poojduio q n 1V fomo nur do u 4D y 21p42d 2poojduio q n ppoyuxoq pur do mi Es E ss q n apoojduio a nur do apoojduio q n 11V 42151824 m nur do m s m azipainu q n apoojduio 1db3 pur do BE m a8Dssapy nquu q n a8pi4g 2214428g nur do 2poojduio q n 24g 8unul nur do m sa m AAd18 4 luz q n nur do m
103. OA circuit pack as indicated in the AID column of the report from Step 1 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 14 134 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS 10 11 12 13 14 15 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Obtain another report as in Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Continue with Step 14 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 9 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 12 could result in service interruption Replace the fiber jumper between the SUPVY OUT and OA SUPTX circuit pack Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Continue with Step 14 Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA that the Optical Line can now be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Ins
104. ODU optical fiber pair Disconnect the transmit optical fiber from the OMU IN port for the channel being deleted from service on the optical line s specified in the circuit order instructions Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Circuit Order Tasks NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 8 Disconnect the optical fiber from the ODU OUT port for the channel being deleted from service on the optical line specified in the circuit order instructions 9 Place protector cap over the end of the optical fiber and over the ODU OUT port 10 Is the Optical Channel being deleted at a through channel at a WAD NE IF THEN NO Continue with Step 11 YES Continue with Step 20 11 Identify the bay shelf and slot for the OTU being disconnected by the circuit order 12 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 13 Disconnect the optical fiber at the OTU OUT port for the channel being deleted from service on the optical line s specified in the circuit order instructions 14 Place protector cap over the end of the optical fiber and over the OTU OUT port 15 Disconnect the optical fiber from the OTU IN port for the channel being deleted from service on the optical line s specified in the circuit order inst
105. OT For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 7 Remove the OTU indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 10 Reinstall the original OTU that was removed in Step 8 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Initiate a trouble report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a trouble report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 258 Clear TCA Digital Alarm ODUkP CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 14 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Instal
106. OTU and return to Step 16 18 Did you replace an OTU with a channel frequency of 9190 9210 or 9360 9380 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 19 NO Continue with Step 22 19 On the original OTU remove any LBO from the OUT ports For details go to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 20 Clean the LBO s removed in Step 19 For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 21 Install the LBO s cleaned in Step 20 into the out port s of the replacement OTU 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 59 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Clean the OTU Out and OMU IN port and both ends of the fiber jumper that will be used to make the connection For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Is the OTU optical power output 4 3 dBm to 6 0 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 27 NO Replace OTU and return to Step 25 Clean the OTU OUT and OMU IN port and both ends of the fiber jumper that will be used to make the connection For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA measure the power level of the channel being added Compute the required LBO for the channel being added The target l
107. Pack p 15 27 22 Connect the optical fibers to the original OTU 23 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 24 Notify the person responsible for all service and protection signals assigned to this circuit pack that the signals can be returned to service 25 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 26 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS LI 4402 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 132 Clear Topology Construction In Progress Overview This is normally a transient condition Follow the procedure below to clear it Procedure 1 Wait 30 60 minutes depending on system size or until the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED goes off 2 Atthe CIT initiate a login session For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 4 Hasthe topology construction in progress condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Go to TAP 108 Address
108. Performance Measurements FleX MUX OTU OTU110 OUT110L Performance Measurements FleX DM OTU OTU120 Performance Measurements Performance Data Processing Baselining Optics Automatic Baselining Manual Baselining Performance Parameters Supported Parameters Parameter Processing Optical Line Signal Povver Parameters Optical Line Equipment Health Parameters Supervisory Channel Performance Parameters Supervisory Digital Parameters OTU Performance Parameters OTU Equipment Health Parameters Section B1 Byte Digital Performance Parameters Optical Channel Signal Povver Parameters Thresholds Performance Parameter Thresholds Parameter Threshold Provisioning QOS Alarm Events Clearing QOS Alarms Non Provisionable Thresholds 6 3 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 14 6 16 6 18 6 19 6 20 6 22 6 24 6 25 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 35 6 36 6 37 6 39 6 41 6 42 6 44 6 49 6 50 6 51 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Performance Measurements Overview Purpose Description This section provides information on the various circuit pack performance measurements The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T measures optical signal power degradation and equipment aging and or failures at various input output levels by circuit packs devices For example e The OA circuit pack measures optical line and o
109. Procedures NTPs Task Oriented Procedures TAPs and Detail Level Procedures DLPs to perform acceptance circuit order operation and trouble clearing tasks necessary for the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system Chapter 11 Acceptance Tasks contains a list of procedures used to accept hardware after installation Chapter 12 Circuit Order Tasks contains a list of procedures that are used when adding or deleting work order items for an optical line Chapter 13 Operations Tasks contains a list of procedures to use in daily operations Chapter 14 Trouble Clearing Tasks covers procedures on clearing the conditions that cause an alarm and procedures for clearing trouble reports and a list of all TAPs and the correct order in which to perform the tasks Chapter 15 Detail Level Procedures contains detailed how to instructions and a list of all DLPs and the correct order in which to perform the tasks Appendix A Alarm Reference Guide provides an index and description of the system conditions and alarms Appendix B Character Set Definitions provides the set of symbolic characters for use in User Login ID and Password applications The Glossary provides a list of common terms and acronyms The Index provides page numbers for key words and subject names Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 About this information product Conventions
110. Provisioning Parameters Monitored For PM Parameter Manual SET RTRV QOS Alarm QOS Alarm PM Baseline Thresholds Clear Report Report Optical Line TOPR OL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes TOPT OL Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PLE RP1 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes PLE TP1 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Supervisory Channel SPR SU Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SPT SU Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OTU OC 48 STM 16 OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes OTU HSBB OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes OTU OC 192 STM 64 OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes Optical Channel SPR C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SPT C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FleX 10 OTU 100 100L OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes FleX MUX OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes FleX DM OTU120 OPR Yes Yes Yes LBC Yes Yes Yes Yes OPT Yes Yes Yes Thresholds are set and reported using relative dB values By using relative values nevv high and low thresholds are automatically adjusted after re baselining Each provisioned analog parameter has four associated thresholds notifyHigh notifyHighl user provisionable e clearHigh notifyLovv1 non user provisionable Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Perfor
111. Security Parameter values are retained 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 23 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration CIT NE Inactivity Timeout Description Provisioning The NE maintains an Inactivity Timer for each user session via both the CIT NE and EMS TL interfaces If a user does not interact with the NE during a provisioned period of time the user is automatically logged off from the NE and a Logout user id timeout message is recorded in the History Log The Inactivity Timeout value is provisioned on a per port basis for the CIT and EMS TL1 interface ports and ranges from 0 999 minutes Setting the Timeout value to zero disables the feature The default value is 30 minutes All User Login association channels via one of the two interface ports has the same provisioned Inactivity Timeout value for that specific port Timer Activation The Inactivity Timer is active only when there is an active login session on the channel and the NE is expecting the user to input data The Inactivity Timer is activated when at the completion of a user generated command there is no pending message being processed by the NE There is no corresponding Inactivity Timer for the DCN interfaces The Inactivity Timer is disabled whenever the NE is processing a command request Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Admini
112. Ss BdIAIBS jsuopipuo 1971 dvsv e 4nos 9Inquny jeuibuo Has e2nquny 13NOS zuonpuoo S10 G E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wely QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 23 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2poojduio sdjo j40d Sd LO q n 42181824 nur do azipinu q n po dut nur do Es MLHOO0 luz 087 NI 110 4957 NLO poxly Mod wey ON VN ES SOX sondg V L GIdO NI ALO 4957 ANLO p xr 1104 uey ON s VN SOR ondo V L uiojs s uiojs g LdWNO3d SOX p rqes p qsav ondo pouueyo pex puueqo 404 4 4444 2 zm NIA 0 urro 14 0 4 z N s x 9poN Q2 eUursrur uorjoouuoo c eui pue Aadns eur is Ld NOUd s N SOX V l AAdNS AT AO N pue orueq zx 1015 zs EE s Joed WONO Qojeuisrur NI A10 9oe1 yed ueuoo dog 44 4 4404 NIA Son IodderzA 9AvAA NI AAdfs omp q 4dng 104 auljaspg 1ag Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy 5 1 5 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuede
113. TAP 226 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPT p 14 233 TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU TAP 227 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC p 14 235 TAP 230 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU p 14 237 TCA Optics OTU SUPVY SPT SU TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU p 14 240 1OGbE LAN LOS Failure TAP 251 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS failure p 14 295 1OGbE Loss of Sync Failure TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE 10GbE Loss of Sync failure p 14 298 Test Alarm in Progress TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 Test LED in Progress TAP 177 Test LED In Progress p 14 132 Trail Trace Mismatch TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch p 14 306 Topology Construction in Progress TAP 132 Clear Topology Construction In Progress p 14 103 14 16 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to Topology Construction Incomplete TAP 179 Clear Topology Construction Incomplete p 14 137 Unexpected Channel TAP 207 Clear Unexpected Channel p 14 185 Unexpected CP Type TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type p 14 86
114. TL1 Commands to User Privilege Codes sse 2 11 3 Operation Interfaces 3 1 External interiaas eR MEE 3 4 5 Provisioning 5 1 Slot Related Reports Affected by NETYPE and OTPS Associations sses 5 6 6 Performance Monitoring 6 1 When e Mantal up ayas catcher inter aae tee ide tent dida 6 22 6 2 Petfortiance Parimetet Processie Ura R BB thee T dde a ena d 6 30 6 3 Error Event Counter Definitions euidenter ten cde ipi rhe s da ii 6 34 6 4 Monitored SONET Physical Layer Performance Parameters sss 6 37 6 5 Monitored SDH Physical Layer Performance Parameters sese 6 38 6 6 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Digital Parameters 6 45 6 7 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Analog Parameters 6 47 6 8 Alarm Attributes Associated with QOS seen 6 49 6 9 Non Provisionable High and or Low Thresholds Parameters 6 51 7 Maintenance 7 1 WST EL 7 MEI f EE 7 6 7 2 Monitored Incoming Signal 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary XV Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page List of tables 10 12 13 14 15 7 3 TUBasel Ethernet Interface Types isses center tdi c niae terat coe ak sam aon 7 22 Alarms and Indicators 8 1 SONET Alarm Definitions occ essent tette trc 8 2 8 2 SDH Alarmi 8 itil his 777 0 zi de e eer 8 2 Using the Index Lists and Procedures 10 1 Proce
115. Tasks TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS 17 18 19 20 21 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 14 and install the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 207 Clear Unexpected Channel Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 If a fiber connection is made and a signal is applied between external equipment and an OMU or a WAD without an External ADD association an Unexpected Channel alarm condition will be raised at that node The alarm condition will be cleared when the External ADD association is created for that fiber connection or when the signal is removed from the fiber Using the channel designator in the AID column determine from the local office records if an association should be made to
116. Technical Assistance Center RTAC or Customer Technical Support CTS Technical support personnel troubleshoot field problems twenty four hours a day over the telephone and if necessary on site In addition to the help at CTAM Alcatel Lucent also maintains a Customer Support website www support lucent com The website provides customers with a way to access data in three different applications Assistance Request Solutions and Product Notifications Assistance Request allows external customers to search their Assistance Requests and to submit new Assistance Requests Solutions allows customers to view and search known problems and solutions for products Product Notifications allows customers to view and search for the latest information regarding Alcatel Lucent products For inquiries on obtaining a login contact CTAM at the appropriate number below Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 About this information product If you require additional assistance from Alcatel Lucent or need technical assistance call Domestic 1 800 225 4672 International 1 630 713 0409 When calling CTAM make sure to have the following information available e product name e product version e RTAC or CTS contact name if there is a specific contact e your phone number site number if there is more than one site e site location city and state e priority 1 Outage 2 High 3 Me
117. The Interface application message protocol is the full set of 1 6T TL1 messages This includes both input commands and responses solicited outputs and autonomous outputs alarms and events The message interface provides proper syntax and error checking of TL1 commands that have been input NE to NE Interworking NE to NE communications are implemented over the Supervisory Data Link Remote maintenance activity OS communications through the Point of Attachment remote alarm and activity condition reporting and system provisioning use the communication channel capability in the Supervisory Data Link to interwork NEs Point of Attachment Since any WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T terminal can connect to the OS through the OS interface any 1 6T terminal within a maintenance subnetwork can be a Point of Attachment Repeaters however cannot be a Point of Attachment The Point of Attachment supports a TID NSAP mapper to allow the routing of messages to other NEs via TL1 over TCP IP interface in a maintenance subnetwork The OS messages use TIDs to designate the destination NE but NSAP addresses are used within the OSI based Supervisory Data Link An ENT SYS or PROV SYS command must be used to provision the TCP IP parameters if operations is on a TCP IP network ENT OSI or PROV SYS must be used to provision the OSI parameters in the NE The ENT SYS or PROV SYS and Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1
118. Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 246 Clear Incoming ODU2 AIS Overview This alarm indicates that one of the upstream NEs has detected a LOS LOM LOF or TIM Procedure 1 Examine the alarm list Determine which NE is reporting the LOS LOM or LOF alarm condition 2 Use the corresponding TAP to clear the condition Condition TAP LOS LOF Go to TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 LOM Go to TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure p 14 225 TIM Proceed to TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch p 14 306 3 In the presence of Incoming ODU AIS the signal at the client port out depends on the provisioning of OCHSIGDEFRESP It can be laser off unframe or Frame AIS END OF STEPS m 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 287 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch Overview Procedure Payload type mismatch occurs when the received and expected value of the payload type in ODUK do not match The ODU2 Payload Type Mismatch alarm is reported at the client IN ADD port of FleX 10 line IN WXYZ port of FleX 10 line IN port of FleX MUX or line IN port of FleX DM pack This alarm condition is raised when the provisioning on the circuit pack types do not match or when the OTU circuit packs at a NE do not match For example one OTU might be carrying an LANPHY payload when the
119. User Operations Guide for more information END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 116 Clear Incoming LCK Overview This alarm is raised when the connection is locked Use this procedure to clear the following alarms Incoming 0002 LCK e Incoming ODUI LCK e Incoming ODU3 LCK Procedure 1 Examine the NE Alarm List Determine which upstream NE is reporting this alarm condition 2 Unlock the connection on the upstream NEs The alarm should clear END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 61 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP Overview These alarm conditions are the result of software procedures selected by the user for backup copy program download initiate and restore of software A brief description of each of the alarm conditions is listed below Important This is not a clearing activity wait for the condition to finish Backup IP Database backup is in progress This function causes a transfer of the current working values in the database to the backup Flash Memory Module FMM database and to a specified location in a remote system Using the WaveStar Optical Line System OLS 1 6T Software Release Description Comcode 109311274 the user will setup the desti
120. Using the Index Lists and Procedures 007 10 1 rre SUA ss 7707009200 0000000000 10 2 Recommended Test BepnpOustf 2e et cene nn HR Bec ro A nam Hi HERR E agi 10 4 Acceptance Tasks m se tua ch do me D b 11 1 Accept Vo OLS 11 2 Circuit Order Tasks duo VUL ILI 12 1 LAL 001 irem Order Task Imdex aa Asa dea eet hte aed nal Recruit nete d tei e dn 12 2 NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar9 OLS 1 6 sse 12 3 NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 12 9 Operations Tasks pr M 13 1 LX Let Operations Tasks Index 3n seme rene oat are rm tct a cod ed cr hte Te 13 2 BD Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Contents NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE 13 3 NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element 13 5 14 Trouble Clearing Tasks 9050500200 0 00 pc 14 1 TAP POU Tee aa A SSPUEBBOR brine ent n ro Rd 14 6 TAP 101 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOS LOF LOM Failure sss 14 18 TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA essre 14 19 TAP 103 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch OTUK ODUK sssseeee ener 14 21 TAP I0 Clear T
121. WAD 15 30 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 6 Determine the required LBO For details go to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 7 Clean the optical fiber s and connector s For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 8 Connect the optical fiber s to the required ports For details go to Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 9 Dress the fiber s at the slot guide to ensure fiber s do not interfere with the circuit packs insertion 10 With a thumb on each latch continue sliding the circuit pack with one firm continuous motion until the latches are fully engaged and the clips are in the locked position 11 Was an ODU or WAD installed IF THEN YES Continue withStep 12 NO Proceed to Step 18 for OA OMON OMU ORS SUPVY 12 Reseat the OA associated with the installed ODU or WAD circuit pack 13 Was an OMU installed IF THEN YES Continue withStep 14 NO Proceed to Step 15 14 Determine the required LBO For details go to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 31 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 15 16 Was a SUPVY installed
122. a series of parity errors for the health of the Supervisory Channel The SUPVY signal operates at a data rate of 2 048 Mbps and is formatted according to the standards for an El signal format with respect to framing CRC error monitoring and channel numbering The first time slot Channel 0 is used for framing FRM and parity error checking CRC Checksum Errors Monitored Parity Errors Refer to Table 6 3 Error Event Counter Definitions p 6 34 for complete definition information about each of the monitored parity errors Table 6 3 Error Event Counter Definitions Error Event Error Event Definition Counter Size bits CRC Cyclical Checksum Errors Any received Checksum in error 16 Errored Second Events Any incorrect received CRC Checksum 16 within a one second interval Bursty Errored Second Events Greater than 1 but less than 915 CRC 16 checksum errors within a 1 second period Severely Errored Second Events 915 or more CRC Checksum errors 16 within a one second period Unavailable Second Events A one second period in the unavailable 16 state 6 34 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring OTU Performance Parameters Optical Power Received OPR Each receiver interface in the terminals and regenerators monitors the amount of power received from the fiber OPR is reported as either IN RANGE or OUT OF RANGE Th
123. add OTU upstream a If the power is out of range per WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications replace the LBO at the output port and or add OTU circuit pack 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 207 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C NOTE If the OTU circuit pack is replaced manually baseline both ports Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 b If the power is per Table 7 11 of WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G C Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications continue with c Record the power of the OTU output port Disconnect the fiber from the input port associated with the OCHAN of OMU connect it to a power meter and measure the power a b Connect a multi wave meter to OUT 2 of the OMUI and measure the OCHAN If the result is not equal may vary between 0 1 to 0 2 dB to recorded value in c replace the fiber If the result is equal to recorded value in c reconnect the fiber power per DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 a b Using the CIT read the power associated with the channel at next Repeater WAD If the result is not per DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 determine the source of the problem or obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States
124. all protection lines or optical channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 275 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 240 Clear Outdated Boot Flash Important A series number S1 2 is the same series number as S1 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within Series 1 Obtain the correct replacement circuit pack with the same or a higher series number and install it in place of the circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Important If replacing a SUPVY circuit pack and a reboot is in progress do not pull the circuit pack until the reboot has successfully completed Wait for the time indicated in Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times p 14 44 These are best guess times the alarm may actually clear sooner Important Replacing the EI circuit pack in either an End Terminal or Repeater will cause the system controller to reboot Reseating the EI circuit pack in the Repeater will also cause the System Controller to reboot After replacing an EI circuit pack the SYstem IDentifier SYSID in the Network Service Access Point NSAP address will change The local craft technician should retrieve the new SYSID from the NE e g the Repeater by selecting CONFIGURATION gt Installation Pro
125. and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions manual may cause interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residence is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Security statement In rare instances unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network In such an event applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic Alcatel Lucent and its predecessors cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access Limited Warranty The terms and conditions of sale will include a five year warranty on hardware and a one year warranty on software Ordering information The ordering number for this document is 365 575 714R9 0 To order this document call 1 888 582 3688 or fax 1 800 566 9568 USA Outside USA For Europe The Middle East and Africa EMEA Asia Pacific Region and China Caribbean Latin America CALA phone 1 317 322 6416 or E Mail intlorders alcatel lucent com For Canada North American Region phone 1 317 322 6615 or E Mail intInaorders alcatel lucent com Mail orders to Lucent Learning Organization Attention Order Entry 2855 N Franklin Road P O Box 19901 Indianapolis IN 46219 Web orders for commercial customers http www lucentdocs com Web order
126. and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT IF THEN YES Select the TID with the mouse pointer and double click NO Go to the WaveStar Optical Line System OLS 1 6T Software Release Description C109311274 section TID Address Mapping to establish a new TID Type your assigned password and click OK END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs Overview Use the procedure below to test the LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates Procedure 1 Remove the appropriate shelf cover s All LEDs are visible from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 2 Atthe CIT select FAULT Test LED then select the appropriate bay and shelf then click on the select button Important Requirement All LEDs are lighted for 10 seconds off for 10 seconds for each iteration then they return to their normal condition 3 Select the number of iterations and then click Start 4 the LED s of interest operate as indicated above IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Continue with Step 7 5 Reinstall the shelf cover s For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 6 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 7 Atthe CIT select FAULT Test LED then select the appropriate bay shelf and select 3 iterations for
127. are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Recommended Action for Add OTU Follow these steps to clear this TCA CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Fix replace the external connecting equipment that is connected to the OTU connecting fiber or connector s Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 260 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPR 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 If problem persists obt
128. as described in the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T Installation Manual Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required Craft Interface Terminal CIT e Wrist Strap WARNING Laser hazard Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation Eye damage may occur if beam is viewed directly or with improper optical instruments Avoid direct exposure to beam A CAUTION A ESD hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on an OLS network element to prevent electrostatic discharge ESD damage to sensitive components See Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations in Chapter 14 Trouble Clearing Tasks Referenced Procedures Acceptance NTP 002 Accept WaveStar OLS 1 6T p 11 2 refers to the following procedures DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs p 15 7 DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected p 15 9 e DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar8 OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Acceptance Tasks NTP 002 Accept WaveStar OLS 1 6T Procedure 1 Verify that the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED is off at the EI circuit pack User Panel 2 Important If at any point in this procedure any WaveStar9
129. be set externally by a user command This baseline value is used to determine high and low threshold crossings for detecting degraded service performance Whenever a channel is added or removed this parameter can be manually re baselined Upon execution of the baselining command the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm Baselining is done automatically when a channel is added RE baselining can be initiated manually by an external user command CAUTION Laser hazard When SPT C is re baselined any optical line that is in a defect state LOS or AIM is not re baselined If LOS occurs in the channel baselining the SPT C may result in an incorrect baseline value Do not re baseline if an LOS condition occurs for the channel Signal Power Received Per Channel SPR C This is the signal power received for the specified optical channel The SPR C has a baseline value that can be set externally by a user command This baseline value is used to determine high and low threshold crossings for detecting degraded service performance Whenever a channel is added or removed this parameter can be manually re baselined Upon execution of the baselining command the SPT C baseline value is displayed in the SPR C baseline value is displayed in the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm Baselining is done automatically when a channel is added Re baselining can be initiated manually by an external user command 365
130. circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Remove the OTU indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain and install the replacement OTU For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Important The replacement OTU must have the same or higher circuit pack series number Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure 20 Did the incoming failure clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 27 NO Continue with Step 21 21 Remove the optical jumper reclean and reconnect it to the OTU For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 22 Did the incoming failure clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 27 NO Continue with Step 23 23 Asrequired check for a broken LBO a damaged jumper or bent or broken pins replace using the BERG MT370 01 pin kit for the METRAL pins Refer to backplane pin repair replacement procedures in the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T Installation Manual 365 575 717R6 3 24 Reinstall the original OTU that was removed in Step 17 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 25 Conn
131. clear this alarm log into the upstream NE to view the alarm list and clear any transmission alarms If the upstream transmission alarms can not be cleared initiate a trouble report to the upstream NE of the OTU indicating the TCA digital alarm and do not proceed till they are cleared Follow these steps to clear this TCA Examine the NE alarm list Determine which bay contains the OTU with the incoming failure Remove the appropriate shelf cover See DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard This step results in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Visually inspect the incoming signal fibers or fiber jumpers and connections and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection reveal any problems were they corrected and did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Continue with the step below NO Continue with the step below 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 303 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 255 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC 10 11 12 13 FEC UBC 15 min 1 day Remove the fiber jumper clean it and reconnect it to the OT For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES P
132. condition exists but the audible alert associated with the condition has been turned off The LED is labeled ACO Suppress ABN Abnormal LED When lit this yellow LED indicates an abnormal condition within the system These conditions include maintenance activity on any NE within the system which could potentially cause service affecting failures if additional craft activity is performed within the system The LED is labeled ABN Abnormal Some examples of abnormal conditions are FMM removal enable Office Alarm disabled Test Alarm in progress Protection Switch Loopback Activity Near End Info N Indicator When lit this yellow LED indicates that there is an alarm or status condition active on the local NE This would include any condition identified regardless of the alarm level An alarm condition is one with a severity attribute of Critical CR Major MJ Minor MN Prompt or Deferred A status condition is one with an alarm attribute of NA NR No_Alarm or No_Report The NE ACTY LED is lighted for both types of conditions Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 7 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces User Panel Flashing LEDs During initial software installation and when circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates will indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less
133. consists of two independent optical translators each operating at bit rates from 45 Mb s to 750 Mb s The OTU receives two compatible optical signals between 1300 nm and 1565 nm and converts them into electrical signals which are then amplified and regenerated These electrical signals are then converted back into optical signals and are transmitted in the 1550 nm band Low Speed Broadband Maintenance Subnetwork Menu MHz A group of network elements that are connected either in an open ring with an End Terminal at each end or a closed ring via an optical supervisory data link A network topology map of the maintenance subnetwork can be generated via any one of the network elements in the local transmission ring A set of possible values for a parameter megahertz Midspan Meet MJ mm MN The capability to interface between two lightwave terminals of different vendors This applies to high speed optical interfaces Major alarm Micrometer Minor alarm A discrete optical wave that can propagate through a fiber Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary MTBF Mean Time Between Failures MTBMA Mean Time Between Maintenance Activities Multimode Fiber MMF A fiber with a core the glass center of the fiber which light travels through larger than Single Mode Fiber so that more than one wave can pass through it It is primarily deployed for short dis
134. continuously No Supvy 3B Pump 2A send turn off Pa OC AIM ie 6A Raise Incoming 2 Xi optical line LOS active Line v Supvy 6B Raise A 2 5A Raise APSD Incoming optical active Line line LOS alarm mm paar turn off 2B Loss Signal power No Supvy 4A No Signal Power Supvy power 1B Fiber Cut is turned off and on continuously 9 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure APSD Restart Scenario Figure 9 2 APSD Restart for Two Fiber Cut Scenario p 9 9 illustrates the steps explained below l 2 Both fiber connections from NE1 and NE2 are restored SUPVY pack in NE2 detects the supervisory signal NE2 stops pulsing and turns on the supervisory signal power to Node NEI SUPVY LOS clearing shall be detected on an optical line with LOS present and APSD active NE2 checks for Local SUPVY data link DL recover on the optical line NE2 checks that the correct SUPVY line connection has been made If there is a mismatch the Software reports an SUPVY line 1 and line 2 connection mismatch condition NE2 checks that the correct OA to OA connection has been made NE2 checks for insufficient span loss less than 10 dB condition NE2 clears APSD active
135. correct power filter to be removed Important Verify that all 48 fuse breakers including any alarm fuses supplying power to both the A and B feeds are the correct size and are intact Using a Multimeter on the Volts setting measure the voltage across the Main fuse circuit breaker for ALL A and B feeds to the equipment If the reading across any breaker fuse is more than 1V the supply must be repaired before any Power Filters can be replaced Refer to the Powering chapter of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual for help Before replacing a failed power filter verify that a proper ground has been established between the shelf and ground This is accomplished by measuring the resistance between the 48 V return of the power feed going into the Power filter return is identified by striping and the frame ground jack for that particular shelf use the ESD ground jack for that shelf using an Analog Volt Ohm Meter VOM The acceptible value is one Ohm or less Important Most digital VOMs will be adversely affected by ground currents noise and are not a good choice in this measurement Remove the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 If equipped remove the interconnect panel cover on the power filter shelf For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Unplug the filters power cable by depressing both tabs at the same time and pulling th
136. death or serious injury WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation medium risk which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION When used with the personal injury symbol Indicates a potentially hazardous situation low risk which if not avoided may result in personal injury When used without the personal injury symbol Indicates a potentially hazardous situation low risk which if not avoided may result in property damage such as service interruption or damage to equipment or other materials 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 423 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines Overview The following precautions should be observed General Laser Information nan Laser hazard Disabling the APSD feature during installation servicing or maintenance results in an FDA IEC Class IITb 3B laser hazard The WaveStar OLS 1 6T system and associated optical test sets use semiconductor laser transmitters that emit light at wavelengths between approximately 800 nanometers nm and 1600 nm The emitted light is above the red end of the visible spectrum which is normally not visible to the human eye Although radiant energy at near infrared wavelengths is officially designated invisible some people can see the shorter wavelength energy even at power levels several orders of magnitude below any that have been shown to cause
137. determine correct circuit pack or consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance If a circuit pack will be inserted continue with Step 7 or STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 NO Remove the circuit pack then continue with Step 3 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 73 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot 10 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the circuit pack to be replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 NO Continue with Step 9 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in this step could result in service interruption Notify the person that is responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or optical channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Important A series number S 7 2 is the same series number as 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within series 1 Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same
138. dirty or damaged clean or change them See DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 for instructions 5 Examine the alarm list If the alarm has not obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 14 294 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 251 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS failure Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming 10GbE LAN LOS failure This alarm indicates that there is no optical signal detected in the receive path e Far End 10GbE LAN LOS failure This alarm indicates that the client port receive on the Far End 10GbE has detected an LOS failure Far End 1GbE LOS failure Examine the alarm list Determine the bay location of the OTU with the incoming failure Remove the appropriate shelf cover Access all connections from the front See DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details 08 Service disruption hazard This step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Visually inspect the fiber s connecting the client equipment and the OTUs and correct any problems found For details see DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did a visual inspection reveal any problems
139. for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA ODU WAD to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA ODU WAD are not being used for service CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 10 could result in service interruption Important If changing the OA does not fix the problem change the DCM apparatus unit associated with the OA Refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 If there are transmission errors on multiple channels or LOS at the DCM IN port of an OA refer to TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 Replace the local transmit circuit pack as indicated from the Trouble Report For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Contact the office that issued the Trouble Report and determine if the trouble has cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 12 m rx Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 25 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report 12 13 14 15 16 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 12 could result in service interruption Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 10 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details refer
140. found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 9 Examine the alarm list Is the alarm still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 14 228 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTU1 OTU2 ODU1 ODU2 BDI IF THEN NO Continue with Step 10 10 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 225 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPR Overview The amount of signal power received by the OTU has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following
141. has been aligned to a common multiframe start The Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe alarm is generated when in any of the two multiframe alignment processes in the out of multiframe OOM1 or 2 state and the whole H4 that two stage multiframe is not recovered within m VC 3 4 frames The alarm is cleared when both multiframe alignment processes are in the in multiframe state IM1 and IM2 The m ranges from 40 to 80 and is not configurable The Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence alarm is generated when the accepted sequence number does not match the expected sequence number The alarm is cleared when the accepted sequence number matches the expected sequence number Check whether the provisioning settings on the GbE interfaces of the FleX DM pack are correct Did checking correcting the provisioning settings of the ports clear the alarm 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 6 NO Continue with Step 3 DD Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 71 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence 4 Are other alarms present on this pack IF THEN YES Proceed to Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 to find the appropriate trouble clearing procedures Then return to Step 3 NO Continue vvith Step 5 5 If t
142. hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 15 could result in service interruption Remove the OTU identified in the AID column of Step 2 from the shelf For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 16 Obtain and install the replacement OTU For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Important The replacement OTU must have the same or higher circuit pack series number 17 Did the Client Synchronization Failure condition clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 24 NO Continue with Step 18 18 Remove the optical input jumper reclean and reconnect it to the OTU For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 101 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure 19 Did the Client Synchronization Failure condition clear IE THEN YES Proceed to Step 24 NO Continue with Step 20 20 Asrequired check for a broken LBO a damaged jumper or bent or broken pins using the BERG MT370 01 pin kit for the METRAL pins Refer to the backplane in repair replacement procedures in the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual 21 Reinstall the original OTU that was removed in Step 15 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit
143. information about how the instantiation of slots by the two kinds of provisioning affects Retrieve Equipment and Retrieve Alarm reports 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 5 5 See notice on first page Provisioning Provisioning Interactions with Maintenance Table 5 1 Slot Related Reports Affected by NETYPE and OTPS Associations Report Common Slots That Can Be Other Slots Addressed by OTPS Slots Associations Association No Exists Association RTRV EQPT reports slot if CP present YES YES YES no RTRV EQPT reports slot if CP absent no no no no RTRV ALM CP removed YES YES no no RTRV ALM CP failed YES YES YES no RTRV ALM unexpected CP type YES YES YES no RTRV ALM CP unknown type no no no no removed RTRV ALM CP unknown type failure YES YES YES no RTRV ALM no CP expected in slot no no no YES Incoming Signal Maintenance OTU IN and client ORS IN ports receiving inputs from an external source are the only auto provisioned entities within the system AII other entities are provisioned by technical provisioning Maintenance of signals from the outside world is controlled by OTU IN port states Maintenance of signals between common slots is controlled by the provisioned NETYPE Maintenance of signals going to and or coming from slots that are created by OTPS Associations is controlled by the presence or absence of OTPS associations 5 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0
144. interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line and to ensure that all protection lines or channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Restore service on a different Optical Line System or route if necessary Important A series number S1 2 is the same series number as S1 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within a series 1 The replacement circuit pack will not boot If you are replacing an OTU circuit pack the laser will not turn on therefore the value of the OTU port LBO cannot be determined at this time CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 7 could result in service interruption Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or higher series number and install it in place of the circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action At the CIT select FAULT gt Reset and in the Reset Dialog box select System and click the OK button to reset the NE or press the Restart button on the EI circuit pack User Panel Wait 15 60 minutes depending on system size or u
145. is controlled or where access can only be gained by service personnel with a key or tool Access to this equipment is restricted to qualified service personnel only Power the unit only from 48 Vdc sources providing Safety Extra Low Voltage SELV outputs This equipment must be provided with a readily accessible input power disconnect device as part of the building installation such as a main power disconnect switch or external circuit breaker SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS Recycling Take Back Disposal of Product 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown below when put on the market within the European Union shall be collected and treated at the end of their useful life in compliance with applicable European Union and local legislation They Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 15 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines shall not be disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste Due to materials that may be contained in the product such as heavy metals or batteries the environment and human health may be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal Note In the European Union a solid bar under the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product was put on the market after 13 August 2005 Moreover in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements where applicable Alcatel Lucent will offer to provide for the collecti
146. is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Determine the problem for example a kinked fiber and correct span loss 1 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 2 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 230 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 239 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU Overview The power of the transmit supervisory signal has either exceeded the high threshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength sta
147. maximum received power requirements LIU Line Interface Unit Local Area Network LAN A communications network that covers a limited geographic area is privately owned and user administered is mostly used for internal transfer of information within a business is normally contained within a single building or adjacent group of buildings and transmits data at a very rapid speed Local Traffic All wavelengths being added dropped through LCTs or OTs at a WAD site LOF Loss of Frame LOL Loss of Lock Long Reach LR A standard for optics concerning transmitters and receivers in a system and ensuring that transmission can be maintained for long distances tens of kilometers This standard constrains the output power of the transmitter and the sensitivity of the receiver for long haul applications up to 80 km without the need for regeneration LOS Loss of Signal Loss Budget Loss in dB of optical power due to the span transmission medium includes fiber loss and splice losses 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 19 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Loss of Frame LOF A failure to synchronize to an incoming signal Loss of Pointer LOP A failure to extract good data from a signal payload Loss of Signal LOS The complete absence of an incoming signal Low Speed Broadband LSBB Optical Translator Unit LSBB The Low Speed Broadband LSBB Optical Translator Unit OTU20
148. n q DJA pug WA LNO ome NLO ONAS JO SSO T youd n q zs az SOX 2401 pug A LNO NLO mir SOT yord n q E E 2401 pug 4 sos yord 1019 LdINO ld m TIN E HSV H sow v cd 1015 do ed l z TIN ud SOX mirey HSV H ALO 1015 1015 LdINO ld EE TIN 55 NLO ALO yord 1015 LdINO ld TIN ES m em rj NLO sog 1018 1015 dosd zn TIN i Sox p Aour r sog 508 yord 1015 LdWO3d s N em mj sog AWO ssois01d 1018 ULETV ON VN Sox ur dnuLeA NWO Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy VM SUON 01 4 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua juepuedeg ad1A1aS yM s juepuedeg lAl s l s jeuBHipucgd8 E 4 5 924nos p2lnquny Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo paiejaeH s1ue 3 ejqej uOnIpuoO wely 1 V QEL A 10 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary NI ALO SOT v9 IA LS yord n q Sox SuIWOOUT mirey NI ALO AHOT v9 IALLS xoed 1104 Suruioou ein reg NI ALO SOT 91 IA LS xoed 1104
149. ndn rc ERR di 14 79 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary ix Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents TAP 125 TAP 126 TAP 127 TAP 128 TAP 129 TAP 130 TAP 131 TAP 132 TAP 133 TAP 134 TAP 144 TAP 152 TAP 156 TAP 160 Failures TAP 162 TAP 166 TAP 167 TAP 174 TAP 177 TAP 178 TAP 179 TAP 180 TAP 181 TAP 182 TAP 183 TAP 184 Clear FLASH Unrecognizable Code eene 14 81 Clear PLASHISYSCTL Code Mismatch essaie iicet ccs parait 14 82 Lear Encspecied CP DUE uan emere Pb mar daten dprbar E 14 86 Clear Trouble In CIT CIT Does Not Respond to Commands sss 14 90 Address Carol Paek OOS er rere ind DRE RR 14 92 Restore NE Operation After Power Loss eene 14 95 Clear Chent Synchronization Pallure Una trcs cin n aerem bec n 14 99 Clear Topology Construction In Progress 14 103 Clear FLASH Removed uuu dune ace der ee RH ERR LE HR ELA EP cR as 14 104 Clear IDGDB LAN LOS LSS BIB na alos on ermita 14 108 Clar OMLUODU warm up in PORTERS a Aqa a a ttg 14 110 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure senes 14 111 E D Dul sauna quss add ne cati tien re n od ir cer Ann 14 117 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 2000000000 0 14 120 Clear 1
150. of synchronization failure Far End 10GbE Loss of Sync failure This alarm indicates that the client port receiver on the Far End 10GbE has detected a loss of synchronization failure Check the fibers If they are dirty or damaged clean or change them See DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 for instructions If the alarm does not clear replace the circuit pack See DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 for details If the alarm does not clear when the circuit pack is replaced then remove the replacement circuit pack and reinstall the original pack The problem may be that the client transmit end is failing Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE 10GbE Loss of Sync failure 6 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 299 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 253 Clear Pluggable module removed Overview Procedure From the CIT log into the NE where the channel originated to check for any major problems IF THEN BDI LOS or LOF LOL Go to TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 TTI Proceed to TAP 256 Clear
151. on Circuit Packs p 15 7 can be used to test the LEDs if you suspect EI circuit pack LED problems Is the MJ LED on IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 1 NO Proceeed to Step 3 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B RF hazard Consult with Technical Support personnel if you have any questions regarding the power cables Both power feeder cables are NOT supplying voltage to the bay that have their PWR OUTPUT LEDs off Check at the Battery Distribution Fuse Board BDFB or equivalent visually check within the bay for loose connections power cable problems between the BDFB and the shelf with the failure and correct the voltage supply problem 7 Was a problem found and corrected IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Proceed to Step 11 127777 S One Power Feeder Cable is NOT Supplying Voltage to a Bay 1 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 2 Determine from the report which power feeder cable is not providing power to the bay or the power line filter for that feeder is defective CAUTION Corrosive substance ha
152. one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Recommended Action for Add OTU Follow these steps to clear this TCA CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR Fix replace the external connecting equipment that is connected to the OTU connecting fiber or connector s If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Recommen
153. other is carrying an OC 192 payload or one OTU might be carrying an OC 192 payload when the other is carrying an OC 48 payload The detection of the GFP Payload Type Mismatch alarm is based on comparison between the expected signal label and the accepted signal label The GFP Payload Type Mismatch alarm is reported at client OUT1 through OUTS ports of the FleX DM pack This alarm is the GFP layer failure generated when the accepted signal label code does not match the expected signal label and the accepted signal label is not Unequipped or equipped non specific The alarm is cleared when the accepted signal label matches the expected signal label code or if the accepted signal label code is Unequipped or equipped non specific From the CIT log into the NE where the channel originated to check for any major problems IF THEN BDI LOS LOF LOL Go to TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 TTI Proceed to TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch p 14 306 AIS Proceed to TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures p 14 290 LOM Go to TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure p 14 225 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 IF THEN OCI Go to TAP 244 C
154. p 15 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the optical channel output levels Are all OC48 STM16 channels should be within 0 5 dB of the channel selected in Step 18 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 32 NO Go to Step 28 DD Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 67 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Is the system equipped with add OC 192 STM 64 OTU s IF THEN NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE YES Continue with Step 33 Select and add OC 192 STM 64 OTU and connect the power meter to OTU OUT port Is the OTU optical power output 4 3 dBm to 6 0 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 35 NO Replace the OTU and repeat Step 34 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the power level of the selected channel The target level for the selected OC192 STM 64 optical channel is 19 0 dBm 0 5 dB If the power level does not fall within the target level compute the required LBO that will bring the power level into the target range If required select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 38 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 40 41 42
155. pack IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 20 Important You can expect to see alarm messages for ODU and OMU warm up in progress NO Continue with Step 16 16 Was an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack just replaced in Step 12 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 17 NO Continue with Step 18 if BOS EI OMON or SUPV Y 17 Notify the person responsible for all affected service protection signals assigned to this OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 18 Reinstall the shelf cover DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 14 88 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type 19 Are all the associations related to this slot of a compatible type IF THEN YES Continue with TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Delete the incompatible associations and add the compatible associations Important If the circuit pack was just installed wait five minutes before deleting the incompatible associations 20 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Refer to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS
156. pack If the port label is not found in the source port AID column repeat Step 5 through Step 7 for Bay 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure 10 11 12 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Remove the appropriate shelf cover from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 il Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 9 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable betvveen the OTU OUT port connector and the OMU WAD IN port connector and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 12 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the optical channel transmit failure still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 12 NO Proceed to Step 30 Using the information from the report Step 7 identify the OTU and OTU OUT fiber connected to the OMU WAD IN port associated with the alarm condition Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 187 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure 13 14 15 16
157. performance parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the OMON circuit pack are e Signal Power Transmitted SPT C e Signal Power Received SPR C 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 11 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring FleX 10 OTU OTU100 100L Performance Measurements Introduction FleX 10 OTU OTU100 100L monitors ODU2 Path Monitoring Overhead BIP 8 Errors SDH SONET 10GbE WAN Overhead B1 Parity Errors 10GbE LAN PCS Layer 64B 66B coding violations and 10GbE LAN MAC Layer in order to isolate faults on the line side or client side Monitored Analog Parameters The analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the FleX 10 OTU are Optical Power Received Laser Bias Current Optical Power Transmitted Monitored SONET Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Frame Seconds Coding Violations Loss of Signal Seconds Monitored SDH Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored Background Block Errors Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Background Block Error Ratio Errored Second Ratio Severely Errored Second Ratio Loss of Signal Seconds Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring FleX 10 OTU OTU100 100L Performance M
158. potential for eye damage technicians should neither disconnect any lightwave cable nor splice or stare into the optical connectors terminating the cables e Under no circumstance should lightwave lightguide operations be performed by a technician before satisfactorily completing an approved training course e Since viewing lightwave emission directly with an optical instrument such as an eye loupe greatly increases the risk of eye damage an appropriate label must appear in plain view on the front of the main frame or lightguide termination interconnection equipment Safety Precautions for Unenclosed Systems During service maintenance or restoration the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system is considered unenclosed During service maintenance or restoration observe the following precautions e Only authorized trained personnel should be permitted to do service maintenance and restoration Avoid exposing the eye to emissions from unterminated energized optical connectors at close distances Laser modules associated with the optical ports of laser circuit packs are typically recessed which limits the exposure distance Optical port shutters and Automatic Power Reduction APR are engineering controls that are also used to limit the emissions However technicians removing or replacing regenerators should not stare or look directly into the vacant regenerator slot with optical instruments or magnifying lenses Normal eyewear or indirect viewing
159. proceed to Step 16 If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has been cleared If not proceed to Step 16 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 173 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Determine from office records the correct IP address for the NEs which are designated as the Primary and Secondary transport bridges Establish a login session with those NEs the NE which is designated the Registration Manager is not necessarily the transport bridge if one does not already exist At the CIT select CONFIGURATION gt Data gt Communications gt TCP IP If the IP addresses of the transport bridges are not provisioned continue to Step 17 Otherwise proceed to Step 19 In the CONFIGURATION gt Data gt Communications gt TCP IP dialog box enter the predetermined IP addresses for the NEs designated as the Primary and Secondary transport bridges If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has been cleared If not proceed to Step 19 Important Use the following steps for troubleshooting the condition in NEs downstream of the Registration Manager NE Identify all networks which are not communicating with the EMS Initiate a login session with the NE identified in Step 19 A remote login session may fail depending on the state of the NE Therefore obtain local assistance at
160. pu d pui yu pu d pui siena Amua juepuedeg ad1A1aS yM s juepuedeg lAl s l s r 4 5 991NOS p2lnquny jeuibuo Has geinquny leul uo 13NOS zHonpuoo 910 6 51S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wey 1 V QEL 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide p xu ourT wey ON VN 4 4 ANITO sondQ V L eur wy ON VN 44 414 ANITO sondQ V L 365 575 715R9 0 eur UL V ON VN 244 414 ANITO ondo V L ourq ULTETV ON VN 141 4714 ANITO sondo V L q n nur do apoojduio 1H 8A uO1914044 eur ej Q91IAS 4002910 4 QIIMIOPIO onewomy ur1 A uornoojoJd 9ILAI9D1 oneuiojny uiojs g Wd Alcatel Lucent Proprietary urojsKg n f 2114M pv24 ppold Wd uiojs g nif uwos ppoldn Wd pexy uiojs g wey ON Sok AO D 244 o2 dI pvojdp Wd g dA L Amua dvsv gal ssoippy e21nos Buno uy 99IAJ9SUON Buno yy SOMES juepuedag lAl Ss Buno yy Buno yy RIMES 1uepuedepu juapuedag lAl s ERINES penunuoo
161. saa c echo nda mice emen tedio ca medida tit bdsm dd 2 3 EE oli mE 2 4 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary o il Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents RM DET 2 5 NE Grnamal LOSS nea rinde 0 2 7 A 2 8 NE Dat iE iir M 0000000000 2 9 KE Locum SECIS en 2 15 NE Login Access Security Procedures b RAYA R YAS T ree eria en era n rei aee 2 17 NE User ID Licht iua eee mia 000 0000000001 2 19 Inttuder Alem Alar n andan la an ce tette ssa L asa uda Gianni em I dre Ri beens 2 20 ES INE LORI uc aeta de ar e Ra 00001 2 21 EMS NE Security Notification Management essaie iere dcbet e licei HR He ne ll 2 22 LIT NB Eoo SOC sep dd contenter reno di red ERE Dente vene E da d n 2 23 LITNB IIS DURO miminta indo deer s na teet epe ee ter boe Dee nanan 2 24 CENE Password o ss a das ident nem darme nim i nner eens en tn 2 25 LEE User EOD ASIE Uu aaa asa DAY s r Lal i bete e e dte eR n 2 26 LIENE Soon DAL SOLO im denen e re aat OO n ra ad 2 27 LIENE Andit Drs REC Logos eee Robot oer dtr rp ner dtr o dpud p ord en enin 2 28 EMS TL1 NE Authentication and Access Control sss nennen 2 29 Operation Interfaces IIO p a aioe 3 1 D inte E M ea SUSAR das pun n ai sU d y 3 2 join App 3 4 Eser Panel ER 3 5 Power On LED aca epo
162. screw threads are disengaged 10 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 11 Grasp cover by upper corners 12 Place bottom of cover into lower rail of interconnect panel and push closed 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 21 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover 13 Using an appropriate screwdriver turn clockwise until screw engages frame END OF STEPS 15 22 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 WARNING Laser hazard Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation Eye damage may occur if beam is viewed directly or with improper optical instruments Avoid direct exposure to beam A CAUTION A Esp hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on a network element to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to sensitive components Important Refer to the chapter Orderable Equipment Comcodes by Item Name or Orderable Equipment by Comcode in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG for the values of LBOs Is the buildout being installed or removed For details see Figure 15 3 Duplex LC block and Connector p 15 25 and Figure 15 4 Simplex LC Block and Connector
163. selected in Step 1 Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 11 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 If required install the LBO determined in Step 11 at the OUT port of the OTU of any add optical channel that is not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel selected in Step 1 For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the optical channel output levels Are all channels should be within 0 5 dB of the channel selected in Step 1 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Go to Step 11 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 65 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Is the system equipped with OC48 STM16 add OTU s IF THEN YES Continue with Step 18 NO Proceed to Step 32 Is the OTU optical power output 4 3 dBm to 6 0 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 20 NO Replace OTU and repeat Step 19 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the power level of the selected channel The target level for the selected OC48 STM16 optical channel is 19 0 dBm 0 5 dB If the power level does not fall within the target level compute the required LBO that will bring the power level into the target range If required select and cle
164. system software detects an input signal from a client is out of range Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf and slot location of the OTU with the alarm condition Remove the shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 4 could result in service interruption Make a visual inspection of the incoming signal cable s and connections and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did a visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Continue with Step 8 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 99 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure 10 11 12 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 25 NO Continue with Step 8 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 8 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this
165. the NE to connect the CIT at that location For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 If there is a BOS OHCTL failure or BOS SYSCTL for repeaters listed continue to Step 23 If not proceed to Step 25 If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has been cleared If not continue with Step 25 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable 25 26 27 28 29 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The NE identified in Step 19 should not be provisioned as Registration Manager At the CIT select CONFIGURATION Data Communications DSA OSI Stack Selector verify the Registration Manager is disabled If the NE is provisioned as a Registration Manager continue with Step 26 If not proceed to Step 28 Important When the Registration Manager is disabled the BOS Bay Controller reboost Topology construction alarms appear From the DSA OSI Stack Selector dialog box provision the Registration Manager to Disabled If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs then the condition has been cleared If not continue with Step 28 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain the alarms conditions at the NE If there is are supervisory and or optical line conditions listed refer to TAP 110
166. the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select the reason to baseline Select a reason for both total optical power Received TOPR OL and Transmitted TOPT OL 14 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only 15 Click OK 16 At the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline NNN oU Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 17 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being added and click SELECT 18 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select the reason to baseline Select a reason for Signal Power Received SPR C and Transmitted SPT C 19 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Channel Only 20 Click OK 21 STOP YOU HAVE COMPELETED THIS PROCEDURE Less Than Eight 8 Channels 1 At the East terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 2 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select a reason to baseline Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical L
167. the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follovv instructions in Step 2 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this WAD circuit pack to e Manually switch the service to a protection line e Ensure all protection paths assigned to this WAD are not being used for service Replace the WAD circuit pack associated with this failure condition For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Is WAD drop channel LOS still reported IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Continue with Step 8 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 139 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS 10 Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this WAD circuit pack that it can now be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRE
168. the condition clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 46 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Remove the LBO from the ORS port reporting the failure For details refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Clean the replacement LBO and install in the ORS port For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming 37 38 39 40 41 42 ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 46 NO Continue with Step 38 Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to the both of the ORS ports C1 IN and C2 IN to restore service on a different route Remove the ORS indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard The replacement ORS must have the same or higher circuit pack series number Obtain and
169. the test 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 157 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs 8 Did the same circuit pack LED consistently fail the LED test IF THEN YES Continue with Step 9 NO Continue with Step 10 9 Contact the appropriate maintenance organization to correct the LED trouble before returning to this procedure 10 Reinstall the shelf cover s For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 15 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected Overview This procedure is used to verify that all NEs are connected Procedure 2 Are there any trouble conditions listed in the DESCRIPTION column of the report IF THEN NO Continue with Step 3 YES Notify the installation personnel to correct the trouble condition before proceeding 3 Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for each network element in the system For details go to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 5 Verify the report information agrees with the local engineering documentation END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 9 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first
170. to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 113 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Failure Important At this point it appears that the local OTU is operating correctly The trouble appears to be in the optical fiber jumper optical line or in the far end NE Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 16 could result in service interruption Important Only the HSBB OTU provides LOL indications The clock and data recovery CDR circuit in the OTU receiver monitors LOL signal Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or channels that are assigned to this
171. to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Was the reported trouble an Incoming Optical Line LOS IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 14 NO Proceed to Step 17 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 14 could result in service interruption Replace the local transmit CLSC apparatus unit as indicated from the Trouble Report For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Contact the office that issued the Trouble Report and determine if the trouble has cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 16 Remove the replacement CLSC apparatus unit installed in Step 14 and reinstall the original CLSC apparatus unit For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report 17 18 19 20 21 22 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Return a NO TROUBLE FOUND conclusion to the report no active local alarms or visual problems CAUTION il Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 18 could result in service interruption Optical fibers can be tested by using optical time domain reflectometers OTDR to help locate a fiber bend or cut Refer to local operating proced
172. trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 225 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPR Recommended Action For Add OTU CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 If problem persists
173. units or working on a shelf See Grounding Wrist Straps p 1 14 Check the wrist straps periodically with a wrist strap tester to ensure that they are working properly Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 13 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines The grounding jacks for connection of wrist straps are located under the power switches on each shelf fuse power indicating panel user panel the right front of the equipment cabinet and the rear of the equipment bay These jacks are labeled Safety Instructions Save These Instructions READ AND UNDERSTAND ALL INSTRUCTIONS When using this telecommunication equipment basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire electric shock and injury to persons including the following e Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product e Slots and openings in this product at the back or bottom are provided for ventilation To protect it from overheating these openings must not be blocked or covered 1 14 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines Opening or removing rear covers or sheet metal parts may present exposure to high current or electrical energy levels or to other risks Never push objects of any kind into this product through slots as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or el
174. used The following conventions are used throughout this guide e For each TLI command for example RTRV LOG TL 1 there are corresponding CIT and Navis EMS commands e Italics are used for emphasis e Bold is used to identify button selections and CIT selections Constant Width is used to identify conditions and system messages Related documentation The WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T User Service Manual is part of a set of documents that support the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system Ordering information is provided on the copyright page The following documents are included in the set Document Number Comcode Document Title 365 575 713R9 0 WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG 365 575 714R9 0 WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Ordering Guide AOG 365 575 716R9 0 WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Operations Systems Engineering Guide OSEG 365 575 717R9 0 WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual 365 575 718R9 0 WaveStar OLS 1 6T OLS 400G 800G System Turn up Services Comcode 109646257 Comcode 109646265 WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Software Release Description SRD Paper WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Software Release Description SRD CD ROM Related training The Customer Training and Information Products CTIP Organization provides management courses for system planning engineering and ordering and course
175. visual inspection criteria IE THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Then repeat Step 12 If the connector remains dirty after Step 12 as been implemented twice then discard the jumper After the connector has been verified to be clean it should be immediately inserted into the optical port If the connector is not going to be used then it must be protected with a clean dust cap When this connector is to be used it should be subjected to this procedure again prior to mating it into an optical port END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Definitions Figure 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers R Restricted area is inside Monitor dotted line Viewing Area 66 microns Fiber Core 8 micron diameter Fiber Cladding 125 micron diameter Restricted Area A circle vvith a diameter of 66 microns centered on the fiber core This diameter is equal to half the sum of the single mode fiber core and fiber cladding diameters Fixed Contamination Contamination that cannot be removed and does not change appearance or location during or after three cleaning attempts Loose Contamination Contamination that can move or change position on the fiber Ferrule Endface This co
176. with Step 23 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 261 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Clean the fiber connectors and reconnect the fiber jumper to the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack reporting the failure For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Disconnect the fiber jumper that is connected to the IN port of the DCM apparatus unit Connect the fiber jumper disconnected in Step 23 to a power meter and obtain a power measurement Is the power measurement obtained from Step 24 within 0 5 dB of the power measurement made in Step 12 IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 28 NO Continue with Step 26 Clean connectors and replace the fiber jumper between the OA circuit pack DCM OUT and DCM apparatus unit IN ports Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 42 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Clean the fiber connectors and reconnect the fiber jumper to the IN port of the DCM apparatus unit For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks
177. you to confirm the change 6 Observe that the Output Miscellaneous Discretes changed to the appropriate condition Flash removal enabled From the NE Equipment Explorer select Bay Shelf SYSCTL CP10 circuit pack Select CONFIGURATION gt Equipment from the Main Menu 1 Select the appropriate data and click the Apply button 2 Click YES in the confirmation box Enable and Disable FMM removal allows for the replacement of the Flash Memory Module FMM This function allows the user to remove the FMM from the BOS Circuit Pack serving the SYSCTL by pressing the FMM eject button located on the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack The NE reports a standing condition and flash the FAULT LED on the BOS SYSCTL when the user function executes test alarm in progress Wait for the test to complete 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 59 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 115 Clear Incoming OCT Overview Procedure This alarm is raised when there is a missing cross connection upstream Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming ODU2 OCI Incoming 0001 OCI e Incoming ODU3 OCI Use the AID column from the NE Alarm List to identify the appropriate shelf and circuit pack associated with the alarm condition Check the upstream TDM NEs to find out where the cross connection has not been created Create the missing cross connection See the
178. z s W Y ISAL q n apooidwuo 4dng 5 nur do m es auljaspg 1ag q n aporjduo uvyIQ pug do i auiJasng 128 q n nur do zs aUuljaspg lag 2poojduio q n nur do uoaug 41y 12g Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 99IAI9SUON 91 4 E dAL al yu pu d pui yu pu d pui siueng Amua sipi juepuedeg lAl s 91 juepuedeg lAl s l s istionipuoo 184 dvsv 9 1nos hnquny jeuibuo Has hquby jeuibuo 13NOS zHuonpuoo 910 6 61S ABAA penunuoo s spupulul02 s1ua 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wely 1 V QEL 365 575 715R9 0 A 7 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary uou d4 1015 un 3015 zi 7 Aadu4uuuasaq zs NIN dO q omm Jamod 1oyeoiq Joys JIeus LdNOUd IN m n m q pue y mirey Io od 1oxeo1q Jys JI9us LdlNO ld x em TIN n m V eme Io od 1oxeo1q Joys 19 8 14 4 TIN m n s NOINO 1018 1019 14 4 sa N pa NOWO NOWO yord 1019 ILdINO d z ES FIN m s x anje NOWO 1015 TH 1018 Ld
179. 00 14 176 TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch 14 178 TAPS2US lear WAD Add LOS Lou udo dein enter EH t tete 0000000 14 181 TAPU Clear Enexpected Capelle rettet giat cen idara retten 14 185 TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure ssec 14 186 TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power 7 sss 14 191 TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections 14 195 TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OL NE TOPR DLE 14 201 TAP 214 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL Y Uca s s Al AYB dd ssir 14 204 TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR Q ll r s s titre iiie 14 206 TAPSID Clear TC A Optics OCHAN SPEC trt tette ip cfi 14 210 TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx 1 6 5222 14 212 TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx xe1 6 assessment 14 215 TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n sssesseeeeeeeeeneenemnennnennennns 14 218 TAP 22 Clear TCA Opies OTU OC mSTM n OPT s sayda R ARA al ce 14 221 TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC sssrin 14 223 TAP 222 Clear Tucominz OTU EON PI deerit anat i ettam 14 225 TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTU1 OTU2 ODU1 ODU2 BDI TAP 225 Clear ICA Optics OTU HSBB OPET
180. 00 6 34 OTU Perbormance Parameters d teneo ded da stiano eu pede sd o Ha pe pecore bd 6 35 OTU Beaubien Health aa etenim Beine retten re ide ene dr hne 6 36 Section B1 Byte Digital Performance Parameters seem ntn ticae 6 37 Optical Channel Signal Power Parameters cen drn dicere ER id ct pe 6 39 Thresholds uiro 00 00 6 41 Performance Parameter Thresholds R R pt ade i cie ei Degree 6 42 Parameter Threshold Provisioning sisisi terere rnnt 6 44 QUIS APR a o ea t 6 49 r ODS JA EDS ise no iem drm tt a rr ina a din Gane eu 00000 6 50 Blon Proviuonuble Tageholds z YR Ya a e ca err nc it aa 6 51 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Contents 7 Maintenance do c M 7 1 Maintenance Signals Py m A E 7 3 7 4 Saa IX 000000 7 5 JU Section Trace Identibier STD n i 7 6 Optical Channel Trace dor OLU U sua suda Lana an e rand e P 7 7 Trail Trace icm EE MED 7 8 Integration and Timing ll EE 7 9 Alarms on ero avian eben th nre PERF cere ead e i i 7 10 Equipment Falur 2 2 2 noo
181. 1 to manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line and 2 to ensure that all protection lines or channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Important A series number S 2 is the same series number as S 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within series 1 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 41 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure R WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or a higher series number and install it in place of the circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Important If replacing a SUPVY circuit pack and a reboot is in progress do not pull the circuit pack until the reboot has successfully completed WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Wait for the time indicated in Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times p 14 44 These are the worst case times the alarm may clear sooner Important Replacing the EI circuit pack in either an En
182. 10 Connect the incoming fiber jumper to the correct OT IN port 11 Important It appears that the local OT is operating correctly The trouble appears to be in the optical fiber jumper optical line or in the far end NE Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 12 Replace the XFP module on the IOGbE OT circuit pack If the alarm does not clear remove the new XFP module and reinstall the original one 13 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 109 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 144 Clear OMU ODU warm up in progress Overview Procedure Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page This condition indicates that the optical filters in the OMU ODU circuit packs are below their correct operating temperature and the heater is in the process of correcting t
183. 110 OTU110L and OTU 100 OTUT100L starting with Release 8 Tunable lasers on the DWDM line side support all 80 wavelengths with 50GHz in C band or L band The wavelength will be provisioned with the help of the Channel Availability Check There will be no default wavelength The CIT also provides the capability of creating associations using the cut through mode In cut through mode the user needs to use TL1 commands to create circuit associations The Circuit Connection provisioning operation is a three part process Software Provisioning Interaction between the CIT and the NE Verification process utilizing Optical Power readings to verify software interaction was successful and the actual physical connection of fiber between circuit packs The Software Provisioning Interaction is done by the Circuit Connection Wizard The result of this provisioning is to activate the laser in the OTU With no input to the OTU the output of a provisioned OTU will be an Alarm Indication Signal AIS More information on AIS is provided in Chapter 6 Performance Monitoring Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 5 9 See notice on first page 6 Performance Monitoring Overview Purpose The WaveStar OLS 1 6T system performance monitoring philosophy includes proactive maintenance performance management The system detects and reports performance degradation before it deteriorates further and causes service affecting alarm conditions Features
184. 12 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Clean the LBO removed from Step 8 and the IN port of the replacement OA For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Install the LBO into the IN port of the replacement OA For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 From the local engineering records determine if Pre equalization is required IF THEN Pre equalization is required Continue with Step 1 in the section Pre Equalization Required p 15 64 Pre equalization is not required or Continue with Step 13 required on four specific optical channels only What type of OTU is being added or replaced in the system IF THEN OC 48 STM16 OC 192 STM64 Continue with Step 14 10Gb s or HSBB LSBB Proceed to Step 16 5 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 14 Connect the power meter to the OTU OUTO port of the OTU being installed 15 Is the OTU optical power output 4 3 to 6 0 dBm IE THEN YES Proceed to Step 18 NO Replace OTU and return to Step 14 16 Connect the power meter to the OTU OUT port of the OTU being installed 17 Is the OTU optical power output 4 0 to 6 0 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 18 NO Replace
185. 13 Important If replacing a SUPVY circuit pack or a reboot is in progress do not pull the circuit pack until the reboot has successfully completed Replace the receive circuit pack identified in Step 10 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 14 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same incoming signal failure still listed IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 16 NO Continue with Step 15 15 you replace an OA ODU WAD circuit pack in Step 13 IF THEN NO Proceed toStep 29 if SUPVY YES Proceed toStep 27 16 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 13 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 37 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Identify the Line Port for example Line 1E or Line 1W or LIN or 2IN associated with this incoming failure condition Record the Line Port identified in the AID column on the NE Alarm List report obtained in Step 14 Reading across the report on the line for the TID identified in Step 19 and locate in the East or West Port column the port that corresponds to the Line Port identified in Step 17 For example if Line 1E appears as the failed line AID column in Step 17 then look for 1E
186. 15R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS 18 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 159 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14460 This procedure is used to clear a loss of optical signal LOS condition detected by the OMON circuit pack Important If the alarm condition DCM Failure is present in the alarm list report go to TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 and clear DCM Failure alarm before attempting to clear the OMON LOS alarm condition Important Wait 15 minutes for the system to scan the OMON inputs after removing and installing cables between the OMON and OA or replacing the OMON or OA circuit pack Identify and locate the OMON circuit pack and IN port listed in the AID column of the REPORTS gt Conditions report see Step 1 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Identify the OA circuit pack that is associated with the OMON port determined in Step 2 You may use the fiber label on the fiber that is assigned to the OMON IN port or refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Ma
187. 1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo s1uea 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wely 1 V QEL 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary OID NI N LO 495 ALO poxly Mod uey ON VN SOX sondQ V L LdO NI ALO 489 ALO n q ULE V ON 5 VN es zi SOX sondQ V L 440 NI ALO 485 ALO n q ULE V ON VN m m SOX ondo V L q n apoojduio dnyopg nur do 290 010 1 TINY feq Keg 444 44 NIN SOX 1snp po330 TONY feq Avg 44 444 NIA SOX ysnp 88012 Yous TU uiojs g Gl11 401824 NI ALO Ho mys n q ULE V ON VN SOX WHSV I ALO NI ALO TOT quaro noq 44444444 NIN SOX ggsH Suruoou NI ALO JOT D0IHOO ueyoo Mod qayqasaq NIN m SOX SUTUIOOU om rj 4071 NI ALO v9 IN LS C61 00 juamo noq 444444484 m NIN SOX Sururo uy ample HOT NI A10 9T ALLS 8t 2O quaro uod 44 4 B NW SOX Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu squeng Anua sseippy juapuedag lAl Ss jua
188. 2 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day A CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 8 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or optical channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or optical channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or optical channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 9 Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper that provides input to the IN port at the OTU For help refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 10 Was the measured optical power within the limits IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 26 NO Continue with Step 11 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 12 Reconnect the incoming fiber jumper to the correct OTU IN port 13 Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt Initialize Registers gt Port PM Register Initialization 14 Within the equipment tree click on the bay shelf and slot for the desired OTU that was identified in the Performance Report for the exceeded threshold and click Select 36
189. 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 166 Clear APSD Active Line Overview This procedure is used to clear the APSD active line condition WaveStar OLS 1 6T reduces the OA circuit pack output power to safe levels if an incoming signal loss is detected The incoming signal loss is caused by a fiber cut removed connectors or equipment failures When the incoming signal loss is repaired the system will resume normal operation and the APSD active line condition will clear Procedure Important This condition is caused by an upstream facility failure or a failure on the receive side of the NE 1 Are there any fault conditions with the same line identifier in the AID column in the report IF THEN 2 Important While following the instructions in the procedure s to which you will now be sent you must ignore the APSD active line condition in the NE Condition List Locate the condition identified in Step 1 of this procedure in Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 of TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 Proceed to the indicated TAP to clear the condition Remember to ignore the APSD active line condition throughout the remainder of the trouble clearing procedure Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 166 Clear APSD Active Line 6 APSD active
190. 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 89 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 128 Clear Trouble In CIT CIT Does Not Respond to Commands Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 14 90 This procedure is used to clear trouble within the CIT such as a software hang up or a malfunction Is the mouse operational IF THEN YES Do the following 1 Press the CTL ALT DEL keys The system displays the NT Close Program dialog box 2 Click Task Manager if running NT otherwise proceed to Step 3 3 Select WaveStar CIT 4 Select End Task 5 Proceed to Step 4 NO Continue with Step 2 After the PC reboots is the WaveStar9 CIT icon on the desktop IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Refer to the WaveStar Optical Line System OLS I 6T Software Release Description to reload the CIT software and or replace the PC Log into the NE For details go to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 128 Clear Trouble In CIT CIT Does Not Respond to Commands 5 Were you able to log into the NE IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Reload the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT software For details go to NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade C
191. 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Hop Span across a LAN or between nodes such as from an End Terminal to a Repeater or from Repeater to Repeater Hop Span across a LAN or between Nodes such as from an End Terminal to a Repeater or from Repeater to Repeater HSBB High Speed Broadband Hz Hertz IAOLAN IntrAOffice Local Area Network IEC International Electrotechnology Commission or Interexchange Carrier In Service IS A memory administrative state for ports IS refers to a port that is fully monitored and alarmed Intermediate System A node in the OLS network that performs the router and forwarding function An OLS node behaves both as an ES as well as an IS node Intermediate System to Intermediate System IS IS IS IS is a routing exchange protocol OSI Network Layer Routing Protocol Intermediate Reach In Service IS Level 1 All nodes in a single Area use IS IS Level 1 OSI routing protocol for routing traffic IS Level 2 IS IS protocol is provisioned when the number of OLS nodes has exceeded the maximum level of nodes that can be managed and the nodes are separated into Areas IS Level 2 is used for communication between Areas IS Level 2 protocol works only between OLS nodes that are designated as Level 2 nodes Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary IS IS Intermediate System to Intermediate System ITCO Independent Telephone Co
192. 5 on the ODU 2 xxxx and yyyy are the same as the middle four digits of the frequency in THz For example the ports associated with the 191 950 THz frequency are IN 9195 and OUT 9195 3 wwww XXXX yyyy and zzzz are the same as the middle four digits of the frequency in THz For example the ports associated with the 191 950 THz frequency are IN 9195 and OUT 9195 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 41 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 1542 This procedure is used to correct an input or output fiber problem such as a damaged or disconnected fiber Refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual and office records to identify pre installed and labeled fibers in the bay that connect to various circuit pack slots CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING This procedure could result in service interruption If required remove the appropriate shelf covers For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Visually inspect the fiber starting at the connector on the local NE and going as far as practical usually to an interconnection bay or to a cross connect panel Reinstall the shelf covers For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 71
193. 5 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration Standard Security Features Identity User identity is specified using a User ID a unique identifier used by a Network Element NE to perform security management functions Authentication A password is used to verify the identity of the user The password feature includes several levels of access privileges The password feature also includes password aging which forces the users to change their password periodically If the password is not changed within a provisioned period of time the password expires Access Control Specific users are allowed commands to specific objects This feature is also used to activate or disable non Super User logins quickly for example during routine maintenance or upgrade activities Other access control features include e User ID Lockout e Inactivity Timers e Intrusion Alert Alarms e User Login Aging e Temporary Logins Security Administration Audit Trail 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The NE provides security administration mechanisms that allow an administrator to control the usage and management of user logins security features and database of the NE and to generate security audit trails when necessary via the corresponding network management interfaces All security related transactions are recorded in the NE History Log If a security breach is suspected an audit trail can be perf
194. 5 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 As noted previously provisioning is the assigning of values to parameters used by network elements for specific functions Within the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system the CIT is used to create associations to add drop wavelengths to from OTUs and through OTUs in the system Refer to Chapter 12 Circuit Order Tasks for procedures on how to add or delete optical channels A tutorial for the CIT may be found in the online help that accompanies this optical product The following provides a high level summary of CIT provisioning functions There are three main types of Circuit Connection operations Creating a New Circuit Connection Removing an Existing Circuit Connection and Viewing an Existing Circuit Connection To create a circuit it is necessary to create associations between the various pieces of equipment that comprise the circuit The CIT provides a step by step equipment selection process for creating these associations The user is prompted to select the first piece of equipment in the circuit and is then subsequently prompted to select each additional piece of equipment until a complete circuit has been created The tool that the CIT provides to perform this function is the Circuit Connection Wizard The Wizard enables the user to only select equipment that is compatible with the previous equipment selection thus ensuring compatible circuit types In addition Channel Availability Check is supported for OTU
195. 5 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 267 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 15 16 17 18 19 20 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day VVithin the Port PM Register lnitializationdialog box select the follovving e For Time Period select appropriate time period e For Apply TO select OTU pack Select OK Important Wait 15 minutes before pulling a new alarm list as prescribed in Step 17 Is the TCA alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 19 Is this a drop OTU IF THEN YES Continue with Step 20 NO Proceed toStep 26 Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper that provides input to the IN port at the OTUD For help refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 21 22 23 24 25 26 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day Was the optical power measurement within the limits IF THEN YES OC 192 48 input level equals STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS 17 0 PROCEDU
196. 5R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This procedure is used to initiate or terminate a login session to a network element NE Are you initiating or terminating a login session IF THEN initiating Continue with Initiate a Login Session p 15 43 terminating Proceed to Terminate a Login Session p 15 44 END OF STEPS If required connect and condition the craft interface terminal CIT For details go to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 Click on the task bar labeled WaveStar CIT Important See the CIT tutorial available on the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CD ROM for examples of screens showing a successful login session Click on the folder labeled Most Recent or Saved View Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 43 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures 4 Isthe desired TID displayed DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT IF THEN YES Select the TID with the mouse pointer and double click NO Click on Saved Views Click on View 1 Right click on View 1 Select New Select New NE and click In the new NE dialog box enter the required data 7 Click on OK t
197. 5R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 305 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch Overview Procedure This condition indicates that the incoming optical channel trail trace message does not match the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message This procedures addresses the following alarms OTU2 Trail Trace Mismatch 002 Trail Trace Mismatch Check the local office records to determine the correct expected OTU2 ODU2 trail trace message for this signal Do the office records for the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message match the data in the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message listed in the report IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 9 Trace the fiber jumper connected to the IN_wxyz port of the OTU identified in the AID column back to the source Do the office records indicate that the fiber jumper is connected to the correct source IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 11 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch IF THEN NO Continue with Step 7 R CAUTION l Service disruption hazard This step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Use local procedures to connect the fiber jumper to the correct sour
198. 6 NO Continue with Step 3 Are other alarms present on this pack IF THEN YES Proceed to Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 to find the appropriate trouble clearing procedures Then return to Step 3 NO Continue with Step 5 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure 5 If transmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 6 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 29 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 107 Address Environmental Input and or Control Output Condition Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 14 30 If either the Environmental Input or the Control Output condition appears in the REPORTS gt Conditions report it indicates that the condition is active These conditions are provisioned by the customer user enters the text string Which condition are you to address IF THEN environmental Continue with Step 2 control Proceed toStep 4 Important The environmental condition is external to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system NE Consult and follow the local ma
199. 7 Performance Monitoring Supervisory Channel Performance Parameters Important Baselining is done automatically when a channel is added or removed Re baselining can be initiated manually by an external user command Important CAUTION Laser hazard When SPR SU or SPT SU is re baselined any optical line that is in a defect state LOS or AIM is not re baselined If LOS occurs in one or more channels baselining the SPR SU or SPT SU may result in an incorrect baseline value Do not re baseline if a LOS condition occurs for a channel Signal Power Received SPR SU The signal power received for the Supervisory Channel The SPR SU has a baseline value that can be set externally by a user command This baseline value is helpful in determining degraded service performance The SPR SU baseline value is displayed in the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm Signal Power Transmitted SPT SU The signal power transmitted for the Supervisory Channel The SPT SU has a baseline value that can be set externally by a user command This baseline value is helpful in determining degraded service performance The SPT SU baseline value is displayed in the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 33 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Supervisory Digital Parameters Overview The Supervisory circuit pack monitors
200. 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed IF THEN NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures 3 WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Install the replacement FMM obtained in Step 2 into the BOSQ SYSCTL SYSMEM slot For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 4 Wait approximately 5 15 minutes 5 Isthe red LED on the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack blinking ON and OFF IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures 6 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain another report 7 Isthe same alarm condition still listed under the DESCRIPTION column of the report IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 105 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed 10 11 12 13 14 15
201. 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 83 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch 7 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Important The CIT will disconnect from the NE when the FAULT Reset command is executed During the reset time the miscellaneous discrete control points are deactivated At the CIT select FAULT gt Reset gt System and click on System 8 Wait 15 30 minutes or until the MJ LED stops flashing and is extinguished on the EI circuit pack User Panel Time to wait will vary depending on system size 10 Isthe FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch condition still listed IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 11 Is the correct software release running in a remote NE and is the SUPVY data link good to that NE IF THEN YES NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element p 13 5 NO Go to NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE p 13 3 to install software 14 84 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Is
202. A to Output O Channel Power TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power p 14 191 Client Synchronization Failure TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure p 14 99 Clogged Dust Filter 1 TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 or 2 Failure p 14 122 Clogged Dust Filter 2 TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 2 Failure p 14 122 tid TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP p 14 62 DCM Failure TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 DCM Port Loss Out of Range TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range p 14 259 DSA Registration Error TAP 241 Clear DSA Registration Error p 14 278 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued DESCRIPTION Proceed to DSA Unreachable TAP 195 Clear DSA Unreachable p 14 176 EI failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 EI removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 Express SUPVY DL Failure TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure o
203. AILURE p 14 52 BOS BAYCTL or BOS OHCTL Proceed to BOS BAYCTL or BOS OHCTL failure FAILURE p 14 55 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 49 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure FLASH FAILURE 1 Is a replacement FLASH Memory Module with the same software release currently active on the NE available IF THEN YES Continue with Step 2 NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures 2 From the NE Equipment Explorer select the bay where the BOS SYSCTL CP10 is located 8 When the FAULT LED flashes push the eject button above the SYSMEM slot of the SYSCTL circuit pack to eject the FLASH Memory Module from the SYSCTL circuit pack 14 50 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure 9 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Install the replacement FLASH Memory Module obtained in Step 1 into the BOS SYSCTL SYSMEM slot For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 10 Wait 5 15 minutes depending on sy
204. AM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Go back to the procedure that referred you to this TAP Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response 9 10 11 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Important When clearing a DCM Failure alarm condition the DCM apparatus unit has no LED If the cause of the DCM Failure alarm condition is a bad DCM fiber jumper bad LBO or failed DCM apparatus unit for the DCM IN OUT port of an OA then the fault LED of the OA associated with the DCM failure will flash The NE Alarm List AID column will identify the OA and the DCM IN port If there are transmission errors on multiple channels or LOS at the DCM IN port of an OA refer to TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING This step could result in service interruption Replace the circuit pack containing the LED s that did not respond For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 If the same unexpected response is observed again obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Go back to the procedure that referred you to this
205. AP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit Overview This procedure is used to clear one or more of the following conditions control point string e disable alarms office alarms e Flash removal enabled e test alarm in progress ORS Forced Switch ORS Inhibit Switch ORS Manual Switch Procedure Important The indicated condition was initiated by a user command You must determine by consulting with the appropriate maintenance personnel whether the need for the user initiated condition still exists before proceeding 1 Does the need for the user initiated condition still exist IF THEN YES Continue with Step 2 NO Continue with Step 3 2 Referring to the REPORTS gt Conditions report on the CIT screen are any other conditions indicated IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 to clear the remaining condition s ignoring the condition that sent you here NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 57 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit 3 Use the CIT to clear the indicated condition by performing the function listed in Table 14 3 Determine Command for Condition p 14 58 END OF STEPS Table 14 3 Determine Command for Condition Condi
206. Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 199 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DOM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections 10 If DCM LOS is still greater than 10 dB e Replace the DCM for details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 e Install a new LBO in place of the original LBO in the DCM out port of the OA Refer to DLP 530 DCM LBO Procedure p 15 80 for detailed procedures e If alarm persists for more than 30 minutes obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International e STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL Overview The total optical receive power at the OA has either exceeded the high threshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm Make sure all TCAs have a default threshold value With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the followi
207. Alcatel Lucent O WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G User Service Manual USM Release 9 0 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary This document contains proprietary information of Alcatel Lucent and is not to be disclosed or used except in accordance with applicable agreements Copyright 2007 Alcatel Lucent Unpublished and Not for Publication All Rights Reserved Alcatel Lucent Alcatel Lucent and the Alcatel Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel Lucent All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners The information presented is subject to change without notice Alcatel Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein Copyright 2007 Alcatel Lucent All Rights Reserved Notice The information in this document is subject to change without notice Although every effort has been made to make this document as accurate complete and clear as possible Alcatel Lucent and its predecessors assume no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document Federal Communications Commission FCC Notification and Repair Information NOTE This equipment is designed to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy
208. An upgrade is the addition of new capabilities features This requires new software and may require new hardware Value A number text string or other menu selection associated with a parameter VCAT virtual concatenation VCG virtual concatenation group VOA Variable Optical Attenuator WAD Wavelength Add Drop Wave Division Multiplexing WDM WDM merges optical traffic onto one common fiber It allows high flexibility in expanding bandwidth It reduces costly mux demux function and reuses existing optical signals Wavelength A wavelength is the length of a single wave measured from crest to crest or trough to trough for example or the distance a wave travels in the time it takes to complete one cycle Wavelengths are usually expressed in micrometers mm or nanometers nm Wavelength is often abbreviated by the Greek symbol lamda 1 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Wavelength Add Drop WAD The process of adding and dropping wavelengths to provide more efficient transmission For example a central office contains two or more OLS end terminals some wavelengths can be added and dropped locally while others go express between the end terminals by means of OTs Wavelength Blocking At a WA D site with branching if a wavelength goes express between two co located OLS end terminals that wavelength can only be added or dropped at the third co located end termin
209. BOS OCHCTL circuit packs lights when their on board software begins to load 3 The ACTIVE LED on each of the BOS BAYCTL and BOS OCHCTL circuit packs lights when the software download to that circuit pack is completed and the software starts running It remains lit until the NE software starts again or until the bay loses power The FAULT LED on each of the remaining circuit packs lights turns on as their on board software is loaded 4 The ACTIVE LED on each of the remaining circuit packs lights when the software download to that circuit pack is completed and the software starts running It remains lit until the NE software starts again or until the bay loses power 5 The FAULT LED on each circuit pack is extinguished when the Fault software resumes If the circuit pack is faulty it remains lit If the circuit pack is good but the incoming signal is determined to be failed the FAULT LED begins to flash Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 11 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces CIT PC Interface Provisioning All external provisionable parameters may be set using the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT It provides the capability of copying provisionable parameters from one NE to another on the subnetwork including the parameter that distinguishes between the SONET and SDH environments for setting alarm levels Maintenance The following maintenance functions can be performed from the CIT e initiate an alarm cut off e restart a
210. C Uncorrectable Block Count 2 6 26 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Supported Parameters 4 1 10G 4 1 10G Receive digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violtation Counts 2 MUX MUX OC 48 STM 16 inputs only OTU Receive digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 inputs only Receive digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 Receive digital SEFSS RS Errored Framed Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 inputs only Receive digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Receive digital FEC EC FEC Error Count MUX OCh 10G input only Receive digital FEC UBC FEC Uncorrectable Block Count 2 MUX OCh 10G input only Transmit digital CVS B1 Coding Violation Counts 2 OC 48 STM 16 outputs only Transmit digital ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 outputs only Transmit digital SESS RS Severely Errored Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 outputs only Transmit digital SEFSS RS Error Framed Seconds 2 OC 48 STM 16 outputs only Receive analog OPR MUX OCh 10G Optical Power 3 Received Transmit analog LBC MUX OCh 10G Laser Bias Current 2 Transmit analog OPT MUX OCh 10GOptical Power 3 Transmitted Optical OMON Transmit Analog SPT C Per Channel Signal Power 1 Channel Transmitted Receive Analog SPR C Per Channel Signal Power 1 Received 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Luce
211. CHAN power level from the ODU output port power level If the result is more than the expected loss per WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400 800 Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications the LBOs and or fiber s that connect the ODUs and or ODU to the OTUD port may be dirty or defective If the difference is within the expected value obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 14 232 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 226 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPTY Overview The amount of signal power transmitted by the OTU has exceeded the high threshold or dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing proces
212. CM Out port of the OA Remove the LBO at the DCM Out port and replace it with a 0 dB LBO e Measure the power at the DCM Out port e Record this power as DCM_OUT Re insert the original LBO at the DCM Out port Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DOM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections 4 Disconnect the fiber at the DCM In port e Measure the power at the output of the this fiber that was connected to the DCM In port e Record this power as DCM IN 7 If DCM LOS is less than or equal to 10 dB and the transmission errors have not stopped e Then replace the OA circuit pack by following the OA installation procedure DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 e If alarm persists for more than 30 minutes obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International e STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 8 Ifthe DCM LOS is greater than 10 dB then the conclusion is there is a problem with the DCM connections e Clean the fibers and replace the LBO on the DCM OUT port with an LBO of equal value Re measure LOS and repeat Step 1 through Step 6 9 If DCM LOS is still greater than 10 dB e Replace the fibers that connect the DCM to the OA e Re measure DCM_LOS and repeat Step 1 through Step 6 365 575 715R9 0
213. Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES or SEFES 15 min 1 day TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day p 14 308 TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day p 14 308 TCA Digital Alarm ODUkP CVS BBE ES SES or SEFES 15 min 1 day TAP 258 Clear TCA Digital Alarm ODUkP CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day p 14 311 TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC 48 or OC 192 CVS ESS SESS or SEFESS 15 min 1 day TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day p 14 266 TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC 192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day p 14 270 TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPR TAP 260 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPR p 14 316 TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPT TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE LBC TAP 261 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPT p 14 318 TAP 262 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE LBC p 14 320 TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL p 14 201 TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL TAP 214 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL p 14 204 TCA Optics OCHAN
214. Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power 20 Isan APSD Active Line listed under the Description column of the report IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate installation or maintenance support organization for technical assistance NO Continue with Step 21 21 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 194 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections Overview Defective DCM connections can cause transmission errors on multiple channels or loss of signal LOS at the DCM In port of the OA Important When clearing a DCM Failure alarm condition the DCM apparatus unit has no LED If the cause of the DCM Failure alarm condition is a bad DCM fiber jumper bad LBO or failed DCM apparatus unit for the DCM IN OUT port of an OA then the fault LED of the OA associated with the DCM failure will flash The NE Alarm List AID column will identify the OA and the DCM IN port Use the following procedure to isolate defective DCM connections Determine Appropriate Section Are you working on Transmission Errors or DCM Failures IF THEN Transmission Errors Continue with Step 1 of the section Transmission Errors p 14 195 DCM Failures Multiple Optical Continue with Step 1 of the section DCM Channel Transmit
215. Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 for a list of conditions cross referenced to their respective trouble clearing tasks Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference DESCRIPTION Proceed to APSD active line TAP 166 Clear APSD Active Line p 14 124 365 575 715R9 0 o Alcatel Lucent Proprietary o 14 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks Table 14 1 DESCRIPTION TAP 100 Technical Assistance Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued Proceed to APSD active ODU TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU p 14 126 Auto Negotiation failure TAP 183 Clear Auto Negotiation Failure p 14 145 BACKUP IP TAP 117 Clear gt BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP p 14 62 Bay Bus Failure TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure p 14 148 BC Bus Failure BOS failure TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure p 14 148 TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure p 14 49 BOS removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 Circuit breaker power failure A or B or A and B TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B p 14 65 Circuit Pack Booting Various TAP 129 Address Circuit Pack Booting p 14 92 Clamping Transmit O
216. D MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This procedure is used to clear a SUPVY drop output LOS condition detected by the receive OA circuit pack At the upstream NE check for the SUPVY circuit pack failure SUPVY ADD INPUT LOS or any SUPVY channel failure condition IF THEN YES Refer the Trouble Report to that office STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 4 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 6 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to e Manually switch the service line to a protection line e Ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 141 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 181 Clear SUPVY Drop Output LOS 10 11 12 13 Replace the OA circuit pack as indicated in the AID column of the report from
217. DCM LBO Procedure 9 10 11 12 13 14 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Clean and attach the fiber from the In port of the DCM to the OUT port of the Supervisory pack Clean the fiber from the Out port of the DCM and measure and record R the power out of the DCM Determine the size of the DCM LBO required and install the LBO in the DCM OUT port of the OA DCM LBO 9 dB DCM LOSS use 0 dB LBO if DCM LOSS gt 9 dB Clean and reconnect the fiber disconnected in Step 7 to the Out Port of the Supervisory Pack Clean and reconnect the fibers disconnected in Step 6 to the respective DCM IN and DCM OUT port of the OA END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 81 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return Overview Procedure Use the following procedure for the handling and packaging of bays cabinets subrack assemblies and individual circuit packs for transport both within the office and to off site locations is CAUTION A Esp hazard Improper packing of equipment may cause irreparable damage to the unit Follow these instructions carefully to insure safe shipping and handling In all cases care must be used when handling these products Do not stack circuit packs directly on top of each other otherwise damage to components may occur Exposed fiber connections on the circuit pack should b
218. DU2 PTM STS 192 STM64 LOF and AIS L Use this procedure to clear the following alarms Line side WaveWrapper ODUk backward defect indicator e Incoming MS RDI e Incoming MS RD L Incoming OTU1 BDI e Incoming OTU2 BDI e Incoming 0001 BDI e Incoming ODU2 BDI From the CIT log in to the NE where the channel originated fix any major problems such as OMS LOS and check the fiber path connection between the transmit OTU and receive OTU in that NE If this alarm occurs on a client port clearing the alarm will depend on clearing the signal failure on the peer port usually an other NE or Network Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTU1 OTU2 ODU1 ODU2 BDI 2 Examine the alarm list Is the alarm still present IF THEN YES Continue with Step 3 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 3 From the View menu of the upstream NE where the channel originated select Channel Map then This NE and verify that this channel is listed as Present for the transmit side Is the channel listed as Present IF THEN YES The problem lies on the receive side Proceed to Step 6 NO The problem lies on the transmit side Continue with Step 4 4 From the CIT log into the NE where the channel originated to check for any major
219. Default Provisioning The parameter values that are preprogrammed as shipped from the factory Demultiplexer A device that splits a combined signal into individual signals at the receiver end of transmission Demultiplexing A process applied to a multiplexed signal for recovering signals combined within it and for restoring the distinct individual channels of these signals Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing DWDM Transmitting two or more signals of different wavelengths simultaneously over a single fiber Designated Router Function of the IS IS protocol A Pseudo or Virtual node on the LAN subnet which assumes much of the routing tasks for the LAN circuit One of the physical nodes does the actual work This node is the Designated Router DR Election of the DR depends first on the circuit priority and second on the SID or MAC address Designated Router Priority The routing priority level assigned to a node The value of this parameter is used for the selection of the designated router per area on a LAN The node with the highest priority will fulfill the designated router function If two nodes that the same priority level then the SID MAC address is used to select a designated router DFB Distributed Feed Back 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 9 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Digital Link A transmission span such as a point to point 2 Mb s 34 Mb s 140 Mb s VC12 VC3 or VC4 link
220. Definitions Alphabetic Character Set Definition Refer to Table B 3 Alphabetic Character Set p B 4 for the set of alphabetic characters for use in User Login ID and Password applications Table B 3 Alphabetic Character Set A B C D E F G H I J K L M N Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r S t u V w X y Z BA S 000 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Abnormal condition Access Identifier AID A unique identifier used to address equipment slots and ports as well as facility tributaries that are defined for the OLS architecture ACO Alarm Cutoff AGNE Alarm Gateway Network Element AID Access Identifier AIM Alarm Indication Message AIS Alarm Indication Signal Alarm A visible or audible signal that indicates a communication equipment or processing failure has occurred Alarm Cut Off ACO A push button switch on the indicator strip that can be used to retire an audible office alarm Alarm Gateway Network Element AGNE A defined Network Element in an alarm group through which members of the alarm group exchange information 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Alarm Indication Signal AIS A code transmitted downstream in a digital network indicating that an upstream failure has bee
221. E light and the alarm relays on the NE operate causing local office audible and visual alarms to activate Any single alarm or all alarms may be exercised The number of times the alarms can be exercised is selectable from between one and ten times Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 13 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces Overview The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system offers Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces MDI Inputs Contact closures from external switches and or relays are connected across the input environmental points Outputs Output control points are contact closures Physical Locations The Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces reside within the NE Internal Environmental and Control Points Number of Interface Points The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system NEs provide 16 internal miscellaneous discrete environmental input points and four internal miscellaneous discrete control output points MDI Input Operation The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system senses any individual contact closure for the environmental input points and notifies the OS CIT with an appropriate message that has been provisioned MDI Output Operation The OS CIT activates releases any control output point MDI Labeling Each point is uniquely labeled by the software for OS CIT requests responses and notifications Provisioning Environmental and Control Points Provisionable Alarm Levels The alarm severit
222. ERRED or MN LED lit on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO Return the circuit pack removed in Step 6 to the factory for an upgrade Include with the circuit pack an explanation of what problem occurred with the circuit pack 14 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 277 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 241 Clear DSA Registration Error Overview Procedure This alarm condition is issued when the NE has detected invalid or missing data in the various DSA fields In the CONFIGURATION gt Data Communications dialog box the Network Layer tab appears Verify with the local office records or the system administrator at the Operations Support Center if the information under the DSA name prefix tab is correct Is the DSA Registration Error alarm condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Initiate a Trouble Report to the responsible Operations Support Center or System Administrator stating an DSA Registration Error alarm condition is still being reported by this NE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 242
223. F THEN YES Refer to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 129 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 174 Clear Insufficient Span Loss 10 dB Overview This procedure is used to clear a condition where the downstream OA is receiving too much power due to the span loss being 10 dB Important This condition can be caused by missing or wrong LBO value downstream at the receive OA or a defective OA Other alarm conditions may be associated with this alarm and should be cleared first Procedure 1 Important Span loss information is unique to each fiber type and distance Check office records to determine the proper span loss or consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report 2 Does the REPORTS gt Conditions report show an Insufficient Span Loss condition IF THEN YES Then continue with Step 4 NO Then continue with Step 3 4 Remove the shelf cover s associated with the OA s For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Important Office records should provide the required LBO values for the system If not consult the appropriate Technical Support organizatio
224. Failures Failure p 14 198 Transmission Errors Follow these steps to determine the cause of the transmission errors Important End to end communication must be operational to perform this procedure Remotely log on to the head end WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T node of the line on which the errors are occurring For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Are more than eight channels are installed on this line 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 5 DD Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 195 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DOM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections IF THEN NO Continue with Step 3 From the NE Equipment Explorer on the CIT select bay shelf OA and optical line then right click to read Tilt Error for the suspected Oline Is the Tilt Error is greater than 2 or less than 2 IF THEN YES Then conclude that there is a problem at this node Travel to the identified node and proceed to Step 9 to clear the problem NO Continue with Step 7 Remotely log on to the next downstream WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T node and repeat Step 5 and Step 6 until all nodes have been queried For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar
225. Fault Isolation and Diagnostics 7 14 7 16 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Maintenance Automatic Fault Detection Description Maintenance activities are affected by Network Element Type NETYPE provisioning and OTPS provisioning as follows e Common slots are made known to the software by provisioning the NETYPE e Per Channel slots are made known to the software by provisioning OTPS associations Monitored Signal Conditions The table below lists incoming signals and associated conditions Table 7 2 Monitored Incoming Signal Incoming Signal Level 10G Multiplexing OTU High Speed Broadband OTU Optical Redundancy Switch OC 48 STM 16 OTU OC 192 STM 64 OTU OC 192 STM 64 OTU with FEC WaveWrapper Optical Channel ODU Supervisory Signal Wavelength Add Drop Conditions Optical Payload Label Mismatch LOS OLOF Client Sync Failure JO Mismatch OCh TC AIS OC 48 Client FDI Wave Wrapper path trace mismatch LOS LOL LOS LOS LOF AIS L JO Mismatch LOS LOF Pseudo AIS JO Mismatch LOS OLOF OCh TC AIS Wave Wrapper path trace mismatch OCh Client FDI OC 192 STM 64 LOF JO Mismatch LOS LOS D LOS LFA LOS 1 1 Optical Channel Unidirectional Protection Switching Pack ORS2 FleX 10 OTU100 FleX MUX OTU110 FleX DM OTU120 LOS LOM OCh AIS OCh Client FDI LOF TTI Mismatch BDI AIS OCL LCK DEG
226. For details refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port 17 Reconnect the optical fiber jumper removed in Step 10 to the OTUQ IN port END OF STEPS Refer to Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 for OTU Input Power Levels Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range OTU TYPE CP CODE Input Power Range OC 48 STM 16 ADD OTUI 18 to 3 dBm OC 48 STM 16 THROUGH OTU2 24 to 10 dBm OC 48 STM 16 DROP OTUDI 24 to 10 dBm OC 192 STM 64 ADD OTU30 13 to 3 dBm OC 192 STM 64 THROUGH OTU31 20 to 13 dBm OC 192 STM 64 DROP OTUD30 20 to 13 dBm HSBB ADD OTU40 18 to 3 dBm HSBB DROP OTUD40 24 to 10 dBm ORS 11dBm to 0 5 dBm when ORS works with OC48 and HSBB OTUs Supporting Figure Figure 15 5 Location of LBOs at OTU One Direction Transmit IN Equipment LBO i Receive gt Equipment WaveStar OLS 1 6T or other vendors add drop multiplexers 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 53 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 526 Inspect Replace Dust Filter Overview Procedure Use the procedure below to inspect replace a dirty dust filter Important A dirty filter causes a substantial reductio
227. GbE 10 Gigabyte Ethernet LAN failure 14 108 14 295 10GbE LAN local 14 314 10GbE 10 Gigabyte Ethernet loss of synchronization 14 298 module failed 14 302 module removed 14 300 10GbE LAN remote 14 314 A Access control 2 3 ACT USER command Com mands ACT USER 3 17 Administration security 2 3 AIS Alarm Indication Signal failures 14 290 upstream LOS LOM or LOF 14 64 14 287 Alarm definition of 7 10 Alarm Clear Delay 7 11 Alarm conditions buttons that indicate 3 5 Alarm Cut Off ACO Suppress button Audible office alarms button that indicate 3 5 Alarm messages Quality of Service 6 49 6 49 Alarm reports CIT CIT 3 12 Alarm Cut Off LED Suppress LED 3 7 Applications 3 2 OS maintenance 3 3 remote maintenance 3 3 Authorization levels security 2 9 Auto provisioning 5 2 Auto provisioning port configuration 5 3 Automatic baselining 6 21 Automatic Fault Recovery 7 20 B B1 Coding Violation Counts monitoring of 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 B1 parity errors 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 baseline optical parameters 15 71 Baselining optical power levels 6 19 Bay Controller 7 20 Board Controller 7 20 C Channel ID logins Logins channel ID 2 15 Channel performance monitoring of 6 11 Channel state of 2 15 Channels maximum number of for EMS NE logins 2 21 Chapter Organization 10 2 Circuit Pack CP failure status condition 3 6
228. Guide Contents WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Requirements Tutorial 4 2 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 4 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Requirements Tutorial PC Requirements Most customers dedicate a lap top personal computer PC to run the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT applications software However a properly configured PC will also suffice See the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 8500G Software Release Description for the requirements for the customer provided PC A WaveStar OLS 1 6T PC may be loaded with multiple and different releases of the CIT application software This may be necessary when using a single PC to connect to multiple spans or systems that are using different releases of NE software or to multiple different WaveStar OLS 1 6T products However multiple versions of the CIT will not run at the same time One version must be exited prior to starting another version The WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT application software is only available on CD ROM media WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Applications Software Overview Some service providers prefer to centralize most of their network operations and to have those centralized functions performed at a work center Provisioning alarm analysis and trouble shooting are three functions that may be centralized Only those functions that require actual changes to the hardware are decentralized fo
229. H Memory Module removed from the SYSCTL is inserted in the new SYSCTL Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure CAUTION LN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING If this procedure is not performed properly you can affect service 1 From the NE Equipment Explorer click on the bay where the BOS SYSCTL CP10 is located 7 When the FAULT LED flashes push the eject button above the SYSMEM slot of the SYSCTL circuit pack to eject the FLASH Memory Module from the SYSCTL circuit pack 8 Important A series number S 2 is the same series number as 57 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within series 1 Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or higher series number and reinstall the FLASH Memory Module removed in Step 7 into the replacement SYSCTL circuit pack 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 53 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure 9 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action Install the replacement circuit pack from Step 9 in place of the circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 10 Wait 15 60 minutes depending
230. IAO ue sr uuin oo SI UI Sey jeu MOI 1oAq sooeds ou YIM oureu uonrpuoo y JO puo o pepuedde po1eo o YIM WLU uonrpuoo SI PALAD ay JO oureu ou uorrpuoo q jo IWLU dU sr JUDAS 31038 ou JO oureu ou uonrpuoo ou JO ou pue uonrpuoo au Jo 1193s n sjuoAo Jo 1ed JO sjsrsuoo Surpuejs uonrpuoo Surpuvjs v SI uuin oo SIY ur S94 v seu jeu MOI Aag AJodoy uue y IIO seoe dor 37 uonipuo c LAN GCL 10 NIIN SIL 9npeA oy savy 1oujro ues 1odurn urq 10 auru ou soy o8essoui ou usinSunsip o p sn sr 3p ponad oui JOJ spuvjs 31 pue sjua4e RUSIG VOL WU JO pue oy 16 posn sr 1edun porusp Jo p qdulo 194119 sr OY 180 sueouir j uumoo siu ur oureu pueuruoo 1711 v JO pue oy posn st opoojduio POZIOME spuvururoo PAPJA SUA lqa SIY jo 1j0dow uue y LID Se yom uumn oo UOHIpuo 9y ur e Aq suonrpuo IWY ur oouejsur Ie norj ed e je 1n220 sjuoAq pue owy ur 3sisr d suonrpuo sjusAg suOMIpuo I Jamod ouueqo Q yndjno 01 VO usury yoed VO 3015 LdWOd gt lt TA s z SOX sudur Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 929IAJ9SUON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena nug sseippy juapuedag lAl Ss juepuedeg lAl Ss
231. IF THEN NO Continue with Step 8 Is the red LED on the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack OFF IF THEN YES Continue with Step 16 NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed 16 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 107 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 134 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS LSS failure Overview Procedure Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming 10GbE LAN LOS failure This alarm is raised when there is no optical signal detected in the receive path e Far End 10GbE LAN LOS failure This alarm is raised when the client port receive on the Far End 10GbE detects an LOS failure e Far End 10GbE LAN LSS failure Use the AID column from the NE Alarm List to identify the appropriate shelf and cir
232. IT or operations center OA removed ODU removed OMU removed OMON removed ORS removed OTU removed BOS removed SUPVY removed WAD removed Procedure 2 Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the removed circuit pack 3 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 4 Isthe indicated slot empty or circuit pack unseated IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 45 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed 5 Do the office records show that the slot should contain a circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 10 NO Continue with Step 6 6 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION gt Circuit Connection Wizard and use the Circuit Connection Wizard to remove all associations related to the removed circuit pack For help refer to Provisioning Guidelines p 5 7 8 Is the alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 17 NO Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 10 5 the circuit pack to be replaced or reseated an OA OTU ORS OMU ODU WAD circuit pack
233. Important The FLASH Unrecognizable Code condition means that the software is bad If the database is corrupt it will be recognized as such and automatically backed up There are two copies of the database on the FMM Refer to the NE NE portion of the dialog box and record the software release information for the line entries active and inactive in the partition column Download correct software to the FLASH memory module following the instructions provided in NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE p 13 3 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 81 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch Overview Procedure 1 The version of software code stored in the active partition on the FLASH memory module FMM is different from the software version in the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack The system NE is currently functioning from the code running in the SYSCTL circuit pack In WaveStar OLS 1 6T a FLASH SYSCTL code mismatch condition may arise from either of the following two conditions 1 The version of the software executing in memory on the SYSCTL circuit pack is different from the version of the software stored on the active partition of the FMM This condition can only arise when the FMM is removed and another FMM with a different version of the software stored on its active partition is inserted into the BOS ci
234. Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express 16 17 18 19 20 21 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Is the same alarm condition s still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 17 NO Continue with Step 20 Remove the SUPVY circuit pack installed in Step 15 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Reinstall the original circuit pack removed in Step 14 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Baseline the replaced circuit pack s For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 169 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 193 Clear Invalid Primary DSA Address Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14170 The NE provisioned to act as a Registration Manager can not build a valid address to the Primary Directory Service
235. Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 5 Identify the upstream circuit pack to which this WAD ADD IN Port is connected Use the bay shelf slot ADD IN port listed in the AID column of the report for this WAD circuit pack and the fiber routing information found in the Fiber Management for WAD Terminals section of the nstallation Manual 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 181 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 5 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the fiber jumper connected to the ADD IN port of the WAD circuit pack and the upstream circuit pack identified in Step 4 For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 7 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 7 NO Continue vvith Step 8 8 Obtain another REPORTS s Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the WAD ADD LOS failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 NO Proceed to Step 19 9 Replace the fiber jumper between the upstream circuit pack and the WAD ADD IN port reporting the failure condition For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 10 X Obtain another REPORTS s Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is th
236. July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 249 Clear Incoming Signal Degrade Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This defect is part of ODU2 SD failure for OTU2 formatted incoming signals The alarm indicates that there is a signal degradation in the transmission path causing a signal error ratio to exceed the preset threshold The alarm is detected on any signal where the BER exceeds a preselected threshold The default value is 10 The clearing threshold is one tenth of the threshold for raising the alarm For example if the set threshold is 10 the alarm is not cleared unless the BER drops below 107 Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming ODU2 DEG Incoming 0C 192 STM64 Signal Degrade Check the fibers If they are dirty or damaged clean or change them See DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 for instructions If the alarm has not cleared obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 293 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 250 Clear Incoming OC 192 STM64 Excessive BER L Overview This alarm indicates that there is a signal degradation in the IN_ADD port causing a signal error ratio to exceed the preset threshold of 10 Procedure 2 Check the fibers If they are
237. LINE PLE RPx 1 6 14 212 TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx 1 6 14 215 TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR 14 218 TAP 220 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPT 14 221 TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC 14 223 TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure 14 225 TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming 14 226 OTU1 OTU2 ODU1 ODU2 BDI 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks Overview TAP 225 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPR TAP 226 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPT TAP 227 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC TAP 230 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day TAP 239 Clear 1 GbE LOS Far End LOS TAP 240 Clear Outdated Boot Flash TAP 241 Clear DSA Registration Error TAP 242 Clear MUX OTU LMI TAP 243 Clear
238. Location of LBOs at OTU One Direction p 15 53 Required Equipment e Wrist Strap Optical Power Meter A CAUTION ESD hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling units or circuit packs to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to sensitive components See Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations p 14 7 in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 Important This procedure uses OTU in general terms meaning that is also refers to an OTUD If necessary remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Are you adding or trouble clearing an OTU IF THEN adding Continue with Step 3 trouble clearing Proceed toStep 10 Remove the protector cap and clean the fiber that will be connected to the OTU IN port For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement 4 10 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 at OTU IN Port Connect the optical power meter to the incoming fiber from the ODU OUT port or from the downstream NE cleaned in Step 3 and obtain an optical power measurement Using the power level reading obtained in Step 4 and Table 15 3 OTU Input P
239. Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 to clear the unexpected response END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 103 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed Overview This procedure explains how to replace a FLASH memory module FMM that has been removed from the SYSMEM slot of the SYSCTL Important Expect to see this condition when using the CIT to select the following menu items in the order listed CONFIGURATION gt EQUIPMENT gt BOS PACK gt ENABLE FMM REMOVAL CAUTION D N Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in this procedure could result in service interruptions CAUTION LN Service disruption hazard Do not insert a FLASH Memory Module FMM into the SYSMEM slot of a BOS BAYCTL or BOS OHCTL circuit pack This will cause loss of service Procedure 1 Is the red LED on the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack ON continuously IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 2 NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding vvith other trouble clearing procedures 2 Isthe same FMM that was removed from this NE NE or a FMM with the same software version currently active on this NE available IF THEN YES Continue with Step 3 14404 000 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575
240. NEs LANs and Supervisory Data Links This is equivalent to the OSI local routing area and may include both Level 1 and Level 2 routing elements There is only one Reachable Network defined from the perspective of a single NE There may be physical links between different Reachable Networks but from a messaging perspective the networks are completely separate Gateways A Gateway is defined to be a NE that provides a transport access function on behalf of a set of other NEs The set of other NEs and the kinds of traffic being transported determine the type of Gateway All NEs are capable of being generic message routing gateways Some NEs may function as OS gateways due to their particular location in the same office as OS Applications For any application for example remote login to operate successfully 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 the location originating the request and the destination of the request must be within the same Reachable Network Some applications require the designation of a gateway in order to function properly Remote Maintenance The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T includes remote maintenance capabilities that allow the CIT to access all NEs in a maintenance subnetwork This enables all operation administration maintenance and provisioning functions to be performed on any NE within a maintenance subnetwork from any NE within the same subnetwork NE to NE communication is performed over the Supervisory Data Link O
241. NG Failure to follow instructions in the following steps could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to perform one of the following actions 1 Manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line 2 Ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service 3 Restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 If power is per Table 7 11 Optical Amplifier Output Power for Channel Counts from 1 to 80 Channels All OTU Types in the Technical Specifications chapter of the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 500G Applications Planning Guide APG then 1 Manually re baseline this node and 2 If problem persists escalate to next maintenance level 3 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 3 If power is not per Table 7 11 Optical Amplifier Output Power for Channel Counts from 1 to 80 Channels All OTU Types in the Technical Specifications chapter of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 500G Applications Planning Guide APG then 1 Replace OMON and then OA 2 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 3 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that t
242. OLS 1 6T NE or system fails to respond in the indicated way refer the trouble to installation personnel Connect the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T to the local OLS NE and log into the NE to be tested For details refer to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 3 Verify that the OLS NEs are connected per the engineered configuration For details refer to DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected p 15 9 4 Important If you are logged in to a remote network element you will require assistance at the distant NE in order to perform Step 4 Test the LED For details refer to DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs p 15 7 5 At the CIT select REPORTS Conditions 6 Are there any alarms indicated on the report IF THEN NO Continue with Step 7 YES Trouble must be referred to the installation personnel 7 Initiate a login to one of the other OLS NEs For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 8 Repeat Step 4 through Step 7 for that WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 0 11 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Acceptance Tasks NTP 002 Accept WaveStar OLS 1 6T 9 Terminate the login For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 10 If required notify
243. ORMANCE Manual Baseline 17 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being deleted and click SELECT 18 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select the reason to baseline Select reason for Signal Power Received TOPR OCHAN and Transmitted TOPT OCHAN 19 Click on the radio button under Apply To for All Optical Channels 20 Click OK 21 STOP YOU HAVE COMPELETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS pw 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 79 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 530 DCM LBO Procedure Overview Procedure Use the following procedure to choose the LBO for the DCM port of an OA CAUTION 8 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING The following steps will cause traffic interruption Is there a DCM associated with this OA IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 6 NO Continue with Step 2 Clean and reconnect the appropriate fiber to the respective DCM IN and DCM OUT Port of the OA Using a clean fiber measure and record the optical power P at the OUT port of the Supervisory pack Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 530
244. OS ODUI Failure ODU1 Removal ODU2 Failure when there are ODU2 associations ODU2 Removal when there are ODU2 associations Two Separate Fiber Cuts One on Both Sides of a WAD or Ring Terminal 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 When there are two fiber cuts on both sides of a WAD or Ring Terminal the through channels will not be restored until both fiber cuts are restored APSD will be triggered at both locations If one of the fiber cuts is restored APSD will recover and any add drop channels in the local loop carried over the restored fiber cut will be restored The through channels will not be restored since one fiber cut still remains Figure 9 6 APSD for a Two Fiber Cut Scenario p 9 14 shows an example of two separate fiber cuts on both sides of a WAD or Ring Terminal Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 13 See notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure Figure 9 6 APSD for a Two Fiber Cut Scenario If any of these NEs are rebooted transmission will not be restored on the Local Loop even after Fiber Cut B is restored END WAD or TERMINAL REPEATER RING TERMINAL Fiber Cut A Fiber Cut B Local Loop ADD DROP ADD DROP Channels Channels RING WAD or gt TERMINAL TERMINAL REPEATER RING TERMINAL 5 Fiber CutA Fiber Cut B Local Loop ADD DROP Channels In Figure 9 6 A
245. Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 Overview Pump laser efficiency PLE is an indication of the level of performance of the pump lasers in the transmit OA There is a PLE parameter associated with each of the pump lasers which is used to measure aging of the laser The PLE parameters have a high threshold and a low threshold If either of these user provisionable thresholds is crossed a threshold crossing alert TCA is sent indicating end of life for the associated pump laser Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Important All threshold values entered must be a 3 character string that is 0 50 1 50 and so forth Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Propr
246. OnIpuoO wely QEL A 20 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide A 21 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary egn reg NI ALO SOT D0IHOO ueqoo uod 4 44 4 a NIN EZ Sox Sururooug NI ALO em rj SOT h r xod 44 44 NW SE RE Sax ggsH 8 em rj SOT NI ALO 9 5 261 juero Mod 44 444 z NW n Sururo ul em rj SOT NI ALO 91 18 8 quero Mod 4 44 s NIN Sururooug NI ALO oey SOT OWT ur n q Sox SMO Suruoou egn reg NI ALO SOT 19H y ry n q Sox SJO Suruioou qeondo IDO yord ouueqo 2000 Surwosuy qeondo AOT yord pouueyo 2000 Suruoouj NI ALO dad xoed n q 2000 Surwosuy NI ALO 1 9 1104 Sulwioouy mrey NI ALO ONAS JO SSO T quaro n q 1401 Suruoouj NI ALO mr SOT y ry n q sox 2401 Suruoou Bunoayy Bun uy Buno uy 99IAJ9SUON 5 lM s E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu Suang Amua juepuedeg yM s juepuedeg lAl s l s SUNDU dl dvsv 991NOS p2lnquny jeuibuo Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHonpuoo 910 6 5
247. P YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 236 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 230 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU Overview The power of the receive supervisory signal has either exceeded the high threshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adj
248. P 528 LBO Application p 15 57 Clean the optical fiber s and connector s For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Connect the optical fiber s to the required ports For details go to Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 Dress the fiber s at the slot guide to ensure fiber s do not interfere with the circuit packs insertion END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Remove BOS or El circuit pack CAUTION l Service disruption hazard Do not remove the BOS circuit pack in the SYSCTL slot unless instructed to do so by the procedure that sent you here f the BOS circuit pack is removed from the SYSCTL slot provisioning data will be lost from the SYSCTL but will be retained by the FLASH Memory Module that you removed in the procedure that sent you here Are you to remove or install a BOS or El circuit pack IF THEN remove Continue with Step 2 install Go to Install BOS or EI Circuit Pack p 15 36 later in this procedure Disengage the circuit pack from the appropriate shelf as follows Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking clips to unlock the circuit pack latches 2 Disengage the circuit pack by carefully and conti
249. P5 amp PMI amp MO amp T3 where each functional category is assigned the following Authorization Level e Security Level 2 e Provisioning Level 5 e Performance Monitoring Level 1 e Maintenance Level 0 no authorization Test Level 3 Minimum UAP Assignment Level A minimum UAP Level of S1 must be assigned to each user login so that the users can log into the NE Super Users A Super User is allowed to perform all NE functions including but not limited to e Functions affecting security e Access to the NE e System Initialization e NE Testing e Software Installation e Database Management e Software Management Only Super Users have the original preset UAP values of e 55 P5 PM5 M5 T5 2 14 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE Login Sessions Channel State NE channels can be in one of three possible states Login Active Login Inactive e Password Expired Channel ID A Channel ID is a unique identifier for each channel login session in support of either a 10BaseT port for login or a remote login session The NE supports the number of channels that are accessible by the OS from the following NE interfaces e Supervisory Data Link for the remote TL1 login associations maximum of eight channels that is inbound e TL Interface maximum of 16 channels e CIT Port maximum of five channels Th
250. PS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 247 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold Overview Procedure In a protected OTU Unidirectional Protection Switching configuration in the Drop direction when a channel Active or Standby in ORS2 detects that line side incoming signal has a LOS defect there will be no fault suppression between ORS2 and its associated OTU Drop function The ORS2 performs fault correlation independently If both Active and Standby channels associated OTUs are in the same NE as ORS2 and the ORS2 detects an incoming client side LOS defect the Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold alarm is generated The power detector located on the 1A IN 1B IN port or 2A IN 2B IN port of the ORS circuit pack has detected a substantial decrease in the incoming client signal power Refer to the AID column of the NE Condition List report and determine the bay location of the ORS circuit pack Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS gt Conditions report and determine the port 1A IN 1B IN 2A IN or 2B IN reporting the failure CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in this st
251. PSD for a Two Fiber Cut Scenario p 9 14 there are two separate fiber cuts Fiber Cut A and Fiber Cut B If Fiber Cut B is restored APSD will recover at the NEs bounding Fiber Cut B The add drop channels between the WAD or Ring Terminal and the End Terminal or Ring Terminal carried over Fiber Cut B would be restored The through channels will not be restored since Fiber Cut A still exists and APSD is still active on the NEs bounding Fiber Cut A Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 10 Using the Index Lists and Procedures Overview Purpose This chapter provides information for using the Index Lists IXLs Non Trouble Procedures NTPs Task Oriented Procedures TOPs Trouble Assistance Procedures TAPs and Detail Level Procedures DLPs to perform acceptance circuit order operation and trouble clearing tasks necessary to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T Use of these procedures should be preceded by a general knowledge and understanding of the software for the OLS Contents Getting Started 10 2 Recommended Test Equipment 10 4 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 10 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Using the Index Lists and Procedures Getting Started Chapter Organization The procedural chapters in the paper version of this document are marked with colored tabs and provide the following information The Accept
252. Pack p 15 27 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same Optical Channel Transmit failure listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 26 NO Proceed to Step 28 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OMU OTU WAD that the optical channel or optical line can now be returned to service Baseline the replaced circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This condition indicates that the transmit toward the line OA output power is reduced by a minimum of 10 dB from the normal output power of the transmit OA for this span This clamping condition on the transmit OA is normally implemented by the installation personnel or the appropriate maintenance organization to create a safe OA output power to measure span loss or debuggin
253. Power B and Power B Failure or Failure or Failure or Failure or for Fan 1 Failure or for Fan 2 Failure 1 Replace the fan assembly associated with the operated circuit breaker For details go to DLP 527 Replace Fan Assembly p 15 56 3 Refer to the report obtained in Step 2 and determine if any of the above listed types of failure are listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO PROCEDURE STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures 4 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International This failure indicates a problem in power cabling between the fan assembly unit and A or B feeder cables END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 121 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 72 Failure Overview Procedure One or more of the fans have failed or the dust filter is clogged Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS gt Conditions and determine the bay location for the appropriate dust filter for the failed fan Importan
254. RE NO Proceed to Step 26 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Verify that the input LBO attenuation is as rated For help refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Is the TCA alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 26 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the incoming signal indicating the type of failed condition If the source of the failed incoming condition returns a Trouble Report indicating No Trouble Found then obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 269 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day Overview Procedure This alarm condition is issued when the performance of the Optical Channel has exceeded the performance thresholds established by the customer or factory settings Important Degradation of the upstream transmission and equipment quality could cause multiple alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log into the most upstream NE with the same alarm condition Important OTU 192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day alarms apply only to OTUD and OTU31 THROUGH
255. Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Then continue with Step 26 if advised to restore service to the regular facilities NO Continue with Step 26 Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section that the section can now be returned to service Perform a baseline on the OA circuit pack if it was replaced For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS 28 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 165 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch Overview Procedure This condition can be caused by a provisioned difference between the east and west sides of a data link when provisioned for either a Local or Express data
256. S Maintenance All NEs within a maintenance subnetwork are accessible via the EMS from any OS interface within the subnetwork Routing of information is handled within the NE OS interface software Connectivity for all OS messages between NEs is through the Supervisory Data Links Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 3 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces External Interfaces Description Table 3 1 External Interfaces p 3 4 lists and briefly describes those external interfaces with which the user interacts The following sections describe in greater detail each of these elements Table 3 1 External Interfaces Interface Location Interface Type Protocol User Panel Display External Interface 5 LEDs ON OFF Circuit Pack External Interface 2 Buttons ON OFF User Panel Control Office Alarms Equipment LEDs OS Interface Orderwire Circuit Pack Interconnection Panel Circuit Packs Interconnection Panel Interconnection Panel 1 15 Pin DSUB Connector 2 LEDs 1 RJ 45 Connector 2 25 Pin DSUB Connectors Relay Closures ON OFF OBaseT Clock Tx Data Rx Data CIT Interface External Interface 1 RJ 45 Connector 10BaseT Discrete Interfaces Interconnection Panel 2 15 Pin DSUB ON OFF Connectors Power Led Power Fibers 1 LED ON OFF BA Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces User Panel Introduction
257. S OSI interface during any NE reset processes but is allowed once the NE reset in progress condition is cleared Functional Categories All commands supported by NEs are grouped into the following five functional categories assigned symbol shown in parentheses e Security Administration S e Provisioning P e Performance Monitoring PM e Maintenance M e Test Access T Authorization Levels Authorization Levels are used to add a measure of fine granularity to access control by restricting a user access to certain commands within each functional category The WaveStar OLS 1 6T System supports six authorization levels These levels are listed below in descending level of privilege e Level 5 Full authorization access e Level 4 e Level 3 e Level 2 e Level 1 Level 0 No authorization is assigned User Privilege Code The User Privilege Code UPC is a combination of the Functional Category FC plus the Authorization Level AL Each NE supports the use of a UPC determining the set of commands that any given user is authorized to execute 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 9 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE User Login Security User Access Privilege UAP Assignments The User Access Privilege UAP is a combination of UPCs that are assigned to a user based on the user work functional responsibility Each User Login is assigned at a minimum an S1 UAP
258. SUPVY Drop Output LOS 14 Baseline the replaced circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 143 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 182 Clear OWITYPE OW2TYPE or OW3TYPE Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14 144 This condition is caused by a provisioned difference between the OWITYPE OW2TYPE and OW3TYPE parameters and office records for the specified supervisory channels order wire s between the east and west sides of the NE While provisioning the orderwire s the east and west sides must be provisioned the same Otherwise the above alarm condition s will be activated to make you aware that both sides are not provisioned the same Clicking on the help screen button below the alarm condition will provide details on provisioning the parameters At the CIT from the NE Equipment Explorer click on the bay shelf and SUPVY CP and line and click Provision From the Main menu select CONFIGURATION gt Equipment Are the parameters provisioned per the office records IF THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Proceed toStep 4 Important If required refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual for orderwire provisioning information Provision the various parameters to the correct para
259. See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear this TCA i A CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 3 problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 4 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 5 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 224 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure Overview This alarm indicates that an upstream OTU receiver cannot synchronize to a multiframe indicator of an incoming bit stre
260. See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Provisioning Provisioning Guidelines Parameters to Provision for Network Partitioning The user must have knowledge of the capability limits for partitioning large networks to properly plan and engineer the provisioning of Level 2 Intermediate Systems ISs and area addresses of the Network Service Access Points NSAPs The following provides a summary of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T provisionable parameters and the associated network limit capability NSAP Provisioning The WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T uses a variable length area address The user can provision the area address portion of the NSAP for the routing purpose Changing the value of the NSAP is a provisioning change but can affect communications within a subnetwork The ENT OSI or PROV SYS is used for provisioning the area address for example LOCALADDRESS parameter in TL1 portion of the NSAP Execution of this command resets the overhead controller of the Terminal or reboot the system controller in the case of the Repeater Express and Local Supervisory Data Link SDL Provisioning Each local SDL must be terminated at each Level 1 IS node and express SDL may be used to connect the Level 2 nodes to establish adjacency with each other by skipping the nodes between them to form a single Level 2 domain as illustrated in Figure 5 1 Use of Express Datalink to form a Single Level 2 Routing Domain p 5 8 The use of the express SDL can si
261. Service OOS e The Line LED is green when the signal status is properly working It flashes red when there is a problem with the line signal and it is off when the line signal is Out Of Service OOS 8 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarms and Indicators Circuit Pack LEDs FleX MUX LEDS The FleX MUX circuit pack contains seven LEDs the two LEDs that indicate Active green and Fault red and five to indicate faults on the client or line side These LEDs indicate signal status e The Client LEDs are green when the signal status is properly working The LEDs flash red when there is a problem with the client signal are solid red when the SFP is removed or fails and are off when the client signal is Out Of Service OOS e The Line LEDs are green when the signal status is properly working The LEDs flash red when there is a problem with the line signal and are off when the line signal is Out Of Service OOS FleX DM LEDS The FleX DM circuit pack contains 11 LEDs the two LEDs that indicate Active green and Fault red eight to indicate faults on the client side and one to indicate faults on the line side These LEDs indicate signal status e The Client LEDs are green when the signal status is properly working The LEDs flash red when there is a problem with the client signal are solid red when the SFP is removed or fails and are off when the client signal is Out O
262. Step 1 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another report as in Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 9 NO Continue vvith Step 14 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 9 could result in service interruption Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 4 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE of the optical line If the source of the upstream NE returns a Trouble Report indicating No Trouble Found then before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the cable fiber carrying the failed incoming signal obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA that the Optical Line can now be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 181 Clear
263. Super User Logins The NE supports two Super User logins passwords shown in Table 2 1 Original Login ID p 2 7 Table 2 1 Original Login ID Login Password LUCO1 LUCent zero one WS400G 01 LUC02 LUCent zero two WS400G 02 These two original Super User logins are supported via the TL interface Creating New Super User Logins The creation of additional Super User logins is not permitted by the NE Changing Super User Logins A Super User ID and Password can be changed with the following restrictions e A Super User ID can only be changed by the other Super User e The Super User access privilege can not be modified e Only a Super User is able to change the other Super User password Deleting Super User Logins Deletion of either Super User login is not permitted by the NE 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Passwords Overview Passwords are encrypted and stored in the NEs database using strong encryption industry standards Passwords will never be transmitted from the NE to the CIT or NMA Password Definition Passwords consist of a string of a minimum of six and up to a maximum of ten alphabetic numeric and symbolic characters Passwords consist of at least one alphabetic character one numeric character and one symbolic character Refer to Appendix B Character Set Definitions for a complete list of char
264. TAP END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 33 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure Overview This procedure is used when one of the following incoming signal failures is detected Incoming optical channel LOS Incoming SUPVY channel LOF Incoming SUPVY channel LOS Incoming optical line LOS WAD Incoming optical line LOS Incoming Receive 0A LOS Procedure 1 Important Multiple failed optical channels could be caused by a failed DCM If replacing an OA or receive a multiple optical channel failure replace the DCM If there are transmission errors on multiple channels or LOS at the DCM IN port of an OA refer to TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 Refer to the REPORTS gt Conditions and the Description column to determine the type of incoming signal failure 2 Important If the failure shows Incoming Optical Line LOS verify that APSD is active on that line by selecting REPORTS gt Conditions Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 IF THEN 14 34 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 7 if SUPVY Important Multiple failed C Band and L Band optical channels lines can b
265. TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 29 Disconnect the fiber jumper that is connected to the OUT port of the DCM apparatus unit 30 Make an optical power measurement at the DCM apparatus unit of the OUT port 31 Is the power measurement obtained from Step 30 within 10 dB of the power measurement obtained from Step 12 IF THEN 32 Replace the DCM apparatus unit For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 33 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 42 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 34 Clean the fiber connectors and reconnect the fiber jumper to the OUT port of the DCM apparatus unit For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 35 Disconnect the fiber jumper at the OA circuit pack DCM IN port 36 Connect the fiber jumper disconnected in Step 35 to the power meter and make a power measurement 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 263 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 37 38 39 40 41 Is the power measurement obtained from Step 36 within 11 dB of the power measurement obtained from Step 12 IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 40 NO Continue with St
266. TOPT OL SPT SU SPT C CIT PC User SET BASELINE OLINE SET BASELINE SET BASELINE OCHAN Commands RTRV BASELINE OLINE SUPR RTRV BASELINE OCHAN RTRV BASELINE A new system is installed A previously installed OA is replaced A SUPVY circuit pack is replaced SUPR Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Not Applicable Yes Not Applicable See notice on first page An OMON circuit Not Applicable Not Applicable Yes pack is added installed A new channel is Yes Not Applicable Yes provisioned An existing channel Yes Not Applicable Not Applicable is removed Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Manual Baselining Table 6 1 When to Baseline Manually continued Performance TOPR OL SPR SU SPR C Parameter s TOPT OL SPT SU SPT C CIT PC User SET BASELINE OLINE SET BASELINE SET BASELINE OCHAN Commands RTRV BASELINE OLINE SUPR RTRV BASELINE OCHAN RTRV BASELINE SUPR User specified Yes Yes Yes Reason Codes 0 9 Important Baselining is independent of external equipment such as when an Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA is added or installed 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 23 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Performance Parameters Overview Purpose Contents This section provides information on the various performance parameters that the system supports Knowledge of these parameters can be of assist
267. TP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element p 13 5 refers to the following procedures DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 e DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Important APSD is not available until reboot is completed Procedure Important PERFORM THE STEPS BELOW IN THE ORDER LISTED 1 If required connect the CIT to the local WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE and condition it For details refer to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 2 Initiate a Login Session to the local network element For details refer to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 3 Verify that there are no active alarms or status conditions by selecting REPORTS Conditions Review the report and clear any conditions before proceeding with this procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 13 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operations Tasks NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element 4 Refer to WaveStar Optical Line System OLS 1 6T Software Release Description and perform the remote download procedure END OF STEPS 13 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 I4 Trouble Clearing Tasks Overview Purpose This chapter co
268. TU OMU ODU ORS WAD that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 12 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 13 Did you replace an OA OMON or SUPVY pack IE THEN YES Baseline the replaced circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 NO Continue with Step 14 14 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Refer to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 43 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure CP Inserted Waiting Time BOS 15 60 minutes EI 15 60 minutes OA 5 minutes ODU 15 minutes OMON 3 minutes OMU 15 minutes ORS 3 minutes OTU 10 minutes SUPVY 10 minutes WAD 1 minute Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed Overview Use this procedure to clear one of the conditions below by 1 installing the missing circuit pack or 2 updating the NE data base to reflect the current equipment EI removed can only be seen from a remote C
269. The NE provides each user with Security Administration privileges the ability to assign the UAP for users added to the NE local database according to the TL1 commands the user is authorized to execute Available UAP assignments are S 1 5 For Security Administration SA Authorization Level 1 through 5 T 0 5 For Test Access TA Authorization Level 0 through 5 PMT0 51 For Performance Monitoring PM Authorization Level 0 through 5 P 0 5 For Provisioning P Authorization Level 0 through 5 M 0 5 For Maintenance M Authorization Level 0 through 5 The authorization levels for all Function Categories are specified for each newly created User ID Multiple UPCs FC AL are specified using single ampersands amp in TL1 Refer to Table 2 2 Mapping of TL1 Commands to User Privilege Codes p 2 11 for the mapping of TL1 commands to User Privilege Codes Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 NE User Login Security Security Administration p uSIsse Suroq sooga Teuon un v JO qovo 10 o eq spueuiuroo j e Surpnjou NOAS AASNA AALA Hqd H4OLSH4 SAS AO ld CMS LINI SAS LINI TAIWE NINH NI SAS LNH 88 4 MS CINMG WOdd AdO 44 4 TAIAEAJNH AN IV TVOOTOLNV LSAL dLO MSNLOUd STa dLO MSNLO amp d adO Alcatel Lucent Proprietary
270. The OC 192 STM 64 OTU with FEC OTU30 monitors the overhead B1 Parity Errors without altering the signal s contents in order to isolate faults on the incoming OC 192 STM 64 line Monitored SONET Analog Parameters The analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the OC 192 STM 64 OTU with FEC OTU30 are e Optical Power Received e Laser Bias Current e Optical Power Transmitted Monitored SDH Analog Parameters The analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the OC 192 STM 64 OTU with FEC OTU30 are Optical Power Received e Optical Power Transmitted e Laser Bias Current Monitored SONET Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored B1 Coding Violation Counts e Errored Seconds e Severely Errored Seconds e Severely Errored Frame Seconds The SONET SDH performance parameters are unavailable during OCH Path Foward Defect Indicator FDI or OCH Client FDI since the SONET SDH payload may be improperly formatted during these conditions due to defects in the upstream FEC10G device Monitored SDH Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored e Background Block Errors e Errored Seconds 6 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring OC 192 STM 64 with FEC OTU OTU30 Performance Measurements e Severely Errored Seconds e Unavailable Seconds The SONET SDH performanc
271. The User Panel has two control buttons switches three alarm indicators and three status indicators One control button silences office alarms and the other restarts the system software Alarm indicators display the highest severity level of the current alarm conditions Status indicators display the status of the Alarm cut off the presence of abnormal conditions on the NE and if there are any current alarm or status conditions on the NE Diagram The User Panel is located on the External Interface EI Circuit Pack and is visible from the front of the NE Figure 3 2 WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T User Panel p 3 5 represents the External Interface User Panel On an actual user panel SONET labels are black while SDH labels are shown in blue italics Figure 3 2 WaveStar OLS 1 6T User Panel CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN ABN NE ACTY INFO N ACO SUPRESS RESTART El 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces User Panel Control Buttons Control buttons can be used to silence office alarms and restart the system software Alarm Cut Off ACO Suppress The Alarm Cut Off ACO Suppress button turns off any audible office alarms Once the ACO Suppress button has been pressed any subsequent alarmable conditions will activate the audible alarm again ACO alarm grouping prevents the dropping of the ACO for alarm and status conditions related to a partic
272. Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 192 CVS ES SES SEFS UAS or BBE 15 min 1 day Overview Procedure This alarm condition is issued when the performance of the Optical Channel has exceeded the performance thresholds established by the customer or factory settings Important Degradation of the upstream transmission and equipment quality could cause multiple alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log into the most upstream NE with the same alarm condition At the most upstream office with the TCA alarm use the CIT to access the REPORTS Conditions to obtain a report In the equipment tree click on the bay shelf and slot for the OTU identified in the Performance Report from Step 2 In the OTU Performance Parameter Selection dialog box 1 Choose Select All under the OTU PM Parameter Dialog box 2 Select Appropriate Time Bin under the Time Period Dialog box 3 Select gt UP all bins even those without errors or 1 UP only the bins with errors 4 Select OK Using the PM Report confirm that the identified IN port of the OTU is exceeding the threshold Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 237 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC48 or 19
273. VE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Important At this point it appears that the local NE is operating correctly Initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE of the line indicating the WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS Overview The power detector at the ADD IN port of this WAD circuit pack has detected a loss of signal Important For WAD Type 2 only first check to see if the WAD Drop LOS alarm is standing If so go to TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS p 14 139 and follow the procedure to clear the alarm After completing the steps in TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS p 14 139 check to see if the WAD Add LOS alarm is still standing If the WAD Add LOS remains after completion of the steps in TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS p 14 139 then follow the steps listed below to clear the alarm Procedure 2 Identify the circuit pack associated with this failure condition use the AID column from the report in Step 1 3 Does a WAD Drop LOS condition appear in the report IF THEN YES Go to TAP 180 Clear WAD Drop Channel LOS p 14 139 and clear that condition NO Continue with Step 4 4 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511
274. WOud x n IN 14 n f uiojs g e zd m 2149 G ASLINI n f uiojs g m 928049 QAMS LINI 4 2 ur 3s4 e z GUMSLINI pof uiojs g m S se Cuni QMSLINI pof uiojs g x mE 32212 GMS LINI ur 3s4 ULEETV ON s VN dl GASLINI xoed 14 3015 LdNOUd gt IN mirey Tq Bun yiy Bun uy Bunoayy 99IAJ9SUON 01 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siueng Amua li juepuedeg lAl s N S juepuedeg lAl s M S jeuBHipucg dVSV 924nos amduny jeuibuo Has geinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHonpuoo S10 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo OL s1ue 3 ejqej uOnIpuoO wey 1 V eiqer A 8 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary ndo sso1801d 10 S uimpyoN VN EX ur qo 1015 VO 1018 LdNOUd x N SOX vo v cd WO 10IS LdNOUd ES IN s m SOX ampe VO q n pooldu noqs nur do 428f 42 u5 apoojduio q n 123S 1u2u2 3 nur do 440M2N 42 1U q n AJ4S AI nur do
275. X OTU LMI 10 11 12 13 IF THEN NO Proceed to Step 11 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 5 and reinstall the original circuit pack For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Initiate a Trouble Report to the responsible Operations Support Center or System Administrator indicating the type of trouble that is still being reported by this NE and request that the transmit OTU be replaced Did the source of the failed signal return a trouble report indicating No Trouble Found IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Continue with Step 11 Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section that the section can be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 243 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU STM 16 or 64 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This alarm condition is issued
276. acter set definitions Passwords containing non legal characters will be denied Administration The NE provides each user the ability to change their own password based on password aging requirements Passwords may be changed via the CIT or OS port interfaces The NE tracks the date of the last password change If more days have passed than the provisioned allowable number of days the NE considers the password as expired Non Super User passwords are considered expired the first time a user logs in successfully following login creation This forces users to change the original passwords that are provided by the security administrator Password Aging A user is prevented from changing a password for the seven days immediately following a password change Once a password has expired the user is required to change the password Only after the user successfully changes the password will the NE allow the user access to the NE 2 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE User Login Security Access Control User login security controls access to NEs by individual users The NE authenticates the user IDs and passwords against the NE local security database Once the user logs into a NE with a valid User ID and Password user functions can then be performed based on the assigned User Access Privilege User login access will be denied via the O
277. age Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring QOS Alarm Events Introduction Reporting The Quality of Service QOS notification message is reported to the operations system and interfaces where threshold crossings associated with a particular path can be correlated and the most probable source of the degradation can be identified Important To activate TCAs you must turn on QOS for the required PM parameter s from the CIT GUI or PROV TH TL1 command The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system reports threshold crossings as Quality of Service QOS alarm messages event notifications on the individual parameters monitors A QOS alarm message is triggered whenever a monitored performance parameter crosses the high or low threshold associated with the parameter Message Characteristics The QOS event notification autonomous messages have the following characteristics e The messages are reported as autonomous alarm messages to the OS and user interface QOS does not raise any visual or audible alarms e Alarm messages can be retrieved in the CIT TL 1 RTRV ALM ALL report A QOS entry is logged in the history report which may then be retrieved by the user QOS Alarm Levels Refer to the table below for a list of alarm levels that are associated with QOS Table 6 8 Alarm Attributes Associated with QOS Alarm Attributes Provisioning as 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 CIT PC SONET CIT PC SDH QOS NA No Ala
278. ain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 317 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 261 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPT Overview The client signal type of FleX DM is 1 GbE Once the OPT value exceeds its threshold the TCA is reported Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear this TCA CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify
279. al Wavelength interchange permits the wavelength on the third end terminal to be converted into an available wavelength at the other two end terminals Wavelength Growth A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are added Waves A wave is an oscillation or movement that transfers energy from point to point Mathematically it is described in terms of its frequency amplitude and velocity and it can be visualized as a moving swell or succession of curves WaveWrapper The Lucent proprietary format of transporting optical channels The WaveWrapper format raises the bit rate by factor of 15 14 and adds optical channel overhead and FEC check bytes Wideband Communications Voice data and or video communications at digital rates from DSO to DS1 rates 64Kb s to 1544Kb s Zero dispersion wavelength Zero Code Suppression A technique used to reduce the number of consecutive zeros in a line codes signal B3ZS for DS3 signals Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber DSF DSF where the zero dispersion point is shifted from 1310nm to 1550 nm It is best suited for applications involving single channel transmission at 1550 nm providing the benefits of zero dispersion as well as taking advantage of the lower attentuation wavelength 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 37 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Index Numerics 10BaseT ports 2 4 10BaseT connections 7 22 10
280. al Line System or route 2 Ifthe TCA is occurring on all nodes were channels added or deleted If Then YES Manually re baseline each node Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Continue with Step 3 3 Measure span loss between the node that has the TCA and the upstream node If span loss has changed per office records e Determine the reason Rectify the problem e Manually re baseline this node if necessary Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 e If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL 4 Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 203 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 214 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL Overview The total optical transmit power at the OA has either exceeded the high th
281. al Parameters Refer to the table below for a summary of the Performance Monitoring Processing Functions that affect digital performance parameters 6 44 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Parameter Threshold Provisioning Table 6 6 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Digital Parameters Monitored For PM Parameter Initialize User QOS QOS PM RTRV SONET SDH Registers SET RTRV Alarm Alarm Report PM TH Thresholds Clear Report ALL Supervisory Channel CRC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes BES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SES Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes UAS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OTU OC 48 STM 16 CVS BBE Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ESS ESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SESS SESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SEFSS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes UAS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes OTU OC 192 STM 64 CVS BBE Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ESS ESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SESS SESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SEFSS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes UAS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FEC EC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FEC UBC Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FleX 10 OTU100 100L CVS BBE Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ESS ESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SESS SESS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SEFSS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes UAS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes BBERS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ESRS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes SESRS Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye
282. al super user 2 7 deleteing CIT NE 2 26 deleting original super user 2 7 denied session 2 17 disabled condition CIT NE 2 23 disabling 2 6 EMS NE database change Database change 2 22 EMS NE super user privileges Super user 2 21 enabling 2 6 inactive state of channels 2 15 inhibited condition CIT NE 2 23 number of EMS TL1 NE 2 29 original super user 2 7 simultaneous 2 5 temporary 2 5 Logout user id message 2 17 user id forced disconnect message 2 17 user id remote link down message 2 17 user id timeout message 2 24 LOM Loss of Multiframe incoming OTU2 failure 14 18 14 225 LOS Loss of Signal 10GbE LAN failure 14 108 14 295 incoming OTU2 failure 14 18 OT in add port 14 226 Loss of Signal 7 18 Loss of synchronization TOGDE failure 14 298 M Maintenance 6 1 of CIT CIT maintenance 3 12 Maintenance signals 7 3 Maintenance of WaveStar OLS 400G 7 1 Management performance 6 1 Manual baselining 6 22 Miscellaneous discrete control output points 3 14 Miscellaneous discrete environmental input points 3 14 Miscellaneous discrete environmental points alarm levels of 3 14 Missing cross connection 14 60 14 285 MJ Deferred LED 3 6 Module failed 10GbE 14 302 Module removed 10GbE 14 300 Monitoring signals 7 14 N NE to NE communications 3 16 Network Element NE self tests 3 12 Network Ele
283. am Procedure 2 Visually inspect the OT Ensure there are no loose fibers and so forth If there are connect the fibers 3 Check the immediate upstream OTU condition If there are any failures clear the failures 4 Examine the alarm list If the alarm has not cleared obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 225 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 223 Clear Incoming MS RDI RDI L and Incoming OTUI OTU2 ODUI ODU2 BDI Overview Procedure OTU2 ODU2 BDI alarms are raised when the OTU2 ODU2 LOS LOF LOM TIM AIS OCI or LCK alarm is detected at the line IN wxyz port of FleX 10 the IN port of FleX MUX FleX DM or the client IN ADD port of the FleX 10 For OTU1 BDI the alarm is raised when the OTU1 LOS LOF LOM TIM alarm is detected at the client INI through IN4 ports of the FleX MUX circuit pack Trail Signal Failure includes LOS LOF LOM AIS TTI OCI and LCK This state could be caused by a problem with fiber connectivity between an OT and the intended receiver The corresponding path signal is disrupted or there is severe degradation BDI can occur on the client side transmitter The MS RDI RDI L alarm is raised at the line IN port of FleX DM and is an indication that a far end receiver detects signal failure includes O
284. an LBO determined from computations in Step 23 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 If required install the correct LBO determined in Step 23 at the OUTO port of the OTU of the selected channel For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 26 27 28 29 30 31 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the selected channel power level The power level should be within 19 0 dBm 0 5 dB target level IF THEN YES Continue with Step 27 NO Go to Step 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA compare the power level of all the remaining add OC48 STM16 optical channels on the system to the optical channel selected in Step 18 If required compute the required LBO for any optical channel not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel selected in Step 18 Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 28 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 If required install the LBO determined in Step 28 at the OUT port of the OTU of any add optical channel that is not within 0 5 dB of the optical channel selected in Step 18 For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout
285. ance during trouble clearing procedures Supported Parameters Parameter Processing Optical Line Signal Power Parameters Optical Line Equipment Health Parameters Supervisory Channel Performance Parameters Supervisory Digital Parameters OTU Performance Parameters OTU Equipment Health Parameters Section B1 Byte Digital Performance Parameters Optical Channel Signal Power Parameters 6 25 6 30 6 31 6 32 6 33 6 34 6 35 6 36 6 37 6 39 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Supported Parameters List of Parameters List of Parameters p 6 25 lists of all performance parameters supported by the system Monitor Monitor Direction Type PM Parameter Name Type for at Parameter Optical OA Receive Analog TOPR OL Total Optical Power Received 1 Line Transmit Analog TOPT OL Total Optical Power Transmitted 1 Receive Analog PLE RP1 ump Laser Efficiency per Receive 2 OA Pump Transmit Analog PLE TP1 Gump Laser Efficiency per 2 Transmit OA Pump SupervisoryOA Receive Analog SPR SU Signal Power Received C Band 1 Channel only Transmit Analog SPT SU Signal Power Transmitted 1 SUPVY Receive Digital CRC Cyclical Redundancy Check 2 7 Receive Digital ES Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital BES Bursty Errored Seconds 2 Receive
286. ance tab Yellow covers procedures that are used to accept the hardware AFTER installation by someone else The Circuit Order tab Orange covers procedures that are used when adding or deleting an OC 48 STM 16 channel or an OC 192 channel to an in service OLS The Operations tab Green covers procedures that can be used in day to day operations Such procedures are to enter change delete a user login to initiate or terminate a login session to a remote NE A complete index listing is in Chapter 13 Operations Tasks The Trouble Clearing tab Red covers procedures on clearing the condition that caused the alarm and clearing trouble reports These procedures are consistent with the maintenance philosophy given in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 The Detailed Level Procedures DLP tab Blue contains detailed how to instructions beginning with DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 Some procedures have an introductory overview section that explains the purpose of the procedure Other procedures contain self explanatory titles Locating the Desired Procedure Perform the following steps to locate the desired procedure 1 Determine the Procedure Classification for the task to be performed For help refer to Table 10 1 Procedure Classifications p 10 3 After the Procedure Classification has been determined proceed to the corresponding Task Index Refer t
287. and 1 630 224 4672 International If the result is per DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 continue node in the downstream path up to the adjacent node that has the TCA a If the current value is outside the range per WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications Table 7 11 determine the source of the problem or obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International If the current value is per the technical specifications go to the next node and repeat 4 If after all the nodes are checked the problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that the Optical Line can now be returned to service STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETE THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C For many or all channels Important This indicates that a common circuit pack OMON is failed j CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in the following steps could result in service interruption Notify the person r
288. and or Password association or communication link failures e User logouts e Provisioning commands Logged Information All commands except retrieve and test commands log the following information e User ID e Channel ID e Time Stamp 2 28 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration EMS TL1 NE Authentication and Access Control Description The NE supports the same user login authentication and access control functions as those provided by the CIT for the EMS TL1 interface TL1 Logins The NE supports a maximum of 16 TL1 login associations with the OSs via the EMS TL1 interface User Security User security administration can be supported via both the EMS and CIT TL1 interface Inactivity Timeout The inactivity timeout feature can be disabled for the EMS TL1 NE interface Password Aging The password aging feature can be disabled for the TL1 interface Communications Link The communication link between the NE and EMS TL1 will remain active once established An automatic login routine is used by EMS TL1 to reestablish the link each time the NE has been restored following an out of service condition 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 29 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page 3 Operation Interfaces Overview Purpose This chapter describes the operation interfaces within the WaveStar OLS 1 6T
289. and trouble shooting Routing Domain A collection of End Systems and Intermediate Systems which operate according to the same routing procedures and which is operated by a single administrative authority RPP Reliability Prediction Procedure RT Remote Terminal 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 29 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary RTAC Regional Technical Assistance Center Rx receive S SA Service Affecting SBS Stimulated Brillouin Scattering SC U LBO SC Universal Line Build Out SD Signal Degrade SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SDL Supervisory Data Link Section Overhead SOH Capacity added to either an AU 4 or assembly of AU 3s to create an STM 1 Contains always STM 1 framing and optionally maintenance and operational functions SOH can be subdivided in MSOH multiplex section overhead and RSOH regenerator section overhead SEFS Severely Errored Frame Seconds SEL NSAP Selector is used to differentiate multiple access points NSAPs for the same network element whose network name is the Network Entity Title SES Severely Errored Seconds SESP P bit Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Frame Seconds SEFS A performance monitoring parameter GL 30 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Severely Errored Seconds SES This performance monitoring parameter is a second in which a signal failure occu
290. aring Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal 8 10 11 12 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Failure CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 8 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or optical channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or optical channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or optical channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Important Because OC 192 STM 64 OTUs may report LOS instead of LOF when LOF occurs this step will measure the optical power to distinguish between the two conditions Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper at the OTU For details go to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN O Port p 15 50 Was the optical power measurement within the limits IF THEN NO Continue with Step 11 YES Continue with Step 16 Is this OTU port associated with an ORS IF THEN NO Continue with Step 12 YES Continue with TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS p 14 255 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer
291. ary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Optical Channel LOS OA to OMON Connections OA to OMON fiber connections are verified manually when an OA circuit pack and or an OMON circuit pack is installed or replaced Spectrum Measurements The system software makes spectrum measurements of all OMON input ports with associated OA taps Spectral measurements are made at least once every 15 minutes Spectral measurements driven by failure events supersede the minimum measurement schedule LOS at a Local Network Element An incoming Optical Channel LOS is detected at the Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA on the OMON circuit pack This LOS defect is then integrated within 6 to 10 seconds before generating an OCHAN LOS Alarm Declaring and Clearing an Optical Channel LOS The OMON is used to scan all the channels in use at every NE These scans are used to localize the signal failure of the channel The optical channel LOS will be correlated with OMON scans within the line system OCAIM and OCAIM Yellow are used for signaling purposes to correlate and clear the optical channel LOS OCAIM The Optical Channel Alarm Indication Message OCAIM notifies downstream equipment when an incoming optical channel Loss of Signal LOS defect is declared at an OA circuit pack The message contains information on all channels This message is sent downstream via the Supervisory SUPV Y Data Link DL to suppress or unsup
292. ate The LED is labeled ACTIVE ACTIVE LED as Not In Service Indicator The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T software allows the Active LED Green LED on any circuit pack to be extinguished by issuing the appropriate command from the OS or the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT When issued the corresponding slot declares a cp not in service indicated condition The state of this LED remains independent of any other state of the NE until the appropriate command is issued to indicate that the circuit pack has returned to service and a cp not in service indicated cleared event is declared and the LED comes on A separate command is issued to determine all circuit packs indicating a not in service condition A user can then remove the circuit from service on the system and physically remove and or replace it without affecting service Fault Active LED Behavior The following describes the sequence of events that occur during a Circuit Pack and NE software boot cycle Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces Equipment LEDs 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 During Circuit Pack Software Boot Cycle Circuit pack software starts when any circuit pack except the BOS SYSCTL is inserted into a running NE The sequence of events is listed below Each step begins only after the preceding one is completed 1 The FAULT LED is on as the on board software is loaded 2 The ACTIVE LED lights w
293. ate s an APSD clear message which is reported to the CIT and OS and the OLS 1 6T NEs at each end of the span returns the OA power to normal operation If the NE finds a failure on any of these checks the NE s declares the failure condition which is reported to the CIT or OS and the OA power will not restore the OA output power to normal operation Important The Type 2 WAD does not require APSD LOS at ODU1C Input Failure or Removal of ODU1C or ODU2C 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 When the NE detects a LOS at the input to an ODUIC circuit pack the NE lowers the output power of the connecting OA to 10 dBm within one second and declares an APSD condition which is reported along with the ODUIC LOS or removal to the CIT and OS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 3 See notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD When a NE detects the failure or the removal of an ODUIC ODU2C if there is an association to the pack circuit pack the NE turns off the output power of the driving OA within one second and declares an APSD condition which is reported along with the ODUIC or ODU2C failure or removal to the CIT and OS When the LOS clears ODU failure clears or the ODU removal clears the NE increases the output power of its receive OA incrementally back to its operating power The NE reports a LOS clear ODU failure clear or the ODU removal clear and APSD clear messages to the CIT and OS Alcatel Lucent Prop
294. aveWrapper The OC 48 STM 16 OTU uses the AIS L keep alive signal When an OC 48 STM 16 OTU port has a Terminal Drop association and an AIS L is detected at the OTU IN port the software either allows the AIS L signal to pass through the OTU or it turns off the transmit LASER as determined by a provisionable parameter set by the user This is provisioned on a per port basis using the ENT OTPS TL1 command The original value of the provisioned parameter is to shut off the transmit LASER When the transmit LASER is turned off because an AIS L is detected an OTU LASER shut off status condition is activated Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Supervisory Signal Description The Supervisory SUPV Y Signal performs the following functions e transports messages between WaveStar OLS 1 6T NEs e allows connectivity testing during installation and operation carries pump power up information across nodes e enables voice communications through Orderwire The SUPVY Channel is unamplified and can run with OA lasers off Optical Channel Alarm Indication Message OCAIM An OCAIM notifies the downstream in the direction of transmission equipment when an incoming optical channel Loss of Signal defect is declared at an OA circuit pack The downstream message has both the optical channel and the injected SUPVY signal This message is sent downstream via the SUPVY DL to su
295. ay be provisioned to be 0 to 999 days where the original value is 120 days A value of 0 disables login aging As long as a non Super User logs in more frequently than the value of this parameter the login remains active If a user does not login to the NE within the specified period the login is deleted Important Login aging applies only to non Super User logins 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Logins User ID Definition The User ID consists of a string of case sensitive alphabetic and or numeric characters containing a minimum of one character and a maximum of ten characters from the defined character sets Refer to Appendix B Character Set Definitions for complete character set definitions Disabling a User ID The NE allows a user with the appropriate administrative privileges to disable an existing non Super User ID on demand Disabling a login prevents the User ID from establishing a session If the User ID is currently active the User Login Session is automatically terminated Re enabling a User ID The NE allows a user with the appropriate administrated privileges to reenable an existing non Super User ID Port Security All ports require a Login ID and password in order to gain access 2 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE Original Logins
296. be caused by a provisioning change in the Registration Manager NE an upstream BOS controller failure or supervisory data link failure As a result of this condition the Element Management System EMS may not be able to communicate with the downstream NEs Important This alarm can be suppressed by using the ASAP feature to change the alarm severity to NI No Indication This alarm will be generated by the NE when the EMS is not used to manage the network and should be suppressed as stated above Note that using NI to suppress this condition suppresses all indications of the condition If the network is being managed by the Navis EMS the alarm can be suppressed by using ASAP feature to change the alarm severity to NR No Report The NE needs to be reset in order to clear the RM Unreachable alarm following the ASAP provisioning Initiate a login session with the NE identified in Step 1 A remote login session may fail depending on the state of the NE Therefore obtain local assistance at the Registration Manager NE to connect the CIT at that location Is there a BOS OHCTL failure listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Proceed toStep 7 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 194 Clear RM Unreachable 10 11 12 13 14 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 If the EMS can communicate with all of the downstream NEs
297. because of a system problem or because the pack has been removed from service Outage A disruption of service that lasts for more than 1 second Overhead Access Local Area Network OALAN The internal local area network that provides communications between the System Controller circuit pack and the Overhead Controller circuit pack OW OrderWire GL 26 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary P Parallel Telemetry A set of alarms and status information reported to an operations center Parameter A variable that is given a value for a specified application A constant variable or expression that is used to pass values between components Parity Check Tests whether the number of ones or zeros in an array of binary bits is odd or even used to determine that the received signal is the same as the transmitted signal Path Overhead POH Overhead assigned to and transported with the payload until the payload is demultiplexed It is used for functions that are necessary to transport the payload PC standard type connector 0 3 dB typical loss PCM Pulse Code Modulation Performance Monitoring PM Measures the quality of service and identifies any degrading or marginally operating systems before an alarm would be generated PID Private Identifier Password PIN A type of photodiode Platform In OLS a platform is a family of equipment and software configurations
298. ber 1992 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 13 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Far End FE Any other network element in a maintenance subnetwork other than the one the user is at or working on Also called remote Far End Receive Failure FERF An indication returned to a transmitting Network Element that the receiving Network Element has detected an incoming section failure Also known as RDI Remote Detect Indication Far End Block Error FEBE An indication returned to the transmitting terminal that an errored block has been detected at the receiving terminal A block is a specified grouping of bits Fault Term used when a circuit pack has a hard not temporary fault and cannot perform its normal function Fault Management Collecting processing and forwarding of autonomous messages from network elements FDI Forward Defect Indicator FE ACTY Far End Activity FEBE Far End Block Error FEC Forward Error Correction FERF Far End Receive Failure See RDI FIT Failures in Time Forward Error Correction FEC A technique used for error detection and correction in which the transmitting host computer includes some number of redundant bits in the payload data field of a block or frame of data The receiving device uses those bits to detect isolate and correct any errors created in transmission FEC avoids having to retransmit information which incurred errors in network transit
299. between controlled network elements The channels within a digital link are insignificant Digital Multiplexer Equipment that combines several digital signals into a single composite digital signal by time division multiplexing Directory Service Network Element DS NE A designated network element that is responsible for administering a database that maps network element names TIDs to addresses NSAPs network service access points There can be one DS NE per ring Directory System Agent DSA The Directory System Agent maintains the directory database and accesses the directory database on behalf of the requesting directory user agent resides on Navis EMS Dispersion The phenomenon in which different wavelengths or different polarizations of light travel at different speeds through a fiber optic cable Dispersion Compensation Fiber DCF A special fiber with high negative value of dispersion It is used as an inline pre or post equalization in the form of a fiber spool placed at the end of a link Dispersion Compensation Module DCM The Dispersion Compensating Module DCM is used to overcome chromatic dispersion limits of the transmission fiber The DCM is a passive module containing dispersion compensation fiber that offsets the outside fiber plant Dispersion Shifted Fiber Optical fiber that uses a different internal configuration which changes the chromtic dispersion point to 1330 1550 nm minimum dispersion wavelength D
300. catel Lucent Proprietary A 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Reference Guide Alarm Condition Table Alarm Condition Table Table A 1 provides system conditions and alarms A 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary ondo SOT euueys ueyoo jouueyD 04442444 NIA yeondo 8 1 0201 SOT eum euro eurT 14 04 FIN m zs sox vondo Sururoour 4 012 8501 euro eur Ld NOUd 55 IN sox ueds juororgnsug NI ALO omqrmej yord n q wy ON VN s HUuo nEenos N omny ndo v cd WO 1018 wey ON Es VN ss 3AN qsav v cd VO 1018 UL V ON 55 VN S K GSdV 4 1018 1019 Ld NOUd us fIN e s p Aour r GVM 4 v cd 1015 140 4 gt fIN ampe AVM NI doud AVA SOT ouueuo uro n q 44 444 Es es SOX GYM XL dns SOT Aadns yO uod LdlNO ld m TUN sox indur ppe A Ads NI SOT 3ndino Aadns VO 104 us Ld NOUd d ss IN SOX dorp XAdns 514 jdpejuour uod1A uo Au Aug 1XH 444 8444 NIN p uorsrAosd 814 adqonuo Au n 1x4 ULETV ON gt gt VN pouorsrAoJd Buno uy Buno yy Buno yy Buno yy
301. ce 8 Examine the alarm list Is the alarm condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 9 No STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 10 Examine the alarm list Is the alarm condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 No STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 11 Important At this point it appears that the local NE is operating correctly Initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE of the line indicating the trail trace mismatch END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 307 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 m n 1 day Overview Procedure These alarm conditions are issued when the performance of the 10GBE signal has exceeded the provisioned performance thresholds Important An upstream transmission degradation alarm could cause multiple reports of TCA digital alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log into the upstream NE to view the alarm list and clear any transmission alarms If the upstream transmission alarms can not be cleared initiate a trouble report to the upstream NE of the OTU indicating the TCA digital alarm and do not proceed till they are cleared Follow these steps to clear this TCA Examine the NE alarm list Determine which bay contains the OTU with the incoming failure
302. ce by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 239 Clear 1 GbE LOS Far End LOS Overview The Far End 1 GbE LOS alarm is raised at the client OUTI through OUTS ports of FleX DM pack Procedure 1 Check whether the provisioning settings on the GbE interfaces of the FleX DM pack are correct 2 Did checking correcting the provisioning settings of the ports clear the alarm IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 6 NO Continue with Step 3 3 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 4 Are other alarms present on this pack IF THEN YES Proceed to Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 to find the appropriate trouble clearing procedures Then return to Step 3 NO Continue with Step 5 5 transmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 365575715890 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 273 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 239 Clear 1 GbE LOS Far End LOS 6 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 274 Alcatel Lucen
303. ce on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and 24 25 26 27 28 29 Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low CAUTION l Service disruption hazard The replacement ORS must have the same or higher circuit pack series number Obtain and install the replacement ORS For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 29 NO Continue with Step 27 Check for a broken LBO a damaged jumper or bent or broken pins replace any broken pin using the BERG MT370 01 pin kit for the METRAL pins Refer to back plane pin repair replacement procedures in the Installation Manual Is the alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 29 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to this ORS circuit pack that service can be returned to the normal route Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low 30 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STE
304. ch optical channel using the formula New LBO OTU output power New OMU loss Target Power New LBO 9120 Record new value New LBO 9210 Record new value New LBO 9360 Record new value New LBO 9380 Record new value END OTS 0 Table 15 4 Target Level for OMU OUTPUT 2 Number of Type of System Inputs OTU under Test Target Level Channels 80 Only OC 48 OC 48 19 0 dBm 0 5 80 Only OC 192 OC 192 19 0 dBm 0 5 80 Mixed OC 48 amp OC192 OC 48 19 0 dBm 0 5 OC 192 19 0 dBm 0 5 Install New LBO Values 1 Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 5 of Calculate New LBO Values for OTU OUT Ports p 15 62 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 2 Clean the OTU OUT port for channel frequencies 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 3 Install the correct LBO determined in Step 5 of Calculate New LBO Values for OTU OUT Ports p 15 62 at the OUTQ port of the OTUs for channel frequencies 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 36557548890 0 AlateHLucent Proprietary 15 63 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Is the OTU optical power output 4 3 to 6 0 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 3 NO Replace OTU and return to Step 2
305. channel for each of the NE interfaces Permitted Operations The NE allows the EMS Super User to 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Create a user login Modify the Super User password another Super User ID and or password and the existing non Super User logins Delete existing non Super User logins Assign initial user passwords for any new user login created Change the password of any user ID Disable and re enable specific non Super User logins Provision the lockout threshold and period for all user logins Provision password aging interval Enable and disable the NE login security Set inactivity timeout values Globally set user login aging Provision temporary login aging Assign or modify user access privileges for non Super User logins Display all existing user logins and all currently active user login sessions including the user access privileges Support multiple logins using the same login ID via the EMS or CIT port interface Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 21 See notice on first page Security Administration EMS NE Security Notification Management Database Changes The NE notifies the EMS whenever any of the following changes are made to an existing login User ID User Access Privilege User ID Lockout Threshold User ID Lockout Period Temporary Login Aging User Login Aging Password Aging Inactivity Timeout Period Last Login Time Last Logout Time User ID Status Last User ID Disabled T
306. circuit pack to manually switch the service line or channel to protection and to ensure that all protection lines or channels assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper at the OTU For details refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 Is the optical power measurement within limits For details refer to OTU Input Power Range of DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 13 NO Continue with Step 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure Important At this point it appears that the local OTU is operating correctly The trouble appears to be in the optical fiber jumper optical line or the client signal coming into the OTU 13 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then continue with Step 15 14 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE CAUTION 08 Service disruption
307. circuit packs At the most upstream office with the TCA alarm use the CIT to access the REPORTS Conditions to obtain a report that will identify the OTUD In the equipment tree click on the bay shelf and slot for the OTUD identified in the Performance Report from Step 2 In the OTUD Performance Parameter Selection dialog box 1 Choose Select All under the OTUD PM Parameter Dialog box 2 Select Appropriate Time Bin under the Time Period Dialog box 3 Select O gt UP all bins even those without errors or 1 UP only the bins with errors 4 Select OK Using the PM Report confirm that the identified IN port of the OTUD is exceeding the threshold Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day 7 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 i CAUTION il Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 8 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or optical channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or optical channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or optical c
308. ck In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9200 Select an OTU that is associated with an OA circuit pack that is connected to the OMON circuit pack that was replaced Then click SELECT In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select the reason to baseline Select the reason for Signal Power Received SPR C and Transmitted SPT C Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 6 Repeat Step 2 through Step 5 for any additional optical line s connected to the OMON circuit pack at this network element 7 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 1 At the CIT initiate a login session to the site immediately downstream from the optical fiber repair 3 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Select the OA circuit pack associated with the optical fiber that was repaired Then click SELECT 4 Inthe Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select the reason to baseline Select a reason for both total optical power Received TOPR OL and Transmitted TOPT OL 7 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 75 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page D
309. ck out of the slot guides to remove it from the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH 2 Are you to install another circuit pack in this slot IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 2 of Install an OA ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPVY or WAD Circuit Pack p 15 30 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 29 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack IF THEN NO Continue with Step 3 3 Important When a slot has no circuit pack in place an apparatus blank must be installed in lieu of the circuit pack to provide the correct level of cooling Install an apparatus circuit pack blank s in the slot s For details go to DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 4 Remove any LBOs from the circuit pack removed in Step 1 and store for future use END OF STEPS 1 II required remove the apparatus circuit pack blank from this slot For details see DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 2 Obtain a circuit pack with the same or higher series number or if adding channel as required per circuit order 4 Place the circuit pack into the slot guides and slowly slide it into the shelf until the latches touch the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH 5 Wasan OA installed IF THEN YES Continue withStep 6 NO Go to Step 7 for ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPVY or
310. could result in service interruption Trace the fiber jumper connected to the IN port of the OTU OTU30 OTU31 or OTUD30 identified in the AID column back to the source Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch 10 11 12 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Do the office records indicate that the fiber jumper is connected to the correct source IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue vvith Step 7 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 7 could result in service interruption Using local procedures connect the fiber jumper to the correct source Is the WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch condition still present IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 10 At the CIT select FAULT gt Analysis gt Optical Channel Path Trace and enter the correct expected incoming optical channel path trace message At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 179 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks 13 14 Is the WaveWrapper Path TAP 197 Clear WaveWrapper Path Trace Mismatch Trace Mismatch condition still present IF THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO STOP YOU HA
311. croscope If the microscope is contaminated then replace it with a clean microscope and service the contaminated microscope Image of Clean Connector Does the connector satisfy the Figure 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers p 15 17 visual inspection criteria IF THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Continue with Step 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors 4 Hold the CLETOP Reel Type A or B cleaner in the palm of one hand with the cleaning side facing you 5 Press the lever with the thumb of the same hand all the way down and hold Do not release the lever 6 While keeping the lever held down with one hand use the other hand to press the optical ferrule endface against the cleaning cloth in any one slot and uniformly drag it in the direction indicated by the arrows on the cleaner Note that the CLETOP Reel Type B has only one slot Make sure that the endface is in contact with the cleaning cloth at all times and that uniform force is used while dragging it 8 Press the ferrule endface against the cleaning cloth in the other slot for CLETOP Reel Type A or in the same slot for CLETOP Reel Type B and uniformly drag it in the direction indicated by the arrows on the cleaner Make sure that the endface is in contact with the cleaning cloth at al
312. ct Any end to end optical fiber communication system using enclosed or embedded laser transmitters or regenerators are designated as a Class 1 Laser Product The total system is considered closed under normal operating conditions that is connectors are terminated and covers are closed and is therefore categorized by IEC 60825 issued 1993 as a Class 1 system Hazard Level Definition Hazard Level refers to the potential hazard from laser emissions at any location in an end to end optical fiber communication system that may be accessible during service or in the event of a failure Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD Safety Requirements Circuit Pack Classifications APSD Restart 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Without an APSD procedure the 1 6T OA output port power exceeds the Hazard Level 1M category Therefore the APSD procedure shall be performed on the OA output port to obtain the Hazard Level 1 Category The 1 6T ODUIC OA DCM output port and DCM output port are in the Hazard Level 1M category and do not require the APSD procedure The output ports of all remaining 1 6T circuit packs are in the Hazard Level 1 category and do not require the APSD procedure Once a system has been repaired or the links have been reestablished APSD restores normal operation within five minutes Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 7 Se
313. cted CP Type Failure For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 13 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION gt Circuit Connection Wizard and use the Wizard to add the required associations related to the new circuit pack For details refer to Introduction to Provisioning p 5 2 14 Wait for the time indicated in Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times p 14 44 These times are worst case times alarm may clear sooner 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 87 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type Important Replacing the EI circuit pack in either an End Terminal or Repeater will cause the system controller to reboot Reseating the EI circuit pack in the Repeater will also cause the System Controller to reboot After replacing an EI circuit pack the SYStem IDentifier SYSID in the Network Service Access Point NSAP address will change the local craft technician should retrieve the new SYSID from the NE for example Repeater by clicking on Configuration Installation Provisioning to obtain the Installation Provisioning Wizard then go to the NSAP Address Information window using the CIT then inform the Navis EMS technicians After replacement or reseating of the EI circuit pack verify that the system clock is correct If necessary reset the system clock 15 Is the FAULT LED lighted on the replacement circuit
314. cuit pack associated with the alarm condition Remove the appropriate shelf cover Access all connections from the front See DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details 08 Service disruption hazard This step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Notify the person in charge of the optical line so that traffic can be re routed Visually inspect the fiber s connecting the client equipment and the OT circuit packs and correct any problems found For details see DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 If the visual inspection resulted in any problem correction continue with the step below If there were no problems go to Step 6 Examine the NE Alarm List If the alarm cleared reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 If the alarm is still present continue with the step below Contact the person responsible for the service assigned to this circuit pack to let the person know that service will be performed on it Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 134 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS LSS failure 8 Ifthe optical power measurement is within the limits for this client interface type go to Step 13 If it is not within limits continue with Step 9 9 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19
315. cuit packs individually when transporting to a different location Place the circuit pack in ESD safe bag Important When shipping multiple circuit packs to a single destination it is recommended to combine the separate cartons into a larger shipping container for additional in transit protection Wrap circuit pack at least one inch thick in suitable cushioning material such as bubble or flexible foam sheets protecting all six sides Center the circuit pack into a suitably sized corrugated container filling any voids with additional cushioning as necessary to immobilize the circuit pack within the container Ensure that package does not rattle when shaken Identify all containers with contents Apply ESD THIS SIDE UP FRAGILE and other precautionary labels or markings as required Obtain the waybill identifier for the shipment from the carrier used to ship the equipment This will prove useful in tracking the progress of the equipment as it moves from the source to the destination and will allow the recipient to identify the date and time of its arrival STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Appendix A Alarm Reference Guide Overview Purpose This appendix provides an index and description of the system conditions and alarms Contents Alarm Condition Table A 2 365 575 715R9 0 Al
316. d Terminal or Repeater will cause the system controller to reboot Reseating the EI circuit pack in the Repeater will also cause the System Controller to reboot After replacing an EI circuit pack the SYStem IDentifier SYSID in the Network Service Access Point NSAP address will change The local craft technician should retrieve the new SYSID from the NE for example Repeater by selecting the CONFIGURATION gt Installation Provision Wizard to obtain the Provisioning Wizard Then click the next button until the NSAP Address Information window appears and inform the Navis EMS technician of the new SYSID indicated in that window After replacement or reseating of the EI circuit pack verify that the system clock is correct If necessary reset the system clock 9 Isthe FAULT LED lighted on the replacement circuit pack IF THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Continue with Step 10 14 42 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure 10 Is the circuit pack just replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 12 for EI OMON or SUPVY 11 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service protection signals assigned to this OA O
317. d click on System Use this option as an alternative to downloading software code from a remote NE At the CIT select VIEW Software Release Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch 2 Refer to the report and record the software release information from the active line entry in the partition column This software release is now running in the FMM and in the BOS SYSCTL in slot 10 3 Refer to the report and record the software release information from the line entry inactive line entry in the partition column 4 Are the software releases recorded in Step 2 and Step 3 different IF THEN YES A software version mismatch may be the cause Continue with Step 5 to determine the correct software version NO The software on the Active FMM Partition or in the SYSCTL in slot 10 is in a corrupted state Proceed toStep 11 to install a fresh copy of the software 5 Contact technical support to determine which of the two software releases is supposed to be running in the system NE 6 the correct software release stored in Step 3 IF THEN YES Use this as the source for a fresh copy to be installed Continue with Step 7 for installation instructions NO A fresh copy of the software may have to be downloaded from a remote NE or CIT PC Continue with Step 11 365 575
318. d event notification is triggered Subsequent crossings of the high threshold gauge value does not generate additional event reports unless the gauge value becomes equal to or less than the low threshold value Low Threshold Defines the value that the gauge must fall below in order to optionally generate a QOS notification This value and the notification switch state control the generation of the QOS notfication If the switch is on and the gauge value becomes equal to or less than the low threshold gauge value in a negative going direction then the defined event notification is triggered Subsequent crossings of the low threshold gauge value does not generate additional event reports unless the gauge value becomes equal to or greater than the high threshold gauge value 6 42 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Performance Parameter Thresholds Counter Thresholds 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Counter thresholds are accumulative in nature and are used for reporting digital Performance Measurement parameters such as Coding Violations CVs A counter threshold has only one threshold value For one day counter UAS ES SESS SEFS and BES SUPVY only If a value up to 86400 and status of GT are displayed during a one day period the value exceeded the provisioned threshold If a value of 86400 and status of OVFL for the PM parameter are displayed the
319. ded Action for Drop OTU 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Follow these steps to clear this TCA Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt Reports to obtain a PM Report Check the receive OA in the same node as the OTUD for an OCHAN TCA If the TCA is present it should be listed in the NE Alarm List CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 4 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 219 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR 5 Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt Reports to obtain a PM Report Check the receive OA in the same node as the OTUD for an OCHAN TCA Check the OCHAN power at the output of the OA 1 Using a power meter measure the power at the associated output port of the ODU 2 Subtract the OCHAN power level from the ODU output port power level e If the result is more than the expected loss per WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400 800 Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications the LBOs and or fiber s that connect the ODU
320. designed to support a particular application Plesiochronous Refers to network elements involved in multiple digital synchronous circuits running at different clock rates PM Performance Monitoring POH Path Overhead Port A system interface for transmission as input output or bidirectional 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 27 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary PRD Product Requirements Document Preprovisioning The capability to provision a slot before installing a circuit pack Private Identifier PID Password Proactive Maintenance Refers to the process of detecting degrading conditions not severe enough to initiate protection switching or alarming but indicative of an impending signal fail or signal degrade defect Protection Switching The switching of traffic from a malfunctioning line to one that is working PROTN Protection Provisioning Assigning a value to a system parameter Pump Laser Efficiency PLE The PLE provides an indication of the level of performance of pump lasers of the OA PWR Power Q QOS Quality of Service R RCV Receive RDI Remote defect indicator Reactive Maintenance Refers to discovering defects failures and then clearing them Regeneration The process of reconstructing a digital signal to eliminate the effects of noise and distortion GL 28 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossar
321. dition 18 the CIT select the REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 19 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 26 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 20 Notify the person responsible for the optical line associate with the service or protection signals assigned to the ODU circuit pack 1 to manually switch the service line to a protection line and 2 to ensure that all protection lines that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 257 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 OTU is Associated with ORS Remove the ODU associated with this failed condition For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or a higher series number and install the circuit pack Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 26 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the per
322. dium and 4 Low a brief description of the problem RTAC organizations are supported by a centralized CTS for transmission products CTS maintains a close relationship with Bell Laboratories and other Alctel Lucent organizations to expedite resolutions and maintain contact with the development community This association provides continuous accessibility to every phase in a product life cycle and assures a prompt resolution to all inquiries Ordering Documents The WaveStar OLS 1 6T customer documents for Release 9 0 can be ordered as individual paper copies or as a set on a CD ROM from the Alcatel Lucent Alcatel Lucent entities should access at http www lucentdocs com or http www alcatel lucent com support while all other customers may access at http www lucentdocs com Additional Copies Standing Order List To order additional copies of this document and or request placement on the standing order list send or call in the request as follows 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary XXV Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page About this information product Customer Mail Order Telephone Order Monday through Friday Commercial Alcatel Lucent Within USA 1 888 582 3688 from 7 30 Customers Attention Order Entry Section am to 6 30 pm EST FAX 1 800 566 9568 2855 N Franklin Road PO Box Outside USA For Europe The Middle 19901 Indianapolis IN 46219 East and Africa EMEA Asia Pacific Region and Chi
323. dure Classifications s s ementi tnnt trente ttt tte itti ttbi tini ttt 10 3 10 2 duc E 10 3 10 3 d toda pra rod d e tnde 10 3 10 4 ust ot Recommended Test Equipment usine detinere cre He a 10 4 Circuit Order Tasks 12 1 J Circuit Order Task Index wince nete 12 2 Operations Tasks 3 1 Operations Task Ende ea nebat Cid tert rid e ce cin rc ve cd 13 2 Trouble Clearing Tasks 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference 1 14 7 14 2 Pack Waring Times eossee nest eerie rrt ihe dept her tee EORR AED 14 44 14 3 Determine Command for Condition 7 seen 14 58 Detail Level Procedures 5 1 etal Level Procedure MIGA 15 3 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports neret tees 15 39 15 3 OTU input Power Base tob e la der ede 15 53 15 4 Tatzer Level Tor OMU OUTPUT 2 inuenio ka tarii tnt DO pi be rne 15 63 Alarm Reference Guide A 1 Alarm Condition Table Events Related To Commands are Italicized wou A 3 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 List of tables B Character Set Definitions B 1 avmbole T Bc a 020000 B 2 2 Bumu CEO n sn ya suya ntn peregit probed reip B 3 B 3 By iy CRE DL accepte tides andes cians dinner poma died rte eger
324. dusty conditions Standards are being written both in the U S and the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC to address optical installations in hazardous classified environments If you must deploy high power systems in such environments you should assess the impact Lasers and Eye Damage Light energy emitted by laser and high radiance light emitting diodes LEDs in the 400 to 1400 nm range may cause eye damage if absorbed by the retina When a beam of light enters the eye the eye magnifies and focuses the energy magnifying the irradiance The irradiance of the energy that reaches the retina is approximately 10 or 100 000 times that at the cornea and if sufficiently intense may cause a retinal burn The damage mechanism at the wavelengths used in telecommunications is thermal in origin that is damage caused by heating Therefore a specific amount of energy is required for a definite time to heat an area of retinal tissue Damage is not instantaneous but occurs only when one looks at the light sufficiently long enough that the product of the retinal irradiance and the viewing time exceeds the damage threshold Light energies above 1400 nm cause surface and skin burns but do not affect the retina The thresholds for injury at wavelengths greater than 1400 nm are significantly higher than for wavelengths in the retinal hazard region Classification of Lasers Manufacturers of lasers and laser products in the U S are regu
325. e caused by a failed CLSC apparatus unit or incoming fiber break The C Band and L Band systems could be in the same building or another building 4 Check office records the Operations Support Center or consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance to determine the L band system connected to the CLSC apparatus unit 5 Request the assistance of the Operations Support Center in determining if both C and L Band systems are having optical channels lines failures 6 Are both the C Band and L Band optical channels lines have failed IF THEN YES Treat the failure as a fiber cut and work with the Operations Center to fix the fiber cut NO Either the C Band or L Band optical channel line failed continue with Step 7 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 7 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable s and connection s and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 35 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure 10 11 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 29 NO Continue with Step 9 Initiate a trouble report to the next upstream NE and
326. e changing a value by changing the signals that are applied to the network element and then executing the UPDATE function e Technical Provisioning Done by entering provisioning commands undone by repeating the previous provisioning operation using a different value Provisioning Inconsistencies Some combinations of parameter values that are set using Technical Provisioning may be mutually incompatible Although Technical Provisioning commands are not denied if they would result in a provisioning inconsistency these inconsistencies are reported with appropriate alarms and reports The user is then directed by the Trouble Clearing Procedures to clear the condition by changing one or more of the affected parameter values 5 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Provisioning OTU Port Provisioning Description The only auto provisionable system ports are OTU IN and client ORS IN ports with associations indicating that they receive their inputs directly from sources outside the NE and that also have the corresponding OTU OUT or ORS OUT ports involved in a supported type of association Port provisioning involves auto provisioning and technical provisioning as described in the sections Port Auto Provisioning p 5 3 and Technical Provisioning p 5 4 Port Auto Provisioning 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 There are three possible port states e Au
327. e 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express 10 11 12 13 14 15 SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch Have the upstream NE remove the SUPVY circuit pack For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Have the upstream NE install a new SUPVY circuit pack with the same series number For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Is the same alarm condition s still listed IE THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 20 Have the upstream NE remove the circuit pack installed in Step 9 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Have the upstream NE reinstall the original SUPVY circuit pack removed in Step 8 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 At the NE with the original alarm condition remove the appropriate shelf cover for the SUPVY circuit pack For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Remove the SUPVY circuit pack in the office with the original alarm condition For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Replace the SUPVY circuit pack For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or
328. e Buildout p 15 23 Is the TCA alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 26 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the incoming signal indicating the type of failed condition If the source of the failed incoming condition returns a Trouble Report indicating No Trouble Found then obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODU2 OCT Overview Procedure 2 Check the upstream TDM NEs to find out where the cross connection has not been created 3 Create the missing cross connection See Chapter 5 Provisioning for more information END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 285 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK Overview This alarm indicates that the connection is locked Procedure 1 Examine the alarm list Determine which upstream NE is reporting this alarm condition 2 Unlock the connection on the upstream NEs The alarm should clear END OF STEPS 14 286 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007
329. e Measurements SUPVY Circuit Pack Performance Measurements OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTU1 Performance Measurements OC 192 STM 64 with FEC OTU OTU30 Performance Measurements HSBB OTU OTU40 Performance Measurements OMON Circuit Pack Performance Measurements FleX 10 OTU OTU100 100L Performance Measurements FleX MUX OTU OTU110 OUT110L Performance Measurements FleX DM OTU OTU120 Performance Measurements 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 14 6 16 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring OA Circuit Pack Performance Measurements Introduction The Optical Amplifier OA circuit packs have on board pump lasers which amplify the multi wavelength signal for transmission onto the optical fiber Each OA provides uniform gain for each operating channel independent of the number of channels in use or the bit rate of the channel The OA circuit pack checks the total input power to the OA for detection of line failures the total output power of the OA for detection of OA failures the efficiency of the OA pump lasers for performance degradation Important The SUPVY Signal does not appear on either the MON RX port or the MON TX port on the OA The Optical Monitoring Ports OMON MON RX MON TX on the OA allow channel monitors by either connecting a separate OMON circuit pack or by connecting an Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA provided by
330. e NAD ADD LOS failure condition still listed IF THEN 14 182 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 202 Clear WAD Add LOS 11 12 13 14 15 16 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Replace the upstream circuit pack identified in Step 4 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the WAD ADD LOS failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 13 NO Proceed to Step 19 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 10 and install the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the WAD ADD LOS failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Proceed to Step 19 Replace the WAD circuit pack identified with this failure condition in Step 1 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the WAD ADD LOS failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 17 NO Proceed to Step 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 183 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing
331. e NE allows the system CIT to log onto multiple remote NEs with or without having logged into the local NE point of attachment Login Active State A channel enters the Login Active State when the NE receives a valid login command and password A channel reverts to the Login Inactive State when the NE receives a valid logoff command or a condition occurs in the NE or local NE that requires a cancellation of a login session Login Inactive State The channel Login state is Inactive by default A channel becomes active when the NE receives a valid login command When a channel is in the Login Inactive state the NE does not respond to any requests other than valid login requests In addition no notification messages appear on a channel in the Login Inactive State Password Expired State A channel enters the Password Expired state when the NE receives a valid login command but the Password for the User ID in the command has expired In this state the NE partially completes the command with text explaining that the User Password 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 15 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Login Sessions has expired and only accepts a Change Password command If the command is successful the User Login proceeds normally and the channel enters the Login Active State In all other cases the channel returns to the Login Inactive State 2 16 Alcatel Lucent Propri
332. e connector from the filters socket Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 522 Replace Power Line Filter 10 11 12 13 14 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Loosen the screw holding the filter to its holding bracket using a flat bladed screwdriver f WARNING Electric shock hazard When inserting a power filter into the shelf ensure that the plastic power connector on the filter clears the power filters screw bracket This will prevent damage to the plastic power connector Position and insert the new filter Using a flat screwdriver tighten the screw holding the filter into its holding bracket to ensure proper shelf grounding Set the circuit breaker on the replacement filter to the on position If the trouble does not clear contact the appropriate maintenance organization for further technical support Reinstall shelf covers For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 49 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU 0 IN Port Overview Procedure This procedure provides tables for determining the correct power level and lightguide buildout LBO values for the OTU IN port when connected to a WaveStar OLS 1 6T system terminal or other vendor equipment Figure 15 5
333. e edd ael a B 4 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 0 wi Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page List of figures 2 Security Administration 2 1 Intertaces Supported by NES unco treno peta dread mi UR cen Hed ed zia de dn n 2 4 3 Operation Interfaces 3 1 Black Diner op die Ub unane a 0000000 3 2 3 2 Wes OLS LOT User Panel eed ucc 3 5 4 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT 4 1 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT with Direct Connection to the NE User Panel 4 3 5 Provisioning 5 1 Use of Express Datalink to form a Single Level 2 Routing Domain sess 5 8 9 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD 9 1 APSD jura Do Fiber CUL SOMAN susaq alarsa Yayl m te dua adt bti bte e di 9 8 9 2 APSD Restart for Two Fiber Cut SO ecd cei cd 9 9 9 3 APSD lor One Fiber LU DOOBI RO s ausi aede dert Canet cent e f ceca dd do ing 9 11 9 4 Type 2 WAD AppUBSHOBS daten dfe dare 9 12 9 5 OA to ODU Removing an ODU pack ssec 9 12 9 6 APSD fora Two Fiber Cut Scenario Ul ranae ca ceci ERE dn chan aSa 9 14 15 Detail Level Procedures 151 Image vi Clean Come unos odo potentie ates pap o A re dc 15 14 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers 25 sss 15 17 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary xix Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page List of figures 15 3 Duplex LC block and Connector
334. e in which it was operating before the control failure or reset autonomous or manual occurred This includes maintaining existing transmission and protection switching states The removal and insertion of a control pack for example Bay Controller System Controller External Interface Overhead Controller in a quiescent system is non service affecting 7 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Overview Version Recognition Contents The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T provides the following version recognition features e Automatic identification of the type of circuit pack installed in each slot e Hardware and software version recognition e Equipment Catalog Item ECI version identification for each circuit pack e An apparatus code for each circuit pack which does not change throughout the life cycle of the pack e Firmware version recognition using Program Identification PID codes The PID codes identify the firmware on all circuit packs and are independent of the CLEI codes Manufacturing serial number recognition e Automatic version recognition of the system software e Software version number 10BaseT Ethernet 7 22 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 21 See notice on first page Maintenance 10BaseT Ethernet Description The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T includes 10BaseT Ethernet connections thr
335. e laser The PLE parameters have a high threshold and a low threshold If either of these user provisionable thresholds is crossed a threshold crossing alert TCA is sent indicating end of life for the associated pump laser Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Important All threshold values entered must be a 3 character string that is 0 50 1 50 and so forth Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds that can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 Recommended Action CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follovv instructions in the follovving steps could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line or ensure all protection lines or channels assigned to this OA are not being used for service Ano
336. e notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure Basic Theory of Operation for Fiber Cut Between Two NEs When a fiber is cut from an OA in a NE to another OA in the downstream NE APSD is triggered The scenarios that follow explain what happens when this occurs Two Fiber Cut Scenario Figure 9 1 APSD for a Two Fiber Cut Scenario p 9 8 illustrates the automatic power shutdown procedure Steps 1A to 6A show the automatic power shutdown procedure for OA3 in NE2 Similarly steps 1B to 6B shows the automatic power shutdown for OA1 in NEL 1 7A A fiber that connects the OA1 and OA2 is cut 2 2A A loss of signal power is detected in the OA pack and a loss of supervisory signal power is detected on the SUPVY pack in Network Element 2 NE2 3 3A Software shuts down the power of the driving pumps of OA3 completely 4 4A Software turns off and on continuously pulsing the supervisory signal power to NEI 5 5A Software raises APSD Active Line condition with the OA that has power off OA3 specified in the AID field 6 6A Software raises the Incoming Optical Line LOS Alarm when the SUPVY pack in the NE2 detects constant loss of supervisory signal power that is not the APSD pulsing of the supervisory signal power signature Figure 9 1 APSD for a Two Fiber Cut Scenario 4B No Signal Power 1A Fiber Cut Supvy power is turned off 2A Loss Signal power and on
337. e parameters are unavailable during OCH Path FDI or OCH Client FDI since the SONET SDH payload may be improperly formatted during these conditions due to defects in the upstream FEC10G device Monitored FEC Parameters 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 For an incoming OCh10G signal the following parameters are monitored FEC Error Count e FEC Uncorrectable Block Count The FEC performance parameters are unavailable during incoming OCH Path FDI since the incoming OCh TC AIS signal may contain frame slips Note that these frame slips are the result of the defect in the upstream FEC10G device Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 9 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring HSBB OTU OTU40 Performance Measurements Monitored Analog Parameters The optical analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the High Speed Broadband HSBB OTU OTU40 are e Optical Power Received e Laser Bias Current e Optical Power Transmitted 6 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring OMON Circuit Pack Performance Measurements Introduction Channel performance is monitored at least once every 15 minutes in order to detect degraded performance of the system The OMON Circuit Pack s internal Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA determines channel presence and signal power for each channel Monitored Parameters Channel
338. e parameters that are monitored by the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 37 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Section B1 Byte Digital Performance Parameters Table 6 5 Monitored SDH Physical Layer Performance Parameters Acronym BBE ESS SESS UAS Full Name Background Block Errors Errored Second Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds UASS set to 10 Definition BBE EBS Errored Blocks If SESS 0 If SESS declared then SESS 1 and BBE set to zero EB gt 1 LOF gt 1 or LOS SESS declared if EBS gt 2400 blks sec 30 x 8000 total blks sec If SESS declared then SESS 1 and BBE set to zero and ESS 1 LOF gt 1 or LOS gt 1 0 consecutive SESS then Unavailable Time UAT declared If 10 consecutive SESS counted then SESS set to zero and LOSS Only for OTU100 and OTU120 Loss Of Signal Seconds LOS gt 1 BBERS Background Block Error Ratio BBE 900 UAS SES 8000 ESRS Errored Second Ratio ES 900 UAS SESRS Severely Errored Second Ratio SES 900 UAS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 71589 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Optical Channel Signal Power Parameters Signal Power Transmitted Per Channel SPT C This is the signal power transmitted for the specified optical channel The SPT C has a baseline value that can
339. e plugged Fiber optic cables should not be bent and exposed ends should be covered Proper ESD procedures must be used at all times Ensure that all plastic bags wraps and cushioning materials used for packaging purposes are ESD safe Are you transporting handling a bay subrack assembly or circuit pack within the office IF THEN BAY Continue with Step 2 SUBRACK ASSEMBLY Proceed to Step 6 CIRCUIT PACK Proceed to Step 10 DV Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack 2 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return A WARNING RF hazard Improper packing of a circuit pack violates the warranty conditions of the product Bays can be moved within an office fully equipped Ensure that all circuit packs are fully seated and properly latched For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Ensure all subrack assemblies are secured with all screws in place and tightened Also secure any loose or dangling cable ends to prevent damage to the backplane pins Latch the front and rear door panels of the bay For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Move the bay to the desired location using installer wheels or a similar bay handling device Proceed slowly over any irregularities
340. e system to determine if the received trace string matches the expected string at an OCh10G capable OTU Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 7 See notice on first page Maintenance Trail Trace Identifier TTI Definitions Description Provisioning WaveStar OLS 1 6T supports a G 709 compliant OTU ODUK that provides a Trail Trace Identifier TTI function The OTU2 ODUk Trail Trace Identifier OTU2 ODUk TTD is used to perform connectivity supervision on a portion of a network between adjacent G 709 compliant OTUs ODUks with FEC processing turned on where FEC processing performance monitoring and maintenance functions are performed All WaveStar OLS 1 6T G 709 compliant OTUs ODUks have access to the OTUk TTI ODUK TTI overhead byte that enable the system to determine whether the received trace string matches the expected string at the OTU2 ODUK level Use the trail trace to verify connectivity between section terminating NEs Use the TL1 command ENT TRAILTRC to enter the transmitted Trail Trace and the expected received Trail Trace If the expected received Trail trace is not the default value RESET SAPI the expected received Trail Trace is compared with the received Trail Trace and if a mismatch is detected an alarmed condition Trail trace identifier mismatch is raised If it is the default value RESET SAPI then no comparison is made and the status is unspecified You can provision two values Transmitted SAPI and
341. e the replaced circuit pack For help refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 8 Replace the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 9 Did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 217 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 219 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPR Overview The amount of signal power received by the OTU has dropped below the low threshold This procedure addresses the following alarms e TCA Optics OTU 0C 48 STM 16 OPR e TCA Optics OTU 0 192 5 64 OPR TCA Optics OTU 10GLAN OPR e TCA Optics OTU OTU2 OPR Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than
342. e to beam Do not view beam directly with optical instruments The label states in both English and French DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND FIBER DISCONNECTED Avoid direct exposure to beam Do not view beam with optical instruments IEC Caution Label An IEC CAUTION label is provided on the inside front cover of each shelf assembly See IEC Caution Label p 1 9 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Lightwave Safety Guidelines CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND FIBER DISCONNECTED Do not stare into beam or view directly with optical instruments 848306254 This label uses black lettering on a safety yellow background and states in both English and French CAUTION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND FIBER DISCONNECTED Do not stare into beam or view directly with optical instruments IEC Hazard Level Label An IEC HAZARD LEVEL label is provided on the faceplate of all circuit packs with optical connectors which could permit access to IEC 1M emissions This includes the OA ODUI and WAD Circuit Packs See IEC Hazard Level Label p 1 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 9 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines Rear Cover Warning Label A warning label is provided on the rear cover of each equipment bay cabinet and
343. earing Tasks TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low Overview The power detector located on the C1 IN or C2 IN port of the ORS circuit pack has detected a substantial decrease in the incoming client signal power In a protected OTU Unidirectional Protection Switching configuration there is no fault suppression between ORS2 and its associated OTU Add function The ORS2 and its associated OTUs perform fault correlation independently If both Active and Standby channels associated OTUs are in the same NE as ORS2 and the ORS2 detects an incoming client side LOS defect the Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low alarm is generated Procedure 1 Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS s Conditions report and determine the bay location of the ORS circuit pack 2 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 3 to the AID column of the NE Condition List report and determine the port C1 IN or C2 IN reporting the failure 4 Make a visual inspection of the incoming signal cable and connections and correct any problems found For details DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 5 Did a visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 8 6 At the CIT select REPORTS s Conditions to obtain a report 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 243
344. easurements Monitored 10G LAN MAC Parameters SONET and SDH System The following digital parameters are monitored e Valid Frames Received for both GFP P mode and Transparent mode e Valid Frames Transmitted for Transparent mode e Errored Inbound Frames for both GFP P mode and Transparent mode e Errored Outbound Frames for Transparent mode e Incoming Octets for both GFP P mode and Transparent mode e Outgoing Octets for Transparent mode Monitored FEC Parameters For an incoming G 709 OTU2 V signal client side or line side the following parameters are monitored e FEC Error Count e FEC Uncorrectable Block Count 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 13 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring FleX MUX OTU OTUI10 OUTI11OL Performance Measurements Introduction On the line side FleX MUX monitors G 709 OTU2 V while on client side FleX MUX monitors G 709 OTM 0 1 carrying OTUI signal or OC48 STM16 signal Both sides monitor incoming G 709 signal Digital Performance Monitoring G 709 digital performance monitoring is based on ODU2 or ODUI Path Monitoring overhead BIP 8 byte IN INI IN2 IN3 IN4 OUTI OUT2 OUT3 OUT4 Monitored Analog Parameters The analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the FleX MUX OTU are e Optical Power Received e Laser Bias Current e Optical Power Transmitted Monitored SONET Digital Parameters
345. ect the optical fibers to the original OTU 26 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 115 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal 27 28 Failure Notify the person responsible for all service and protection signals assigned to this circuit pack that they can be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 156 Clear JO Mismatch Overview Procedure This procedure is used to clear the JO mismatch condition The WaveStar OLS 1 6T reads the section trace byte JO in the section overhead as OC 48 OC 192 signal The Optical Translator Units OTUs are the only circuit packs capable of reading the section trace byte This condi
346. ectrical shock Never spill liquid of any kind on the product Refer servicing to qualified service personnel Use caution when installing and modifying telecommunications lines Never install telecommunication wiring during a lightning storm Never install telecommunication jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telecommunication wires or terminals unless the telecommunication line has been disconnected at the network interface Installation must include an independent frame ground conductor to building ground Grounding bonding circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of this equipment Never operate with grounding bonding conductor disconnected This product has two 48 Vdc input power feeders Disconnecting one power feeder will not de energize the product To reduce the risk of injury disconnect both power supply cables when removing power from the system Metallic telecommunication interfaces should not leave the building premises unless connected to telecommunication devices providing primary and secondary protection as applicable For continued protection against risk of fire replace only with same type and rating of fuse Use only Alcatel Lucent manufactured recognized circuit packs units modules Refer to the WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual This equipment is intended for installation in Restricted Access Locations where access
347. ee notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines Lucent Technologies North Andover MA U S A Complies with 21 CFR 1040 10 and 1040 11 Electrostatic Discharge ESD Introduction The following information must be considered whenever working on the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system or one of its components CAUTION A Esp hazard Industry experience has shown that all circuit packs containing circuits can be damaged by static electricity that builds up on work surfaces and personnel The static charges are produced by various charging effects of movement and contact with other objects Dry air allows greater static charges to accumulate Higher potentials are measured in areas with low relative humidity but potentials high enough to cause damage can occur anywhere Precautions The following precautions must be observed when handling circuit packs units to prevent damage by electrostatic discharge e Assume all circuit packs contain solid state electronic components that can be damaged by electrostatic discharge ESD e When handling circuit packs units storing installing or removing or when working on the backplane always wear a grounded wrist strap or wear a heel strap and stand on a grounded static dissipating floor mat e Handle all circuit packs units by the faceplate or latch and by the top and bottom outermost edges Never touch the components conductors or connector pins Observe all warni
348. ee notice on first page Safety Structure of hazard statements Overview Hazard statements describe the safety risks relevant while performing tasks on Alcatel Lucent products during deployment and or use Failure to avoid the hazards may have serious consequences General structure Hazard statements include the following structural elements yi yi EU AN Lifting Hun Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury due to the size and weight of the equipment Always use three people or a lifting device to transport and position this equipment ABC123 o Item Structure element Purpose 1 Personal injury symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury optional 2 Hazard type symbol Indicates hazard type optional Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard 4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or injury 5 Damage statement Consequences if protective measures fail 6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard 7 Identifier The reference ID of the hazard statement optional T Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety Signal words Structure of hazard statements The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows Signal word Meaning DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation high risk which if not avoided will result in
349. enfg iae ee cat d c m tb tecti 6 6 OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTU1 Performance Measurements sees 6 7 OC 192 STM 64 with FEC OTU OTU30 Performance Measurements eee 6 8 HSBB OTU OTUA0O Performance Measurements sesenta 6 10 OMON Circuit Pack Performance Meastiremenis s easy da a dme etai etc 6 11 FleX 10 OTU OTU 100 100L Performance Measurements eee 6 12 365575715890 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary v Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents FleX MUX OTU OTUI110 OUTI110L Performance Measurements eee 6 14 FleX DM OTU OTU120 Performance Measurements nter 6 16 Performance Data Processing 0050077 6 E anette E E ilies 6 18 BCS 0270006000 0000000000 6 19 Auntomaue Base Dig nece quer entr ordi rend ret eu Reip en drag aec RC makin Bep aak 6 20 Manos BAS a 6 22 Performance Parameters Baro HUI Z X 6 24 Supported Paramelers cce aro piece de cede epe EL RR DA Ute B whe e eR D d d 6 25 Parameter Processing Ucuz ee rie per d adip uel RR URL Rr ER a RR dL c URA o b 6 30 Optical Line Signal Power Parameters 22d aoca penc nece d e day n aaa anana 6 31 Optical Line Equipment Health Parameteri 22a ed oce re ree t dona 6 32 Supervisory Channel Performance Parameters cscs sanete adero pepe de ded e tes dd 6 33 Supedcvisory Digital Parme OP oa eue n eren d 00000000
350. ent Proprietary 14 145 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 183 Clear Auto Negotiation Failure IF THEN NO Proceed to Step 10 5 Select a new LBO with the same dB value clean and replace existing LBO in the OUT port of the OTU 6 Obtain another report refer to Step 3 Is the alarm still present IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO Proceed to Step 10 7 Replace the OTU circuit pack identified in Step 12 For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 8 Obtain another report refer to Step 3 Is the same alarm condition still listed IF THEN 9 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 20 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 10 If transmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 14 146 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 183 Clear Auto Negotiation Failure 11 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 147 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus
351. ep 38 Clean connectors and replace the fiber jumper between the OA circuit pack DCM IN port and DCM apparatus unit OUT port For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 42 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Clean OA DCM IN port and fiber jumper connector and reconnect fiber jumper to the OA DCM IN port on the OA For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 42 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 42 Notify the person responsible for the service assigned to the OA DCM port identified in Step 3 that service can now be returned to the normal route 43 Reinstall the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 265 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page
352. ep could result in service interruption Make a visual inspection of the incoming signal cable and connections and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming 10 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold Did a visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 8 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 46 NO Continue with Step 8 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report and ensure that an ORS signal fail auto switch is listed for the failed ORS port listed in Step 3 Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to the failed ORS Port 1A IN 1B IN 2A IN or 2B IN identified in Step 3 to switch service on a different route Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper connected to the ORS Port 1A IN 1B IN 2A IN or 2B IN reporting the failure For wavelengths of 1550 nm range the measured power level should be between 16 dBm to 0 5 dBm For wavelengths of 1300 nm range the measured power level should be between 15 dBm to 0 5 dBm Is the measured power level wit
353. epaired or links have been re established Automatic Protection Switch A protection switch that occurs automatically in response to an automatically detected fault condition Avalanche Photo Diode APD APD is a receiver that translates optical signals back to electrical pulses B Backup The backup and restoration features provide the capability to recover from loss of NE data because of such factors as human error power failure NE design flaws and software bugs 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Bandwidth The difference in Hz between the highest and lowest frequencies in a transmission channel The data rate that can be carried by a given communications circuit Baud Rate Transmission rate of data bits per second on a network link Bay A hardware frame in which shelves are mounted and housed BCLAN Board Controller Local Area Network BER Bit Error Rate BES Bursty Errored Second Count Bidirectional Line A transmission path consisting of two fibers that handle traffic in both the transmit and receive directions BIP N Bit Interleaved Parity Bit The smallest unit of information in a computer with a value of either O or 1 Bit Error Rate BER BER measures how accurately a bit stream is transmitted through a system It measures how many bits are received in error compared to how many are sent Bit Error Rate Threshold The point at which an ala
354. er ID is locked out and an Intruder Alert Alarm is raised The original value is 5 Range of values is 2 99 e User ID Lockout Period The number of minutes a User ID is locked out The original value is 10 The provisionable range of values is 0 to 99 Important Setting the value of the User ID Lockout Period to 0 eliminates the User ID Lockout Period 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 19 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Intruder Alert Alarm Definition When the total number of login attempts for a specific User ID exceeds the User ID Lockout Threshold on any of the network interfaces an intrusion alert user id event condition is recorded in the NE History Log Important The user will automatically be reenabled once the elapsed time since lockout exceeds the provisioned value of the User ID Lockout period The user cannot be manually reenabled during this waiting period 2 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration EMS NE Logins Number of Channels The NE supports a maximum of 16 channels for multiple User login session associations with the OSs Either one of the two 2 Super User logins may be used via both the EMS interface and the DCN between the NEs The NE manages each login session independently and allows the user to obtain information regarding who is currently active on which
355. er Loss Overview The NE power has been restored and one or more circuit packs have an unexpected or unrecognized failure or the System Controller did not recover Procedure 1 Are the two green PWR OUTPUT LEDs lighted on all of the power filters on all of the equipped shelves IF THEN NO Go to TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B p 14 65 YES Continue with Step 2 2 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption If one or more FAULT LEDs are lighted during the reset process they should be ignored during this procedure 3 Wait 30 60 minutes depending on system size for all circuit packs to reset 4 At the CIT initiate a login session For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 5 Was login successful IF THEN NO Continue with Step 6 YES Continue with Step 10 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 95 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 130 Restore NE Operation After Power Loss 6 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Press the Re
356. er to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 4 Isthe correct type OTU currently installed in the assigned slot IF THEN NO Continue with Step 5 YES Proceed to Step 7 5 Remove the apparatus blank or incorrect type OTU from the assigned slot For details refer to DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 or to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 6 Install the correct type OTU in the assigned slot For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 7 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION Circuit Connection Wizard and use the Wizard to add the required associations related to the new circuit pack For details on circuit provisioning refer to Chapter 5 Provisioning 8 Install the proper LBO into the OTU IN 1 2 port For details refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 9 For the through OTU install the proper LBO into the OTU OUT port For details refer to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 10 Clean and connect fiber jumpers into the OTU LBO 11 Baseline the added optical channel For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Circuit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 12 Replace the shelf cover
357. ere is no high threshold for OPR while the low OPR threshold is calibrated in the factory and is not user provisionable When the low OPR threshold is crossed a TCA QOS is sent Optical Power Transmitted OPT Each transmitter interface in the terminals and regenerators monitors the amount of power generated by the laser OPT is reported as either IN RANGE or OUT OF RANGE The high and low threshold values are calibrated in the factory and are not user provisionable When either OPT threshold is crossed a TCA QOS is sent OPR and OPT Threshold Values The OPR and OPT parameters are associated with the OTU and are based on normalized values shown in the form of X XX OPR has a threshold value of 1 0 that is not user provisionable If the current measured value is more or equal 1 00 the receive signal power of the OTU port is operating normally IN range However if the current measured OPR value is less then 1 00 a status of Out Of Range OOR is displayed OPT has a low threshold value of 0 80 and a high threshold value of 1 20 that are also not user provisionable If the current measured value is within the limits of 0 80 and 1 20 inclusive the transmit signal power of the OTU port is operating normally IN range else a status of OOR is displayed Unlike other analog parameters for example TOPR status to save Navis EMS code the value of OPR OPT is IN and OOR It is not practical to display actual power in values of dBm beca
358. ered when there is a fiber cut from transmit OA output to outside plant OSP fiber to receive OA pack input in remote NE APSD will not be triggered when there is a fiber cut anywhere within the WAD NE from the receive to the OA output See Figure 9 4 Type 2 WAD Applications p 9 12 for an illustration of the Type 2 WAD application Figure 9 4 Type 2 WAD Applications Type 2 WAD NEType 2 WAD NE Basic Theory of Operation for an OA to ODU within the Same NE See ODU APSD triggering conditions and APSD restart scenario described in the section LOS at ODUIC Input Failure or Removal of ODUIC or ODU2C p 9 3 Figure 9 5 OA to ODU Removing an ODU pack p 9 12 illustrates how APSD is triggered when the ODUI is removed Figure 9 5 OA to ODU Removing an ODU pack 1 Pack is removed and jumper is disconnected 2 APSD occurs and OA Pump power turns off NE 1 YN NE l CA Xe p U Ns 942 S LL Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure Other Trigger Conditions The APSD trigger conditions that may occur are described in the following table The detection of the listed ODU conditions triggers Automatic Power Shutdown of the associated OA that is driving the ODU within the same NE Trigger Condition ODUI L
359. erformed for each of the two 2 types of parameters Table 6 2 Performance Parameter Processing Parameter PM Report Threshold Threshold TCA QOS Baselining Type Provisioning Retrieval Notification 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Set by User 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes No Set by User 3 Yes No No Yes No IN RANGE Set by Factory OUT OF RANGE Circuit Pack Removal Once a circuit pack has been removed digital performance data that has been stored and that is associated with the removed circuit pack is discarded by the system 6 30 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Optical Line Signal Power Parameters Important Baselining is done automatically when a channel is added or removed Re baselining can be initiated manually by an external user command Important ANI s Laser hazard When TOPR OL or TOPT OL is re baselined any optical line that is in a defect state LOS or AIM is not re baselined If LOS occurs in one or more channels baselining the TOPR OL or TOPT OL may result in an incorrect baseline value Do not re baseline if a LOS condition occurs for a channel Total Optical Power Received TOPR OL The sum of per channel signal power received for the specified optical line The TOPR OL has a baseline value that can be set externally by a user command The TOPR OL is a function of the total number of channels at any given time Whe
360. es in the sub network must be cleared first At the CIT from the NE Equipment Explorer do the following 1 Click on the appropriate bay where the desired SUPVY circuit pack is installed 2 Click on the appropriate shelf 3 Click on SUPVY circuit pack 4 Click on the appropriate Line 5 Select CONFIGURATION gt Equipment from the Main menu Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch Are the Data Link parameters provisioned per the office records IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO Continue with Step 3 Provision the Data Link parameters to the correct parameter s per the office records and click the Apply button At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Is the same alarm condition s still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO Proceed to Step 21 Initiate a Trouble Report to the next upstream NE and have them check for alarm conditions SUPVY circuit pack failure various conditions Data Link DL fail upstream office SUPVY channel failure ures Are there any alarm conditions at the IF THEN YES Refer Trouble Report to that office STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 8 365 575 715R9 0 Issu
361. es the cut fiber until the Overhead Controller is rebooted replaced and the fiber cut condition is repaired Users should repair the fiber cut condition and the failed pack as soon as possible to prevent any accessible laser emissions from causing injury When a user initiated upgrade or re provisioning of certain parameters takes place for example executing the INIT SYS ENT SYS PROV SYS ENT OSI ENT RMA ENT TSB TL1 commands APSD may not available until the reboot is complete In the event that a System Bay Overhead controller hangs up the software automatically initiates a system reboot to bring itself out from that state APSD is not available until the reboot is complete When a user decides to do a manual reset of the system by pressing the restart button on the EI pack APSD is not available until the reboot is complete In the event of an electrical power disruption the Quick Transmission Feature QTF was offered to re establish transmission with optical power levels set to where they were before the glitch within 5 minutes of power being restored However this occurs before the system is completely rebooted thus APSD is not available until the system reboot is completed Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD The system reboot time is 15 to 20 minutes Important In the above list Bay Controller refers to a Bay Controller tha
362. esi eee honc cd 00 00 7 12 Fault Identification 5200060000 0 00000 7 13 Atomai Paul Delo HON ay d ee cte ree aydaa ao ted 7 14 Aumai Fault Isolation and LESS n a enu doi yoni edendi n 7 16 Loss of Signal LOS loa mm 7 17 Incomums LOS CS GA s d eem sete ta entier ertet t rne e 7 18 Optical Channel LUS onus ient nt aden ae deleto de Gra ER rd rare ta hd etes 7 19 Control System pL TOR 7 20 es ECG i cc 7 22 Port Associations MRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRMRMRERERMNRMMEKMKMWMWWMRMMRWMWMWMKHKNHMNMAEWIREWEKMWMWIWIKMKWKIMKXMNMNIERWRRWMWMIMIMEMKNWMWIANMIAMM 7 23 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary vii Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Contents 10 11 12 13 Available Associations sees tet rrr tr rcr ccs 7 24 Alarms and Indicators ur m 0002100000 000000 8 1 Alarm ISDDEBE san iaa iti ltr e Pract aih i Pr Rada a la pe cR re ERR a a re ha rg eT 8 2 Alarm Severity Assignment Profile ASAP sss tete 8 4 siu uc d LEDS orarie aaa Da SU AR R R 8 6 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD O O O enr 9 1 9 2 bulur ReO a d ce aue lc E D ERR 9 5 APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure ssssssseseseseeeeeeennnnnnnenns 9 8
363. esponsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Replace the OMON circuit pack An auto baseline of all the channels at that node occurs because of the new init map when the circuit connection is made only Allow the circuit pack to reboot 3 Ifthe problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 4 Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 209 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 216 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPT C Overview The transmit signal power for a specific optical channel has either exceeded the high threshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen Wit
364. etail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters Baseline Added Optical Channel How many optical channels are now equipped or in service on the system IF THEN Eight 8 or more Continue with Step 2 Less than eight 8 Proceed to Step 3 Eight 8 or More Channels 1 At the East terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 2 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select the reason for baseline Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only Click on the OK button At the CIT selectPERFORMANCE Manual Baseline In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being added Then click SELECT 8 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select the reason to baseline for example CHAN_ADDED 9 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Channel Only 10 Click OK twice to execute 11 At the West terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 12 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 w e Then click SELECT 13 In
365. etary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE Login Access Security Procedures Description A login attempt is successful if all of the following conditions are met A provisioned User ID and correct Password are entered e The User ID Lockout threshold has not been exceeded e The User Login and NE Login Security are enabled that is non Super Users are permitted to log onto the NE However if these conditions are not met the NE Login Access Security feature will deny access to a user when attempting to log in or may disconnect a user during an active session Login Session Disconnect If a login session is active on a particular channel when the user successfully logs off from the NE 1 Any responses to commands originating on the channel currently executing on the NE are dropped 2 Alogout user id message is recorded in the local NE History Log If a login session is active on a particular channel and the NE or remote NE must disconnect 1 Responses to any commands originating on the channel currently executing on the NE are dropped 2 A logout user id remote link down message is recorded in the local NE History Log If a login session is active on a particular channel when the User is disabled by the Security Administrator 1 Any commands that originated on the channel currently executing on the NE are dropped 2 A logout user id forced disconnect message is reco
366. eters have a high threshold and a low threshold neither of which can be user provisioned The threshold values are initially measured in the factory and are stored on the associated circuit pack During normal operation each parameter is measured and compared with the high and low thresholds associated with that parameter Threshold Values Refer to Table 6 9 Non Provisionable High and or Low Thresholds Parameters p 6 51 for values for non provisionable parameters Table 6 9 Non Provisionable High and or Low Thresholds Parameters Monitored For PM Parameter Acceptable Threshold Range OTU OPR high threshold none OC 48 STM 16 low threshold gt EEPROM value calibrated at factory OPT high threshold 120 of factory initial value low threshold 80 of factory initial value OTU OPR high threshold none HSBB low threshold gt EEPROM value calibrated at factory OPT high threshold 120 of factory initial value low threshold 80 of factory initial value OTU OPR high threshold none OC 192 STM 64 low threshold ZEEPROM value calibrated at factory OPT high threshold 120 of factory initial value low threshold 2 8096 of factory initial value OTU 100 100L OPR high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory FleX 10 low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory OPT high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory LBC high threshold 120 of factory ini
367. evel for the channel being added is 19 0 dBm 0 5 dB Select and clean LBO determined from computations in Step 31 For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 33 34 35 36 37 If required install the correct LBO determined in Step 31 at the OUT port of the OTU of the channel being added For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 At the Multiwavelength Meter or OSA observe the channel power levels Added channel power level should be 19 0 dBm 0 5dB IF THEN YES Continue with Step 35 NO Return to Step 30 From the local engineering records determine if Pre equalization is required IF THEN Pre equalization is not required STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Pre equalization is required on four Continue with Step 1 of the section Identify the specific optical channels only Bay Shelf and Slot of the OTUs with Channel Frequencies of 9190 9210 and 9360 9380 p 15 61 Pre equalization is required Continue with Step 1 in the section Pre Equalization Required p 15 64 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 END OF STEPS Identify the Bay Shelf and Slot of the OTUs with Channel Frequencies of 9190 9210 and 9360 9380
368. events are generated when requested by the user On demand indications appear at the following alarm and status interfaces e CIT OS Interfaces Reported Items Items reported by the Alarm and Status Indicators are as follows e Conditions Events Conditions Conditions persist in time and indicate there is something non nominal about the system Events Events occur at particular times The four types of events are as follows e Acondition starting e Acondition clearing e An autonomous action by the system e A user action 7 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Alarms Delays Incoming Signal Alarm Delay When a condition related to an incoming signal is detected an individual timer is started for that condition This timer runs until a provisioned interval called the Incoming Signal Alarm Delay expires or until it is determined that the condition no longer exists If at the end of the Incoming Signal Alarm Delay interval it is determined that the condition still exists autonomous indications of the condition are generated and on demand reports will indicate that the condition is active If the condition is determined to have been cleared no indications of the condition are generated Alarm Clear Delay 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The Alarm Clear Delay applies individually to conditions related to incoming signal failures As soon as the
369. f Service OOS The Line LED is green when the signal status is properly working The LED flashes red when there is a problem with the line signal and is off when the line signal is Out Of Service OOS ORS2 LEDS The ORS2 circuit pack contains eight LEDs the two LEDs that indicate Active green and Fault red and six to indicate faults on the client or line side These LEDs indicate signal status e The Client LEDs are green when the signal status is properly working The LEDs flash red when there is a problem with the client signal are solid red when the SFP is removed or fails and are off when the client signal is Out Of Service OOS The Line LEDs are green when the signal status is properly working The LEDs flash red when there is a problem with the line signal and are off when the line signal is Out Of Service OOS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 8 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page 9 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD Overview Purpose This chapter summarizes information on Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD is required by both the US and international markets in order to meet customer requirements for a safer working environment under the guidelines for laser products Contents APSD 9 2 Safety Requirements 9 5 APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure 9 8 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See no
370. g 2401 29 wf urojsKg JOWAOL aL0 SAY wf uiojs g uuo2 2401 24 ainpipy uiojs g SSIIID i SU 4J pajajdwoo ulojsKg dnyopg n f uiojs g nuo dnyovg sanjna urojsKg Jpui8140 2spqpipq uiojs g aspqujipp dnyovg pa121duio2 urojsKg pjumg ug n f uiojs g 3144 pjuMqq Mg amp snq uiojs g uspjf pjumq Mg n f uiojs g 25D42 p uaM q Mg n f uiojs g unuoo pjumg ng pi 4asn pauidxa wiayshS p4oMssDg Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 99IAJOSuON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Amua eseippy u pu d q lAl s juepuedeg lAl s jsuopipuo 1971 dvsv sanos hnqiuny Has goinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zHollMpuoo S10 6 HE1S ABA penunuoo p zl le spuewwo s1ua 3 lqEL wey LV lqeL A 18 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide A 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary
371. g a system that is not yet carrying service or the Clamping Transmit OA to Output O Channel Power state has a higher priority regardless if there is an APSD condition active or not CAUTION D N Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING The CIT command that created this Clamping Transmit OA to Output 0 channe1 Power alarm condition should only be performed during installation of a new system or when service on the working system has been rerouted Important Please ignore the Clamping Transmit OA to Output 0 channe1 Power where there is an OA Removed Standing Condition To determine the cause of the transmission errors Using the AID and Description columns from the report identify the appropriate transmit OA associated with the clamping alarm condition Consult the on site installation or maintenance personnel or the operations center to determine why clamping of the transmit OA was implemented for this location Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 191 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output 4 10 11 12 13 O Channel Power Should the OA output be clamped IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE This NE installation personnel maintenance personnel or the alarm center should be aware of this activity NO Continue with Step 5 Step 2 Is the same alarm condition still listed under the Description column of the re
372. gle mode fiber with an 8 8 micron core Restart of the signal may not occur within 99 seconds of the fiber disconnect or fiber break This interval may be shorter if the continuity of the link can be verified before restart commences Laser Safety and Alcatel Lucent Products 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent is committed to design optical fiber transmission equipment that minimizes operator and service personnel exposure to potentially hazardous levels of optical energy during service and operation However the continued safe use of optical transmission optical cables and passive optical connection equipment requires a partnership with customers to assure that these systems are deployed and maintained in a safe manner While automatic laser power reduction systems in Lucent s higher power transmission equipment respond quickly to reduce laser emissions to safe levels in the event of a fiber disconnection or break network operators must take proper action in the event of an alarm Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 5 See notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD Safety Requirements In a typical network our optical cables and passive optical connection equipment can carry signals from various vendor sources that may have different degrees of safety controls We urge our customers to properly assess the power of these sources to ensure that their safety controls are adequate To strengthen our partnership and t
373. gnificantly reduce the number of hops between the nodes by skipping the Level 1 nodes in between The ENT SUPR is used to provision the local and express SDLs in a specified network element Figure 5 1 Use of Express Datalink to form a Single Level 2 Routing Domain p 5 8 below shows two 2 Navis EMS systems connected to an OLS network which has been configured into three 3 separate OSI areas All Level 1 nodes are connected via the local SDL and all Level 2 nodes are joined together via the express SDL to form a single Level 2 domain 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 5 7 See notice on first page Provisioning Provisioning Guidelines Figure 5 1 Use of Express Datalink to form a Single Level 2 Routing Domain a c EP a i z n ala sis m siy D Area0030 Express SDL Symbols 7 Level 21S Local SDL z Level 11S Express SDL ES 7 AO LAN Parameters Values and Limits Refer to the Operations Systems Engineering Guide for detailed information on the input and output parameters of the TL1 messages supported by the NE Refer to the Installation Manual for actual instructions on how to provision a WaveStar OLS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Provisioning Using the CIT to Provision Circuit Connections Add Drop Optical Channels 36
374. h the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold Click on PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 216 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPT C Recommended Action CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follovv instructions in the follovving steps could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Op
375. h the WaveStar OLS 1 6T or they may elect to obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 800 225 4672 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International in accordance with local procedures Circuit Pack Failures Circuit pack failures are identified by constantly lit LEDs and or reported by network alarms and reports Circuit packs are replaced in a specified sequence but only one circuit pack is replaced at a time If a trouble is not cleared after replacing a circuit pack the original circuit pack should be reinstalled This reduces the chances of returning non defective circuit packs for repair Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 100 Technical Assistance Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations Any integrated circuit on a circuit pack can be damaged by static electricity that builds up within a work area particularly in areas with low relative humidity This static buildup on work surfaces and on personnel and their clothing is produced by the various charging effects of even simple movements and by contact between various objects As a rule the greatest potential for electrostatic damage occurs in areas with the lowest relative humidity But because such damage can occur anywhere all personnel handling circuit packs must adhere to the following precautions 1 Keep all food wrappers plastics and Styrof
376. hange into the CIT and an NE p 13 3 END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 91 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 129 Address Circuit Pack Booting Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 14 92 This procedure explains how to address a Circuit Pack Booting condition The circuit pack can be a BOS OA ODU OMON ORS OTU SUPVY or WAD circuit pack but not an EI circuit pack After several minutes the circuit pack LEDs react as follows red FAULT LED is lit continuously green ACTIVE LED is flashing continuously After the boot cycle has completed and the circuit pack has been determined to be functional the green ACTIVE LED remains lit and the red FAULT LED goes off The specific conditions apply to the following circuit packs BOS booting SYSCTL BAY OH CTL for sysctl bayctl and ohctl circuit packs OA booting ODU booting OMON booting OMU booting ORS booting OTU booting SUPVY booting WAD booting Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the Circuit Pack Booting condition Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Using the AID column from the report in Step 1 identify the correct circuit pack with the Circuit Pack Booting condition Alcatel Lucent
377. hannels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 9 Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper that provides input to the IN port at the OTUD For help refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 10 Was the measured optical power within the limits IF THEN YES OC 192 input level equals Proceed to Step 15 17 0 NO Continue with Step 11 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 12 Verify that the input LBO attenuation is as rated For help refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 13 Reconnect the incoming fiber jumper to the correct OTUD IN port 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 271 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks 14 15 TAP 238 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU OC192 FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day Is the TCA alarm condition cleared IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 15 Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the incoming signal indicating the type of failed condition If the source of the failed incoming condition returns a Trouble Report indicating No Trouble Found then obtain assistan
378. hat a LED test is being performed on this node The user activated test may repeat itself 10 times 100 seconds Procedure 2 Didthe TEST LED tests in process condition clear IF THEN YES Then STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 END OF STEPS 14 132 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 178 Clear SUPV Y Add Input LOS Overview This procedure is used to clear an alarm condition where an OA circuit pack detects loss of incoming SUPVY signal from SUPVY OUT port to OA SUP Tx port Procedure Important SUPVY Add Input LOS condition will cause the following conditions at three different locations which are From the Local End Terminal will see Express SUPVY DL Failure and Local SUPVY DL Failure e From the Repeater will see Local SUPVY DL Failure and Incoming SUPVY Channel LOS From the Far End Terminal will see Express DL Failure 2 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 2 A CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 3 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable s and connection s betvveen the SUPVY OUT and OA SUP TX circuit packs and correct any prob
379. have them check for alarm conditions SUPVY circuit pack failure or SUPVY ADD Input LOS Are there any alarm conditions at the upstream node IF THEN YES Refer the trouble report to that office STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 10 Using the AID and Description columns from the report in Step 1 identify the circuit pack use the line identifier for example Line 1E associated with this incoming failure condition Important The circuit pack identified in the AID column can be located in WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Bay Configurations Was an OA ODU WAD circuit pack associated with the incoming failure IF THEN NO Proceed to Step 13 if SUPVY YES Continue with Step 12 Alcatel Lucent 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure T 4 l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follovv instructions in Step 12 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA ODU WAD to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA ODU WAD are not being used for service
380. he Optical Line can now be returned to service Baseline the replaced OA or SUPVY circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 39 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure Overview Procedure This procedure is used to replace a circuit pack with a lighted FAULT LED in response to one of these indicated failures EI failure can only be seen from a remote CIT or Operations Center OA failure ODU failure OMON failure OMU failure ORS failure OTU failure SUPVY failure WAD failure a CAUTION AzS ESD hazard During initial software installation and when circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates will indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less than 30 seconds Please DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade because it may cause damage to the affected pack After the pack LEDs stop flashing it is then safe to remove the packs or power down the system as needed Important Refer to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual for information on how to fiber new 4 1 OMON circuit packs OMONIB
381. he filter temperature PLM is declared if the accepted payload type received payload type in PT field of an OPU2 overhead is not equal to the expected payload type To clear this alarm check whether the upstream downstream signal type or the mapping mode is consistent Did the OMU ODU warm up in progress clear IF THEN YES Continue with Step 3 NO Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure Overview Use this procedure to clear one of the following incoming signal failures e Incoming 1GbE LOS failure e Incoming HSBB LOL failure e Incoming HSBB LOS failure e Incoming OCH 10G LOS failure e Incoming OCH 10G LOF failure Incoming OC 48 STM16 LOF failure Incoming OC 48 STM16 LOS failure Incoming OC 192 STM64 LOF failure Incoming OC 192 STM64 LOS failure e Incoming OTUI LOS failure Incoming OTUI LOF failure Incoming Optical Channel LOS e Incoming OTU2 LOS failure e Incoming OTU2 LOF failure Procedure Important When LOF occurs the LOF condition may be reported as LOS by the OC 192 S TM 64 Op
382. he following Before any associations are entered ensure that the related ODU is plugged into the correct slot 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Circuit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar Procedure 1 2 3 1 12 400 OLS 1 6T i CAUTION ALAR Esp hazard During initial software installation and when circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplates will indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less than 30 seconds Please DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade because it may cause damage to the affected pack After the pack LEDs stop flashing it is then safe to remove the packs or power down the system as needed AU CAUTION A Esp hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on an Optical Line System OLS end terminal to prevent electrostatic discharge ESD damage to sensitive components See Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations 13 3 in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 Important DO THE STEPS BELOW IN THE ORDER LISTED Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Connect the craft interface te
383. hecking the designations on the bay metal shelf cover hinge bracket below the power filter Important Before proceeding if a failure of both circuit breakers A and B or both feeders A and B to a bay exists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Procedure 1 Are any circuit breaker PWR OUTPUT LEDs not lit on the shelf associated with the alarm condition IF THEN YES Continue with Step 2 NO Proceed toStep 4 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Reset the circuit breaker by operating the breaker to the ON position 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 65 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B Did the circuit breaker remain in the ON position and the PWR OUTPUT LED for the circuit breaker remain on IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Proceed to Step 3 Are All PWR OUTPUT LEDs extinguished for all shelves in the bay IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 6 NO Continue with Step 5 Important If the EI circuit pack User Panel has any defective LEDs you may not see a MJ LED DLP 502 Test LEDs
384. hen the software download to the circuit pack is completed and the software starts running The LED remains lit as long as the bay is powered 3 After the on board software has been loaded the FAULT LED remains on as the NE software is loaded After the software is loaded and running and determines the circuit pack is good the FAULT LED extinguishes If the circuit pack is faulty the FAULT LED remains lit If the software determines the circuit pack is good but the incoming signal is determined to be failed the FAULT LED begins to flash The circuit pack is reported as booting as soon as it is inserted and the FAULT LED lights The circuit pack booting condition is cleared as soon as the circuit pack is determined to be good There is no alarm clear delay for equipment faults During NE Software Boot Cycle NE software boots when e office power is applied to the bay containing the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack when the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack in inserted or e when the user initiates a software restart with a command or push button The FAULT LED and the ACTIVE LED behave as follows during a NE software boot 1 The FAULT LED on the BOS SYSCTL is on as the on board software is loaded 2 The ACTIVE LED on the BOS SYSCTL lights when the software download to that circuit pack is completed and the software starts running It remains lit until the NE software starts again or until the bay loses power The FAULT LED on each of the BOS BAYCTL and
385. hin range Is the measured power within the required range IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 31 NO Continue with Step 11 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 249 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 12 Connect the incoming fiber jumper to the correct ORS 1A IN 1B IN 2A IN or 2B IN port 13 At the CIT select Reports Port Associations List then in the Select List Constraint dialog box select Bay Shelf Slot with the failed ORS condition 14 Using the destination port column of the port from Step 13 locate the ORS port with the failed connection Then using the source port AID column to the left of the Destination Port AID column determine the source of the incoming signal 15 Is the identified source of the incoming signal in this system or external equipment IF THEN In this system Continue with Step 16 External equipment use local Continue with Step 16 office records to determine the source of the incoming signal 16 Make a visual inspection of the fiber jumper and connections at the OTU port on the OTU connected to the ORS port reporting the failure and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optica
386. his Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 205 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C Overview The signal power received for a specific optical channel has either exceeded the high threshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following There are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a chosen default threshold value With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds that can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucen
387. ich is provisionable at either the OC 48 or STM 16 rate Optical Channel OCHAN An OC N STM N wavelength within an optical line signal Multiple channels differing by 1 5m in wavelength are multiplexed into one signal GL 24 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Optical Demultiplexer ODU An ODU takes the OLS optical signal and separates it into its component signals up to eighty 80 discrete signals may be extracted Optical Line ID A portion of the supervisory signal that identifies optical lines to prevent wrong connections between sites Optical Line Signal A multiplexed optical signal containing eight wavelengths or channels Optical Line System OLS A lightwave transmission system that can multiplex up 8 16 80 or more wavelengths transmit the resulting multiplexed signal and then demultiplex the signal at the other end Optical Line System OLS End Terminal Terminal equipment consisting of a co located Optical Multiplexer Unit OMU and Optical Demultiplexer Unit ODU for bidirectional transmission Optical Amplifiers OA and OLS Telemetry packs Optical Line System OLS Repeater Terminal Bidirectional terminal consisting of a pair of Optical Amplifiers OA and the corresponding OLS telemetry packs Optical Line System OLS Subnetwork All dual facing end terminals and OLS Repeaters interconnected with each other The dual facing shelf feature e
388. ield replaceable electronic or opto electronic unit It comprises mechanical piece parts electronic components and their associated connections and performs a specific function CIT Craft Interface Terminal CIT PC PC Based Craft Interface Terminal CLEI Common Language Equipment Identifier Closed Ring Network A network formed of a ring shaped configuration of network elements Each network element connects to two others one on each side 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary CLSC C L Separator and Combiner apparatus unit CLSC D C L Separator and Combiner apparatus unit with Double Separator and Combiner functions CLSC S C L Separator and Combiner apparatus unit with Single Separator and Combiner functions CMISE Common Management Information Service Element CMS See customer maintenance signal co Central Office CO LAN central office local area network Coding Violation CV A performance monitoring parameter indicating that bipolar violations of the signal have occurred Collocated Located in the same Central Office Comcode Alcatel Lucent ordering code for cables and other equipment Common Language Equipment Identifier CLEI Codes that are assigned by Bellcore to provide a standard method of identifying telecommunications equipment in a uniform feature oriented language Bellcore GR 485 CORE specification contains generic guidelines for
389. ietary 14 215 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 Recommended Action CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step Icould result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated vvith the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually svvitch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Using the AID and Description columns from the REPORTS gt Conditions report identify the circuit pack use the line identifier for example Line 1E associated with this incoming failure condition Important The circuit pack identified in the AID column can be located in WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Bay Configurations 3 Remove the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 4 Replace the OA circuit pack identified in Step 2 For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 6 Did the alarm clear IF THEN 14 216 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 218 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 7 Baselin
390. ignoring the APSD active ODU condition throughout the remainder of the trouble clearing procedure At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 167 Clear APSD Active ODU Is the APSD Active ODU condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 10 11 12 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 9 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Replace the fiber jumper between OA OUT and ODU IN ports For details see DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Is the APSD Active ODU condition still listed IF THEN YES suspect the OA as the cause and continue with Step 13
391. ime Event Notifications The NE sends a notification including the associated user ID to the EMS whenever any of the following events occur Login Creation Login Modification Login Logout Logout Remote Link Down Intrusion Alert Logins Inhibited Logins Inhibited Cleared The User with proper privileges has access to the audit trail record including security related alarms events and conditions Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration CIT NE Login Security Description NE Login Security provides the ability to control access on a per NE basis by inhibiting all non Super Users from logging into the NE The two Super User Logins are not affected by this security measure and are always allowed to login Disabling Logins When the command is issued not to allow logins all non Super Users currently logged in are disconnected and any attempt to log into the NE is denied When logins are disabled a logins disabled condition is raised by the NE and is recorded in the History Log The NE ACTY user panel LED is activated when logins are inhibited Re Enabling Logins When logins are again enabled the Logins Inhibited condition is cleared by the NE and logins inhibited cleared is recorded in the History Log The NE ACTY user panel LED then deactivate unless activated by another condition NE Reset When a NE is reset the NE Login
392. in p 15 46 enabling a user login Proceed to Enable User Login p 15 46 enabling disabling login aging Proceed to Enable Disable Login Aging p 15 46 enabling disabling password aging Proceed to Enable Disable Password Aging p 15 47 entering editing password Proceed to Enter or Edit Password p 15 47 S DU Y Rm Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 0 15 45 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password Add or Modify User Login At the CIT select ADMINISTRATION Security User Provisioning Select new user if adding a new user or existing user if modifying user login Click Add or Modify as appropriate END OF STEPS Click on Disable END OF STEPS Click on Enable END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password 3 Once data has been selected click on the appropriate button END OF STEPS 3 Once data has been selected click on the appropriate button END OF STEPS 4 Once data has been selected click on the appropriate button END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 47 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 522 Replace Power Line Filter Overview Procedure Identify the
393. in floor surfaces such as building expansion joints and elevator thresholds Subrack assemblies can be transported within an office with or without circuit packs in place If the subrack assembly is equipped with circuit packs make sure that the latches are fully engaged For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Attach the front cover to the subrack assembly in order to protect the latches and other exposed components For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Cover back of subrack assembly with corrugated fiberboard with flaps folded around all four sides of the units to protect the backplane pins Place unit in a tote box or on a cart such that the pins cannot be damaged Place cushioning material under the unit to dampen shock and vibration when transporting on cart Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 83 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack 10 11 12 13 14 15 Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return Leave the existing LBOs in place on the pack so that the pack can be tested with the same conditions as when it was installed in the system If the circuit pack has optical connectors place protective caps over the connectors to prevent damage and preserve cleanliness Important Circuit packs can be transported within an office in tote boxes constructed from ESD safe materia
394. in the East column of the report If a Port was identified in Step 17 then 1IN corresponds to the QE port and 2 IN corresponds to the W port in the East or West Port column on the report The neighbor listed in the adjacent column to the right is the source of the incoming signal Initiate a Trouble Report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a Trouble Report indicating no trouble found continue with Step 23 Was the reported trouble an incoming optical line LOS IF THEN YES Continue with Step 24 NO Proceed to Step 29 Replace the local CLSC apparatus unit For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure 25 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same incoming signal failure still listed IF THEN 26 27 28 29 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Continue with Step 27 Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA ODU WAD or CLSC apparatus unit that t
395. ine Only Click OK At the CIT select PERFORMANCE Baseline In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being added Then click SELECT 8 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select a reason to baseline 9 Click on the radio button under Apply To for All Optical Channels 10 Click OK 11 At the West terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 12 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 w e Then click SELECT 13 In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select a reason to baseline 14 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only 15 Click on the OK button 16 At the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 17 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being added Then click SELECT 18 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select a reason to baseline 19 Click on the radio button under Apply To for All Optical Channels NN tA Ff Q Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 77 See notice on first
396. ing office records for the NEs in the system can you establish a login to a remote node IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 8 4 Establish a login to any of the other NEs For detail go to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 137 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 179 Clear Topology Construction Incomplete Does a controller circuit pack condition or an incoming alarm condition appear in the report IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO Continue with Step 7 Repeat Step 4 through Step 6 for each of the remaining NEs listed in your office records if possible Contact other nodes on the ring for local CIT assistance at those nodes or consult the Operations System Control Center and obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 180 Clear Drop Channel LOS Overview Procedure The power detector in the WAD circuit pack that is upstream from the loop out port has detected a loss of drop channel optical power Remove
397. ing work order items to an in service OLS Procedures used in day to day operations Trouble Clearing Procedures used to clear conditions that cause alarms and trouble clearing reports Detailed Level Procedure Detailed instructions Table 10 2 Task Index Table 10 3 Types of Procedures Procedure Classification Tab Corresponding Task Chapter Acceptance Yellow Chapter 11 Acceptance Tasks Circuit Order Orange Chapter 12 Circuit Order Tasks Operation Green Chapter 13 Operations Tasks Trouble Clearing Red Chapter 14 Trouble Clearing Tasks Detailed Level Blue Chapter 15 Detail Level Procedures Procedures Description Non Trouble clearing NTP Normal work items other than trouble clearing Trouble Analysis TAP Step by step trouble clearing instructions to locate and or fix troubles Detailed Level DLP Step by step procedures Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Using the Index Lists and Procedures Recommended Test Equipment Equipment for Procedures First line Maintenance Engineers will require the following as basic equipment to resolve field problems e PC with correct CIT software version CD version of Documentation U SM IM APG etc e Optical Power Meter CIT Crossover LAN Cable e Fiber Scope LBO values 0 20 dbm and
398. inie Repel Um rd Tee nano etui eau Rhet opp UR Ub 14 23 TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure 14 28 TAP 107 Address Environmental Input and or Control Output Condition sss 14 30 TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response ssssssssseseeenetentr tnter 14 31 TAP 10 Address Incoming Signal Palure i222 aaa assa hte demit on en es 14 34 TAF OIL Cha Croit Pack ESQ usate eadem to tact dence Een tet tete ds 14 40 TAPI Clear Cirt Pack BOIROVESI opsionning E dane rn a ire dedi dos 14 45 155 dear FLASH ot BOS POIDS Uy anana iet eder eret nec rte ate 14 49 TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit 14 57 all aa ER D usas epe ott 0000000 00000 14 60 TAP I Toe Clear LOK YR ALARLAR creer dinde Rennen dice 14 61 TAP 117 Clear BACKUP 1IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP 14 62 TAPES lear meaning JOE unosi dede foh nte bo dti e n Pe ADA Asa ne e Dd dot 14 64 TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B 14 65 TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming Loss of Segut uusuan deccm aine Becerra n c 0 14 71 TAP IZE Char NoCPEXpeeted in SIOC tu naya aya itr atre Een 14 73 TAP I22 Clear GFP Loss of Pratis Delicatiol Ucun aman rer aee ihn s 14 77 TAP 124 Address Reset im Lenses eode fb ee ond eee
399. injury to the eye Conventional lasers can produce an intense beam of monochromatic light Monochromatic light is a single wavelength output of pure color that may be visible or invisible to the eye A conventional laser produces a small size beam of light and because the beam size is small the power density also called irradiance is very high Consequently lasers and laser products are subject to federal and applicable state regulations and international standards for their safe operation A conventional laser beam expands very little over distance or is said to be very well collimated Thus conventional laser irradiance remains relatively constant over distance However lasers used in lightwave systems have a large beam divergence typically 10 to 20 degrees Here irradiance obeys the inverse square law doubling the distance reduces the irradiance by a factor of 4 and rapidly decreases over distance Laser Safety and Lucent Products Alcatel Lucent is committed to design optical fiber transmission equipment that minimizes operator and service personnel exposure to potentially hazardous levels of optical energy during service and operation However the continued safe use of optical transmission optical cables and passive optical connection equipment requires a partnership with customers to assure that these systems are deployed and maintained in a safe manner While automatic laser power reduction systems in Alcatel Lucent s higher power
400. ins will never be deleted Valid Values A user with security administration privileges is able to globally set the login aging parameter to be between zero 0 and 999 days A value of zero disables login aging The default value is 120 days Deleting a Login When a login is deleted for inactivity a login deleted login Id condition is recorded in the NE History Log Temporary Login Aging The NE allows a user with security administration privileges to create a temporary login Temporary logins have a provisionable expiration date and are automatically deleted on the specified date regardless of the frequency of use 2 26 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration CIT NE Security Data Storage Description All security data related to the NE or individual user logins is kept in non volatile memory NVM This ensures that data is retained in the event of a system failure or shutdown All security information except passwords can be printed viewed and accessed as Read Only by users with Security Administrative privileges 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 27 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration CIT NE Audit Trail Record History Log The NE retains a History Log which tracks e Login attempts successful and failed e Reason for denial such as an invalid User ID
401. install the replacement ORS For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 45 NO Continue with Step 43 43 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 As required check for a broken LBO a damaged jumper or bent or broken pins replace any broken pin using the BERG MT370 01 pin kit for the METRAL pins Refer to back plane pin repair replacement procedures in the Installation Manual Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 253 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks 44 Is the failure condition cleared TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold IF THEN YES Continue with Step 45 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 45 Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to this ORS circuit pack that service can now be returned to the normal route 46 Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 14 254 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When OTU is Associated with ORS Overvie
402. instruments such as Find R Scope s infrared optical viewers are not considered magnifying lenses or optical instruments e Only authorized trained personnel should use the lightwave test equipment during installation or servicing since this equipment contains semiconductor lasers Some examples of lightguide test equipment are Optical Time Domain Reflectometers OTDRs Hand Held Loss Test Sets and Feature Finders Under no circumstances should any personnel scan a fiber with an optical test set without verifying that all lightwave sources on the fiber are turned off e All unauthorized personnel should be excluded from the immediate area of lightwave transmission systems during installation and service Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 7 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines Consult ANSI Z736 1 American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers in the U S or outside the U S JEC 60825 Part 2 for guidance on the safe use of optical fiber optic communication systems in the workplace Warning and Compliance Labels Warning Label A warning label is provided on the inside front cover of each shelf assembly The warning label shows the word DANGER in white lettering on a safety red background and the text of the warning label in black lettering on a white background See Warning Label p 1 8 DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN AND FIBER DISCONNECTED Avoid direct exposur
403. intenance procedures to clear the indicated environmental condition Important The control condition is external to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system NE and can be if required released by a manual command at the CIT refer to TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 Consult and follow the local maintenance procedures to clear the indicated control condition END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response Overview Use this procedure to clear an unexpected response from a WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T NE This unexpected response was a missing or incorrect LED indication or CIT message Procedure Important There are no LEDs on the DCM apparatus unit Follow the steps indicated in this procedure to clear any unexpected responses on a DCM 1 Was the unexpected response from a LED from the CIT or a DCM apparatus unit IF THEN From a LED Continue with Step 2 From the CIT Proceed to Step 5 From a DCM Proceed to Step 9 3 Are any of the LEDs missing or responding incorrectly IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 10 4 Isthe same unexpected response still observed IF THEN NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 31
404. ional optical channel to an optical line e The deletion of a single bidirectional optical channel from an optical line Important Automatic baselining is not required after replacing an OA ODU OMU OTU or Supervisory circuit pack Initial System Installation Following an initial system installation automatic baselining is performed on the following parameters TOPR OL e TOPT OL e SPR SU e SPT SU Important The WaveStar OLS 1 6T does not automatically rebaseline a parameter upon system initialization once it has been baselined Add A Single Optical Channel Automatic baselining will be performed after a new optical channel has been added The following parameters are automatically baselined e TOPR OL for the optical amplifier e TOPT OL for the optical amplifier e If there are eight 8 or more channels present in the line after the addition of the new channel the following parameters are automatically baselined SPT C for the newly added optical channel SPR C for the newly added optical channel 6 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Automatic Baselining e If there are fewer than eight 8 channels present in the line after the addition of the new channel the following parameters are automatically baselined for all optical channels except those with active LOS or AIM conditions SPR C for all optical channels e
405. ircuit packs ensure that all associations related to that ODU is plugged have been deleted A CAUTION IN Esp hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on an OLS end terminal to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to sensitive components See Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations 13 3 in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 9 See notice on first page Circuit Order Tasks NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service Procedure WaveStar OLS 1 6T i CAUTION ALAR Esp hazard Use care in locating the optical channel line and assigned ports to avoid possible service interruption Important PERFORM THE STEPS BELOW IN THE ORDER LISTED Obtain the circuit order instructions to delete an assigned channel from the associated optical line END OF STEPS Remove the appropriate shelf covers All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Connect the CIT and log in For details refer to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 From the report verify that there are no alarms other than those on the channel being deleted Clear any alarms not associated with the deleted channel before proceeding Important PERFORM THE STEPS BELOW IN THE ORDER LISTED Locate the specific optical channel to be deleted at the OMU and
406. is procedure provides instructions to verify proper connections between a network element NE and a personal computer PC The PC will be running WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT software Important The PC must meet the minimum personal computer requirements stated in the Craft Interface Terminal part of WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Important The warning messageNE not responding can be caused by user being logged out due to inactivity Initiate a new login session For details use this procedure if logging in locally go to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Verify the PC is safely positioned on a cart or table Verify the cable connections at the PC Reference WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual To summarize check the following e The appropriate interface cable is connected between the C T connector on the EI circuit pack and a serial connector on the PC e If required a printer with the appropriate printer cable is connected to the PC per the instructions provided with the printer Important See the CIT tutorial available on the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CD ROM for examples of screens showing a successful login session Double click on the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT icon Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 5 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures Is the desired TID displayed DLP 501 Connect
407. is replaced use the CIT at the NE to select PERFOR MANCE Manual Baseline In the dialog box that appears using the mouse select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Select the circuit pack that was replaced Then click SELECT In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9360 Select an OTU that is associated with the OA circuit pack that was replaced Then click SELECT In the dialog box that appears use the mouse to select the appropriate Bay Shelf SUPVY circuit pack and line 1 e w Select the SUPVY circuit pack associated with the OA circuit pack that was replaced Then click SELECT Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 73 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 13 14 15 16 17 In the Set Baseline Supervisory dialog box select the reason to baseline Select the same reason for both supervisory channel directions SPR SU or SPT SU STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Important When an OMON circuit pack is replaced part of this procedure must be repeated for all optical channels present at the node since the OMON is shared across all optical channels When an OMON circuit pack is replaced use the CIT at the NE to select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline Important An OTU is selected and not the OMON circuit pa
408. isory Signal includes Optical Channel Alarm Indication Message See the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG for more information about the Supervisory Signal e JO Section Trace Identifier for SONET SDH e Optical Channel Trace for OCh10G Contents Keep Alive Signal 7 4 Supervisory Signal 7 5 JO Section Trace Identifier STI 7 6 Optical Channel Trace for OCh10G 7 7 Trail Trace Identifier TTI 7 8 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Maintenance Keep Alive Signal Description A keep alive signal is a signal that is transmitted by the Optical Translator Unit OTU in place of a normal signal in order to maintain transmission continuity The keep alive signal may also indicate to the receiving equipment that there has been a transmission interruption located either at the equipment originating the keep alive signal or upstream opposite the direction of transmission of that equipment There are four different keep alive signals in the OLS 1 6T system Two of the alarms use Alarm Indication Signals AIS 1 AIS L Line Alarm Indication Signal SONET Multiplex Section AIS SDH equivalent 2 Pseudo AIS Proprietary AIS signal 3 OCh Client FDI Optical Channel Client Forward Defect Indicator This is used in OTUs with WaveWrapper 4 OCh TC AIS Optical Channel Tandem Connection Alarm Indication Signal This is used in OTUs with W
409. istance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International e STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 197 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 212 Clear DOM Failure and or Isolate Defective 16 17 18 DCM Failure DCM Connections If the LOS is greater than 10 dB then the conclusion is there is a problem with the DCM connections at this node e Clean the fibers and replace the LBO on the DCM OUT port with an LBO of equal value e Re measure DCM LOS and repeat Step 9 through Step 14 If DCM LOS is still greater than 10 dB e Replace the fibers that connect the DCM to the OA Re measure DCM LOS and repeat Step 9 through Step 14 If DCM LOS is still greater than 10 dB e Replace the DCM For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 e Install a new LBO by following the DCM LBO installation procedure Refer to DLP 530 DCM LBO Procedure p 15 80 for detailed procedures e If transmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International e STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING The following steps will cause interruption of traffic Disconnect the fiber at the D
410. it packs For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Reattach the front covers to the bay For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Cover with a corrugated shroud or cleated plywood crate with adequate blocking Follow all packaging instructions when assembling the containers Before packaging a subrack assembly remove the circuit packs For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Re attach the front cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Cover back of subrack assembly with corrugated fiberboard with flaps folded around all four sides of the units to protect the backplane pins Wrap unit s in suitable anti static cushioning material such as bubble or flexible foam sheets to a two inch minimum thickness Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 85 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return Center the wrapped unit in a suitably sized carton constructed of double wall corrugated fiberboard Fill any voids with additional cushioning as necessary to immobilize the unit within the container WARNING Flammable material hazard Improper packing of a circuit pack violates the warranty conditions of the product Important Always package cir
411. ivergence When the OA provides unequal amplification of incoming wavelengths the result is a power divergence between wavelengths DLP Detail Level Procedure Domain A set of OLS nodes entities that are interconnected to perform some specific function in a network for example manager domain where all nodes are managed by the same manager or group of managers GL 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Doping The addition of impurities to a substance in order to attain desired properties DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory Drop Side Signal An optical signal suitable for transmission over OLS DS NE Directory Service Network Element DS3 Digital Signal Level 3 44 736 Mb s DSA Refer to Directory System Agent DSF Dispersion Shifted Fiber DTE Data Terminating Equipment Dual Ring Interworking A configuration of two ring networks that share two common nodes DRI permits a circuit with one termination in one ring and one termination in another ring to survive a loss of signal failure of the shared node that is currently carrying service for the circuit DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing Dynamic Random Access Memory DRAM RAM which requires electronic refresh cycles every few milliseconds to preserve its data Dynamic Routing on a LAN No pre defined ethernet address is used for routing from Navis EMS to a managed NE The IS on the LAN that
412. k are correct Did checking correcting the provisioning settings of the ports clear the alarm IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 6 NO Continue with Step 3 Are other alarms present on this pack IF THEN YES Proceed to Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 to find the appropriate trouble clearing procedures Then return to Step 3 NO Continue with Step 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 If transmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 77 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 122 Clear GFP Loss of Frame Delineation 6 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 78 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 124 Address Reset in Progress Overview This procedure explains how to monitor a Reset in Progress operation and correct problems Procedure 1 Is the MJ LED lighted IF THEN YES Wait 30 60 minutes depending on system size before proceeding with Step 2 NO Continue with Step 5 2 A WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by
413. k half the distance from peak to peak APD Avalanche Photo Diode APSD Automatic Power Shutdown Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Area A group of nodes in which there is only IS IS Level 1 routing of traffic Nodes in an Area do not maintain detailed routing information to nodes outside the area Area Address A variable length quantity consisting of the entire high order part of the Network Service Access Point NSAP excluding the 6 byte System Identifier SID and Selector SEL Used for interarea routing through the Level 2 subdomain Area ID A user provisionable four digit Hex number that is used for IS IS routing purposes in a network Asynchronous Refers to network elements that are not timed from references traceable to a single Stratum 1 source Attribute Alarm indication level critical major minor or no alarm AUTO Automatic Automatic AUTO One possible state of a port or slot When a port is in the AUTO state and a good signal is detected the port automatically enters the IS in service state When a slot is in the AUTO state and a circuit pack is detected the slot automatically enters the EQ equipped state Automatic Power Shutdown APSD A safety procedure automatically performed by the OLS when a loss of optical power occurs APSD powers down the Optical Amplifier to safe Class 1 levels then restarts it once the system has been r
414. ks Contents IXL 001 Detail Level Procedures Index 15 3 DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT 15 5 DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs 15 7 DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected 15 9 DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal 15 10 DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank 15 11 DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors 15 12 DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover 15 19 DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout 15 23 DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 15 27 DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s 15 42 DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element 15 43 Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or 15 45 Password 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures Overview DLP 522 DLP 524 Port DLP 526 DLP 527 DLP 528 DLP 529 DLP 530 DLP 531 Replace Power Line Filter Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Inspect Replace Dust Filter Replace Fan Assembly LBO Application Baseline Optical Parameters DCM LBO Procedure Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return 15 48 15 50 15 54 15 56 15 57 15 71 15 80 15 82 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 J
415. l 3 18 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces Supervisory Channel Purpose The Supervisory Channel provides the communication channel between End Terminals Repeater Sites Full WAD Sites and Limited WAD Sites A CEPT1 2048 Kbps signal thirty 64 Kbps channels is used for the Supervisory Signal carried on a 1510 nm optical signal Operation The Supervisory Signal operates as follows Interface There are up to two Supervisory SUPVY Signals provided for each DWDM system 1 Two SUPVY Data Links DL operating at 768 Kbps each These data links are used for message based control system communications between NEs One data link is terminated at each NE and the other link is provisionable and can terminated at specific NEs and express through other NEs 2 Three Orderwire circuits operating at 64 Kbps each These circuits are provided to the user via connectors on the Interconnect Panel Each Orderwire is provisionable to be express or local based on local requirements 3 Three channels of 64 Kbps each are reserved for future use The SUPVY Signal operates at a rate of 2 048 Mbps and is formatted according to the standards for an El signal with respect to framing CRC error monitoring and channel numbering time slot assignments The individual SUPVY Signals are not protected at this time The fixed and provisionable SUPVY Data Links are not p
416. l Alarm ODUKP CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day TAP 259 Clear 10GbE LAN Local Remote Fault Indication sss 14 314 TAP 260 Clear TCA Op cs OTU 1 GUE OPRIJ auuuaagaaaaedene dc tenir trend cei 14 316 TAP 261 Clear TCA Opties OTU 1 GUE ausus acean ida tins citet ente tcs 14 318 TAP 262 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE LBO nre tacet cd 14 320 15 Detail Level Procedures EET 15 1 1141 Detail Level Procedures Index 22525 5 eidem aderit becas i Leti cei ibo rade 15 3 DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT sse 15 5 DLP 302 Test LEDs on Circuit PaGES scans assem cm nee ederet bate ine rb ri cea i de 15 7 DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected 15 9 DLP 3U Idenury Source of ncotitinz SARAI uus sene ener tanti cce ttc ege s 15 10 DLE 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blanik i e sab LD i etre reete 15 11 DLE 5190 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Cofinectots isse meiste en ees 15 12 DEP 511I Install Remove Shell COVE ner Eragon hice pee ana 15 19 DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout sss 15 23 DLP 314 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 3 iad deen aid end feit distri 15 27 ULF 517 Inspect Optical FIDENS sus eaedem dase iR e dee Free ane 15 42 DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT
417. l Circuit Pack p 15 27 20 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Proceed to Step 28 CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 21 could result in a service interruption Notify the person for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to e Manually switch the service line or channel to protection line or channel e Ensure all protection lines or channels assigned to this OA are not being used for service 22 Replace the OA circuit pack associated with the AID column of the failure report for this OMON circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 163 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS 23 24 25 26 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 24 NO Proceed to Step 26 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 22 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514
418. l Fiber s p 15 42 17 Did the visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN 18 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 14 250 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 46 NO Continue with Step 20 Is the measure power within the required range IF THEN YES Continue with Step 22 NO Proceed to Step 26 Replace fiber jumper between the OTU OUT port and the ORS port reporting failure Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 46 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 251 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold Obtain and install a replacement for the OTU For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Did
419. l Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 15 Notify the person responsible for the service assigned to this circuit pack that it can be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 313 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 259 Clear 10GbE LAN Local Remote Fault Indication Overview Procedure This alarm is raised when an upstream failure is detected on the local or remote router This alarm may also be raised if there is an LOS LOF LOM or Loss of Sync condition or when the mapping mode between the upsteam and downstream OTU does not match Use the procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming 10GbE LAN Local Fault Indication e Far End 10GbE LAN Local Fault Indication e Incoming 10GbE LAN Remote Fault Indication e Far End 10GbE LAN Remote Fault Indication Examine the alarm list Determine if an NE is reporting an LOS LOF LOM or Loss of Sync alarm condition If any of these conditions exist use the appropriate TAP to clear the condition Check for an upstream failure Check each upstream equipment until you find and isolate which one is causing the remote or local fault indication failure Wait a few minutes and examine the NE Alarm List If the alarm is still listed continue with Step 6 If the alarm clears STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Make sure that the mapping modes between the upstream and downstream OTU ma
420. l of cooling Install an apparatus circuit pack blank s in the slot s For details go to DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 6 Remove any LBOs from the circuit pack removed in Step 3 and store for future use LOL 7776 bei TEC CN a DL Rida CHER Install an OTU Circuit Pack 1 II required remove the apparatus circuit pack blank from this slot For details see DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 2 Obtain a circuit pack with the same or higher series number or if adding channel as required per circuit order 3 Open both latches on the circuit pack 4 Place the circuit pack into the slot guides and slowly slide it into the shelf until the latches touch the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH 5 With a thumb on each latch continue sliding the circuit pack with one firm continuous motion until the latches are fully engaged and the clips are in the locked position 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 33 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 10 11 Is this a new or replacement OTU IF THEN new Continue with Step 7 replacement Proceed to Step 8 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION Circuit Connections and use the circuit connection wizard to add the required associations for the circuit pack being added Determine the required LBO For details go to DL
421. l times and that uniform force is used while dragging it 10 Verify clean connector by using an appropriate microscope as described in Step 2 11 Does the connector satisfy the Figure 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers p 15 17 visual inspection criteria IF THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Continue with Step 12 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 15 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors 12 13 14 15 A CAUTION Flammable material hazard Alcohol is flammable and is harmful if swallowed inhaled or absorbed through the skin Keep alcohol away from heat sparks or flame Avoid contact with eyes skin and clothing Open an individual foil packet of pre saturate alcohol wipe Grasp the connector housing and place the connector ferrule endface perpendicular to the alcohol wipe Drag it against the wipe three times in a figure eight pattern while maintaining uniform pressure Do not use pre saturated alcohol wipes other than the type specified in this procedure Make sure that the pre saturated alcohol wipe is resting on an unyielding surface while wiping the ferrule tip Discard pre saturated alcohol wipe in an appropriate manner when finished Does the connector satisfy the Figure 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers p 15 17
422. lated by the Food and Drug Administration s Center for Devices and Radiological Health FDA CDRH under 21 CFR 1040 These regulations require manufacturers to certify each laser or laser Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 5 See notice on first page Safety Lightwave Safety Guidelines product as belonging to one of six major Classes I II IIa IIIa IIb or IV The International Electro technical Commission is an international standards body that writes laser safety standards under IEC 60825 Classification schemes are similar with Classes divided into Classes 1 2 3A 3B and 4 Lasers are classified according to the accessible emission limits and their potential for causing injury Lightwave systems are generally classified as Class I 1 because under normal operating conditions all energized laser transmitting circuit packs are terminated on optical fibers which enclose the laser energy with the fiber sheath forming a protective housing Also covers are in place over the circuit pack shelves The circuit packs themselves however may be FDA CDRH Class I or IIIb or IEC Class 1 3A or 3B Lightwave Safety Precautions Under normal operating conditions the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system is totally enclosed and presents no risk of eye injury It is a Class I system under the FDA CDRH scheme The lightguide cables that interconnect various components of a lightwave system can disconnect or break and may expose people to lightwave emission A
423. lear Incoming ODU2 OCT p 14 285 LCK Go to TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK p 14 286 If one of the two signal type parameters do not match the value that appears in the office records change it If the OTU type does not match the office records replace the circuit pack See DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 for details If the alarm does not clear obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 289 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14 290 Use this procedure to clear one of the following alarms Incoming 0C 192 STM 64 AIS Incoming 0DU1 0DU2 AIS e Incoming AIS L MS AIS This alarm occurs when an upstream failure is detected or when the mapping mode between the upsteam and downstream OTU does not match This alarm can also be raised if there is a payload type mismatch condition CAUTION l Service disruption hazard The replacement of any of these three circuit packs causes SERVICE INTERRUPTION Check for an upstream failure Check each upstream equipment until you find and isolate which one is causing the AIS Check also for a payload type mismatch See TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch p 14 288 to
424. lect a reason to baseline Select a reason for both total optical power Received TOPR OL and Transmitted TOPT OL Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only Click OK At the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OTU circuit pack and channel parameters for example Optical Channel ochan 1e 9380 new ochan Select the OTU that is associated with the Optical Channel being deleted Then click SELECT 8 In the Set Baseline Optical Channel dialog box select the reason to baseline Select the reason for Signal Power Received TOPR OCHAN and Transmitted TOPT OCHAN 9 Click on the radio button under Apply To for All Optical Channels 10 Click on the OK button 11 At the West terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 12 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT 13 In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select the reason to baseline Select the reason for both total optical power Received TOPR OL and Transmitted TOPT OL 14 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only 15 Click OK 16 At the CIT select PERF
425. lems found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 4 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 15 NO Continue with Step 5 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 133 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS E CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 5 could result in service interruption Replace the SUPVY circuit pack that is connected to the OA SUP TX indicated in the AID column of the report from Step 1 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 6 Obtain another report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 7 NO Continue vvith Step 15 y CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 7 could result in service interruption Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 5 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 8 Notify the person responsible for the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to e Manually switch the service line to a protection line e Ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service 9 Replace the
426. line condition NE2 turns on OA3 output power to a level that reflects its input power APSD Restart is done OA in NE2 starts monitoring input power for APSD triggering conditions A similar procedure is performed to restart the OA1 power on NEI Figure 9 2 APSD Restart for Two Fiber Cut Scenario 1 Fiber restored 2 After detecting SUPVY power in SUPVY in NE2 Stop pulsing SUPVY signal to NE1 NE1 y NE2 L 3 Detects SUPVY LOS clearing 4 Detects local SUPVY DL is up 5 Checks SUPVY connection mismatch v SUPVY 6 Checks OA connection mismatch x 7 Checks insufficent span loss and send APSD clear message to user 8 Turn on OA output power 2 After detecting SUPVY power in SUPVY 9 Monitor input power in NE2 stops pulsing SUPVY signal to NE1 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 1 Fiber restored Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 9 9 See notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure APSD for One Fiber Cut Scenario Figure 9 3 APSD for One Fiber Cut Scenario p 9 11 illustrates the automatic power shutdown procedure 1 pt A fiber that connects the 1 and OA2 is cut A loss of signal power is detected in the OA pack and a loss of supervisory signal power is detected on the SUPVY pack in Network Element 2 NE2 Software shuts off the power of the driving pumps of OA3 com
427. link Clicking on the help screen button below the alarm condition will provide details on provisioning the parameters These alarm conditions can be caused by certain upstream failures such as SUPVY booting BOS overhead controller booting or various SUPVY failure conditions When provisioning the originating and terminating ends of an Express Data Link Termination Provisionable the originating and terminating nodes must be different For example a three node system the originating node could be local user and the terminating node must be local network The intermediate node for the Data Link Termination Provisionable would be provisioned for Express on the east and west sides of the node If the originating and terminating nodes are the same an Express SUPVY DL Failure alarm condition is generated If the intermediate node is not the same on the East and West sides a PROVDLTYPE Mismatch alarm condition is generated When provisioning the originating and terminating ends of a Local Data Link Termination Fixed the originating and terminating nodes must be different For example originating node could be local user and the terminating node must be local network If they are the same a Local SUPVY DL Failure alarm condition is generated Important Failures in the SUPVY channel will cause Express SUPVY DL and Local SUPVY DL Failures Before attempting to clear Express SUPVY DL or Local SUPVY DL Failures all other SUPVY channel failur
428. ls that are equipped with slots or dividers that do not allow packs to impact against each other Circuit packs in ESD safe bags may be hand carried or placed in suitable tote boxes Do not stack circuit packs directly on top of each other and always use ESD safe cushioning materials between them Are you transporting handling a bay subrack assembly or circuit pack to another location IF THEN BAY Continue with Step 16 SUBRACK ASSEMBLY Proceed to Step 21 CIRCUIT PACK Proceed toStep 26 15 84 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return A CAUTION Flammable material hazard When transporting Alcatel Lucent equipment to off site locations always use adequate packaging to ensure the transportation and handling environment All circuit packs must be removed and packed separately Whenever possible re use the factory supplied packaging material and re package in the same manner It is assumed that transportation will be in enclosed vehicles that exposure to adverse weather conditions will be limited and that all packaging must conform to local carrier regulations Mount bay on a cushioned skid fully enclosed in an ESD bag Remove all circu
429. lso certain measures and maintenance procedures may expose the technician to emission from the semiconductor laser during installation and servicing Unlike more familiar laser devices such as solid state and gas lasers the emission pattern of a semiconductor laser results in a highly divergent beam In a divergent beam the irradiance power density decreases rapidly with distance The greater the distance the less energy will enter the eye and the less potential risk for eye injury Inadvertently viewing an unterminated fiber or damaged fiber with the unaided eye at distances greater than 5 6 in normally will not cause eye injury provided the power in the fiber is less than a few milliWatts at the shorter wavelengths and higher at the longer wavelengths However damage may occur if an optical instrument such as a microscope magnifying glass or eye loupe is used to stare at the energized fiber end Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Lightwave Safety Guidelines WARNING Laser hazard Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser radiation exposure Safety Precautions for Enclosed Systems Under normal operating conditions the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system is completely enclosed nonetheless the following precautions should be observed e Because of the
430. m Dnu42JXq 2sD2 2M q n pooldu XAqns nur do 92D4 21D42d q n apooiduio LO mi nur do m 22DA 21D42d 2poojduio MO u211M q n u01122104d m pur do 52 i zs Bunoayy Bunoayy Bunoayy 8 E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu suena Amua juepuedeg eoiues juepuedeg lM S j uopipuos 184 4 5 sinos hnqiumy jeuibuo Has geinquny jeuibuo 13NOS zuonpuoo STO 6 E1S ABA penunuoo spueuiuio2 s1ua 3 lqEL uonipuo2 wey L V lqEL A 6 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary AWO 1018 1019 14 4 25 IA NWO AWO yord 1015 14 4 z TIN s emnpreg NINO ndo 1018 WIS NAO 3015 14 4 TIN ez zs dO nado xoed 1015 14 4 m m N ns ampez ndo NI nao SO I ur o Mod LdlNO ld m m TIN m E SOX 1040 SWO q n nur do z m m iu21s amp S 21Dpdp q n po o dut FF nur do zi s m 447 3821 q n po duu nS pur do se m s m 020 0m y 1s2 q n apoojduo nur do
431. m OTU STM 16 or 64 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day m PE dE ERE 007000 14 281 TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODUS OCI LU RP rehenes eec ge 14 285 TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODUS LOR ardere mem ene e me eres 14 286 TAP 246 Clear Incoming ODU2 AIS 2 2 14 287 TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismateh enim tentent aree tense re trita 14 288 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures s RURUA sten interne 14 290 TAP 240 Clear Incoming Signal Degrade ZA ree trek iretur bbc incerti 14 293 TAP 250 Clear Incoming OC 192 STM64 Excessive 1 sss 14 294 TAP251 Clear IDGDB LAN LOS TU prede dea cheat e che 14 295 TAP 252 Clear 1 GBE TUGDE Loss o Syne Tare sessi deceret tnit 14 298 1555 v r Pinazalla module anaya ss ipe genere eaten t 14 300 TAP 254 Clear Plugzable module Buled iussisse tentent tene AURA He 14 302 BN sss Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Contents TAP 255 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day 14 303 TAP 256 Clear Trail Trace np R Ra io ter teg rds 14 306 TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day 14 308 TAP 258 Clear TCA Digita
432. mance Monitoring Parameter Threshold Provisioning notifyLow notifyLow2 user provisionable clearLow notifyHigh2 non user provisionable Important Do not use 0 or 1 dB due to the frequency of the TCA for the following thresholds e Optical Signal Power Parameters TOPR OL TOPT OL SPR SU SPT SU SPT C SPR C Optical Line Equipment Health Parameters PLE RP1 6 PLE TP1 6 e OTU Equipment Health Parameters LBC Repeater and WAD SPR C and SPT C Thresholds In a Repeater and Type 1 WAD the SPR C and SPT C refer to the same measurement point therefore the thresholds for both should be set to the same value Only the SPT C threshold shall be used for the generation of TCA No TCA will be generated for the SPR C In a Type 2 WAD the SPR C and SPT C refer to a different measurement point therefore their thresholds should be set to a different value Repeater and WAD PLE RPn and PLE TPn Thresholds In a Repeater and Type 1 WAD the PLE RPn and PLE TPn each n is one of six OA pumps refer to the same measurement point therefore their thresholds for both should be set to the same value Only the PLE RPn threshold shall be used for the generation of TCA In a Type 2 WAD the PLE RPn and PLE TPn each n is one of six OA pumps refer to a different measurement point on a line therefore their thresholds should be set to a different value Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first p
433. ment major alarms are used for hardware or software conditions that indicate a serious disruption of service or the malfunctioning or failure of important circuits These troubles require the immediate attention and response of maintenance personnel to restore or maintain system capability The urgency is less than in critical situations because of a less immediate or impending effect on service or system performance Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces User Panel In the SDH environment Deferred Maintenance Alarm DMA is generated when immediate action is not required by maintenance personnel For example e when performance falls below a set threshold but the effect does not warrant removal from service e when automatic changeover to stand by equipment has been used to restore service This LED is red and is labeled MJ Deferred Minor Alarm Minor alarms are defined only in the SONET environment and are used for troubles that do not have a serious effect on service to customers or for troubles in circuits that are not essential to NE operation This LED is yellow and is labeled MN Status Indicators 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Status indicator buttons alert the user of retired office audible alarms alarm conditions and abnormal system conditions Alarm Cut Off Suppress LED When lit the green Alarm Cut Off Suppress LED indicates that an alarm
434. ment Type NETYPE provisioning 5 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Index Non Super User logins Logins non super user 2 5 Non volatile memory security data storage 2 27 NVM See Non volatile memory 2 27 O OC 192 STM64 degraded signal 14 293 14 293 14 294 OCHAN SPR C 14 206 OCHAN SPT C 14 210 OCI 14 60 14 285 ODU Optical Demultiplexer trail trace 14 21 ODUKP TCA 14 311 Office alarm tests 3 12 OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 14 12 OLINE PLE TPx x 1 6 14 215 OLINE TOPR OL 14 201 OLINE TOPT OL 14 204 On demand retrieval operations report CIT report on demand retrieval operations 3 12 Operation amp Maintenance TOP 10 1 OPR RLS EXT CONT command 3 12 Optical power levels baselining 6 19 Optical power received 6 35 Optical power received monitoring of 6 7 6 8 6 8 6 10 6 12 6 14 6 16 Optical power transmitted 6 35 Optical power transmitted monitoring of 6 7 6 8 6 8 6 10 6 12 6 14 6 16 Optical analog parameters monitoring of 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 OS NE TL 1 Interface Inter faces OS NE TL 1 3 16 OT Optical Translators in add port LOS 14 226 OTPS provisioning 5 5 OTU Optical Translator Unit trail trace 14 21 OTU Optical Translators TCA 14 303 14 308 OTU 10GLAN LBC 14 223 OTU 10GLAN OPR 14 218 OTU 10GLAN OPT 14 221 OTU BBE ESS SESS or UASS
435. meter s per the office records and click Apply END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 183 Clear Auto Negotiation Failure Overview Procedure The Auto Negotiation Failure alarm is raised against the client ports INI through INS of the FleX DM pack when the local auto negotiation state machine fails to achieve the common mode of operation in one of the following scenarios The auto negotiation process completes without achieving the common mode of operation e The auto negotiation process fails to complete within time interval T approximately 200 ms For example if the Auto Negotiation mode settings on two client ports of the FleX DM pack are inconsistent and the two ports are connected the Auto Negotiation Failure alarm will occur The Auto Negotiation Failure alarm is cleared when the common operation mode is achieved or if auto negotiation is disabled by provisioning Check whether the auto negotiation mode settings on the GbE interfaces of the FleX DM pack are consistent Both settings on the interfaces should be either enabled or disabled Did checking correcting the auto negotiation mode of the ports clear the alarm IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 11 NO Continue with Step 3 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Luc
436. ministration provides a detailed description of how the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system manages user accounts and monitors system security Chapter 3 Operation Interfaces provides information on system interfaces and associated LEDs 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary xxi Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page About this information product Chapter 4 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT summarizes information on the hardware and software requirements for Alcatel Lucent s WaveStar OLS 1 6T Craft Interface Terminal CIT application software Chapter 5 Provisioning provides information on the process of assigning values to parameters in memory that determine the operating characteristics of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system Chapter 6 Performance Monitoring provides information on proactive maintenance of the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6Tsystem Chapter 7 Maintenance introduces the maintenance features of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system and describes the features that continuously monitor the overall health of all the equipment and signals passing through the system Chapter 8 Alarms and Indicators discusses alarm mappings and Alarm Severity Assignment Profiles Chapter 9 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD provides information on APSD availability trigger conditions and system restarts Chapter 10 Using the Index Lists and Procedures provides information for using the Index Lists IXLs Non Trouble
437. mpany ITU T International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications IXC Interexchange Carrier IXL Index List J Jitter Jitter is defined as short term variations of the significant instants of a digital signal from their ideal positions in time K Kb s Kilobits per second km kilometer Krypton line 1547 82 nm wavelength used in a standard laser source L LAN Local Area Network LBC Laser bias current LBC P Laser Bias Current for Pump LBC SU Laser Bias Current Supervisory LBFC Laser backface currents 3655 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary o GL 17 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary LBFC P Laser Backface Current for Pump LBO Lightguide Build Out LC Lucent made connector 0 1 dB typical loss Lead time The amount of time that passes between placement of a product order and receipt of the product LEC Local exchange carrier LED Light emitting diode Level 1 Node A Level 1 Node has the capability of communicating with all Level 1 Nodes in the Area of which it is a member Level 1 Nodes cannot communicate with nodes outside of its own area The Node can be an external router or an OLS 400G Level 1 Ring A Level 1 Ring is composed of only Level 1 Nodes A Level 2 Node performing as both a Level 2 Node and a Level 1 Node can be part of the Level 1 Ring Level 2 Node A Level 2 Node can communicate with other Level 2 Nodes in its subdomain This provides the ability for communicati
438. n SUPVY power continuously 5 Raise APSD 7 Pump turn off 9 x 8 SUPVY signal pulsing SUPVY 9 Raise APSD active line alarms to user 6 No Signal Power SUPVY power is turned off and on continuously 4 No Signal Power UPVY power is tumed off and on continuously active line alarm o user Trigger Conditions 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shut Down APSD may be triggered by the following conditions The detection of these conditions in an NE triggers Automatic Shutdown of the transmit OA in the upstream NE e OA LOS and SUPVY LOS OA LOS and SUPVY Removal e OA LOS and SUPVY Failure e OA LOS and OHCTL Removal OA LOS and OHCTL Failure OA Removal and SUPVY LOS OA Removal and SUPVY Removal OA Removal and SUPVY Failure Removal and OHCTL Removal OA Removal and OHCTL Failure OA Failure and SUPVY LOS Failure and SUPVY Removal Failure and SUPVY Failure Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure OA Failure and OHCTL Removal OA Failure and OHCTL Failure Important The OA LOS is the Loss of Signal of traffic detected in the OA Pack The SUPVY LOS is the Loss of Signal for the incoming supervisory signal detected in the Supervisory Pack Basic Theory of Operation for WAD Configurations Between Two NEs APSD will be trigg
439. n Language 1 TOD Time of Day TOP Task Oriented Procedure TOPR OL Total Power Received Optical Line TOPT OL Total Power Transmitted Optical Line Transaction Language 1 TL1 A machine to machine communications language that is a subset of CCITT s human machine language Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol TCP IP A networking protocol that provides communication across interconnected networks between computers with diverse hardware architectures and various operating systems Transport Service Bridge TSB Used internally by an NE to provide direct connectivity with the Navis EMS via the TCP IP network to exchange network operation and management information OLS 400G supports an internal RFC 100g TSB function between OS s and NEs for customers that wish to use a TCP IP network for transporting OSI application messages TrueWave Fiber Non zero dispersion shifted fiber manufactured by Alcatel Lucent previously referred to as DEB fiber TSB Transport Service Bridge TTL transistor logic 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 35 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Tx Transmit UAS Unavailable Seconds UBob universal build out block Unavailable Seconds UAS In performance monitoring the count of seconds in which a signal is declared failed or in which 10 consecutively severely errored seconds SES occurred until the time when 10 consecutive non SES occur Upgrade
440. n Step 8 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or optical channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or optical channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or optical channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Make an optical power measurement on the incoming optical jumper that provides input to the IN port at the OTU For help refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 Was the measured optical power within the limits IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 26 NO Continue with Step 11 Clean the incoming fiber jumper For help refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Within the NE Equipment Explorer click on the bay shelf and slot for the desired OTU that was identified in the Performance Report for the exceeded threshold and Select From the CIT s Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Initialize Registers gt Port PM Register Initialization Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 243 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU STM 16 or 64 15 16 17 18 19 20 365 575
441. n detected and alarmed if the upstream alarm has not been suppressed Alarm List A status report that lists active alarms on the network element Alarm Log A history of the setting and clearing of system alarms on the network element Alarm Severity An attribute defining the priority of the alarm message The way alarms are processed depends on the severity Alarm Suppression Selective removal of alarm messages from being forwarded to the GUI or to network management layer OSs Alarm Throttling A feature that automatically or manually suppresses autonomous messages that are not priority alarms Aligning Indicating the head of a virtual container by means of a pointer for example creating an Administrative Unit AU or a Tributary Unit TU Alternate Mark Inversion AMI A line code that employs a ternary signal to convert binary digits in which successive binary ones are represented by signal elements that are normally of alternative positive and negative polarity but equal in amplitude and in which binary zeros are represented by signal elements that have zero amplitude American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII A standard 7 bit code that represents letters numbers punctuation marks and special characters in the interchange of data among computing and communications equipment Amplitude Amplitude is a measure of the intensity of the wave and is defined as the distance from the center of the wave to its pea
442. n first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE Logins Overview The NE provides a user with the appropriate security administration privileges to allow the user to add modify and delete non Super User logins via the CIT Interface Super User Logins The NE supports two Super User logins via the TL1 interface Non Super User Logins The NE supports the management of 510 non Super User logins via the CIT or the NMA TL interface Simultaneous Logins The NE allows only Super Users from both the CIT and OS to log onto the NE using the same logins simultaneously Modifications The NE does not allow any user to modify their own login security parameters with the exception of changing their own password Temporary Logins The NE allows a user with Security Administration privileges to create temporary logins with provisionable expiration dates Temporary Login Aging These temporary logins are automatically deleted on the specified date regardless of the frequency of use of the login The User Login can be changed from regular into temporary There is no way to change from a temporary to a regular If the administrator wants to change the temporary login ID to a regular login he she must delete the temporary login and then use the same login id to create a regular user User Login Aging The NE allows a user with Security Administration privileges to globally set the Login Aging parameter This parameter m
443. n for further technical assistance 14 130 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 174 Clear Insufficient Span Loss 10 dB 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 5 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable s and connection s which should include the proper LBO values for the affected span and correct any problem found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did a visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 7 Important At this point it appears that the local Insufficient Span Loss condition may be caused by the downstream NE Initiate a Trouble Report to the downstream NE indicating the type of failure If the downstream NE returns a Trouble Report indicating No Trouble Found then before following the locally prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the reason for low span loss obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 131 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 177 Test LED In Progress Overview This condition means t
444. n in the amount of available cooling air to the bays At the top corners of each cover locate the 1 4 turn crew which is part of the latch assembly Using an appropriate screwdriver rotate the 1 4 turn screw counterclockwise 90 degrees to unlock each latch handle Rotate the two plastic finger grips located on the filter from the horizontal to the vertical position Did the inspection indicate a dirty or blocked dust filter IF THEN YES Continue with Step 10 NO Proceed to Step 11 BE UU Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 526 Inspect Replace Dust Filter 10 11 12 13 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Important Replace ALL dust filters in the bay that have a Clogged Dust Filter 1 or 2 or both condition Install a new or reinsert the old filter with the air flow arrows located on the filter s edge pointing up by first rotating the two plastic finger grips to the vertical position and sliding it into the same location on the shelf Close the cover rotate the latch handles clockwise approximately 90 degrees and then pivot the handles so they are flush with the front face of the cover Using an appropriate screwdriver rotate the 1 4 turn screw clockwise 90 degrees to lock the latch handle END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 55 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures
445. na Caribbean Latin America CALA phone 1 317 322 6416 or E Mail intlorders alcatel lucent com For Canada North American Region phone 1 317 322 6615 RBOC BOC Process through your Company Documentation Coordinator Notes 1 For commercial customers a check money order purchase order number or charge card number is required with all orders Make checks payable to Alcatel Lucent 2 Alcatel Lucent entities should use Form IND 1 80 80 FA One Time Orders One time orders include a binder if applicable and the issue in effect at the time of the order You may request placement on a standing order list for all later reissues of the document by calling the applicable Alcatel Lucent number listed in the previous table RBOC BOC customers should process document orders or standing order requests through their Company Documentation Coordinator How to comment To comment on this information product go to the Online Comment Form http www lucent info com comments enus or e mail your comments to the Comments Hotline comments alcatel lucent com xxvi Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 1 safety Overview Purpose This chapter describes theWaveStar OLS 1 6T safety features Contents Structure of hazard statements 1 2 Lightwave Safety Guidelines 1 4 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 1 Issue 1 July 2007 S
446. nal obtain Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 251 Clear 10GbE LAN LOS failure assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 12 Replace the XFP module on the 10GbE OTU circuit pack If the alarm does not clear remove the new XFP module and reinstall the original one 13 Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 297 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE IOGbE Loss of Sync failure Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 14 298 Use this procedure to clear the following alarms Incoming 1GbE Loss of Sync failure This alarm indicates that the receiver cannot synchronize to the block boundaries on an incoming client signal Incoming 10GbE Loss of Sync failure This alarm indicates that the receiver cannot synchronize to the 64B 66B block boundaries on an incoming client signal Far End 1GbE Loss of Sync failure This alarm indicates that the client port receiver on the Far End 1GbE has detected a loss
447. nal has exceeded the provisioned performance thresholds Important An upstream transmission degradation alarm could cause multiple reports of TCA digital alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log into the upstream NE to view the alarm list and clear any transmission alarms If the upstream transmission alarms can not be cleared initiate a trouble report to the upstream NE of the OTU indicating the TCA digital alarm and do not proceed till they are cleared Follow these steps to clear this TCA Examine the NE alarm list Determine which bay contains the OTU with the incoming failure Remove the appropriate shelf cover See DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 for details CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard This step results in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Visually inspect the incoming signal fibers or fiber jumpers and connections and correct any problems found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection reveal any problems were they corrected and did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 311 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 258 Clear TCA Digital Alarm ODUkP CVS BBE 10 11 12 13 ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day Remove the fiber jumper clean it and reconnect it to the
448. nation system with the appropriate file access permissions to write data to the destination pathname location in the responder virtual file store The pathname is assumed to point to a directory on the responder The Backup function indicates an error if the users setup destinations are not valid Disregard any alarm resync message during the database backup process as the system is only reporting a transient condition which should clear upon completion of the backup process Note that it may take up to 30 minutes to complete this task based on delays in the customer network Cpypgm IP tid Software is being copied from this WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE to the NE whose target identification TID appears in the message The software download is performed in the background Once the background download is initiated there is no mechanism to cancel the operation To confirm that this operation completed check the history log for the target NE Initswd IP reset Initiate Software INITSWD IP is part of a software reset in progress This involves downloading software from the FLASH to the BOS SYSCTL OHCTL BAYCTL and board controllers on all circuit packs During this time the miscellaneous discrete control points are deactivated Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007
449. nce with 9 5 Inactivity timeout CIT NE value 2 24 Inactivity Timer CIT NE 2 24 Interface application message protocol 3 16 Interfaces communications protocol 3 16 external 3 4 TCP IP communication protocol 3 16 Intruder alert alarm 2 20 Intrusion alert user id 2 20 LAN Local Area Network TOGDE failure 14 108 14 295 laser and eye damage 1 4 Laser bias current 6 36 OTU 100 6 36 OTU 110 6 36 OTU 120 6 36 Laser bias current monitoring of 6 7 6 8 6 8 6 10 6 12 6 14 6 16 laser classifications 1 4 Laser safety hazard levels 9 5 LED ABN Abnormal 3 7 ACO Suppress 3 7 ACTIVE 3 10 8 6 CR Prompt 3 6 Fault 3 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Index MJ Deferred 3 6 MN minor alarms 3 7 NE ACTY 3 7 3 8 LED Light Emitting Diodes 10G SFP 8 7 10G XFP 8 6 circuit packs 8 6 fault 8 6 flashing 8 6 ORS2 8 7 OTU120 8 7 LED tests 3 12 Lightwave safety 1 4 general laser information 1 4 laser and eye damage 1 4 laser classifications 1 4 safety precautions 1 4 Locked connection 14 61 14 286 LOF Loss of Frame incoming OTU2 failure 14 18 Log retrieval report CIT report login retrieval 3 12 Login Active state of channels 2 15 Logins active state of channels 2 15 aging 2 5 aging CIT NE 2 26 2 26 changing original super user 2 7 creating origin
450. nd initialize software e inhibit alarms to the Office Alarm Grid OS and telemetry interfaces either as a whole or separately operate release external controls operate release the Not In Service indicator Reports The following reports can be accessed from the CIT Autonomous condition reports e On demand retrieval operations e All alarm reports within the maintenance subnetwork Log retrieval reports The date format for all reports is provisionable to distinguish between SONET YYYY MM DD and SDH DD MM YYY Y environments Testing The CIT is capable of performing the following tests e NE self tests using the TEST AUTO LOCAL command e LED tests which apply to LEDs on all circuit packs and equipment using the TEST LED command When activated all LEDs turn ON for 10 seconds OFF for 10 seconds and return to normal operation e Office alarm tests to determine the proper operation of Office Alarm Interfaces for the NE The TEST ALM command is used e Momentarily 300 ms or continuously activate and release miscellaneous discrete control points using the OPR RLS EXT CONT command Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces Office Alarms Interfaces This section describes the interfaces for the office alarms CR Prompt MJ Deferred MN Informational Alarms There is a set of contact closures for CR Prompt MJ Deferred and MN Informational alarms f
451. nector into the microscope 3 Look for a clean white ferrule tip with a dark circle in the center fiber cladding and core by adjusting the focus setting on the microscope The image on the microscope for a clean connector will be free of any spots streaks and fiber particles as shown in Figure 15 1 Image of Clean Connector p 15 14 However not all connectors may appear perfectly clean even after implementing Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 13 See notice on first page DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors Figure 15 1 this cleaning procedure due to permanent features on the connector fixed particles ceramic voids cracks chips and other surface irregularities Refer to Figure 15 2 Acceptability Criteria for Single Mode and Multimode Fibers p 15 17 to determine that the permanent features on the connector satisfy the visual inspection criteria If the visual inspection criteria are not satisfied then the connector is not clean and should not be used TIP If spots streaks and fiber particles are observed it is important to confirm that they are on the connector and not part of the microscope Contamination on the connector can be verified by slowly disconnecting the connector while viewing it through the microscope and verifying that the spots streaks and fiber particles fade away as the connector is removed from the mi
452. never a channel is added or removed this parameter can be manually re baselined Upon execution of the baselining command the TOPR OL baseline value is displayed in the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm Total Optical Power Transmitted TOPT OL The sum of per channel signal power transmitted for the specified optical line The TOPT OL has a baseline value that can be set externally by a user command This baseline value is helpful in determining degraded service performance The TOPT OL is a function of the total number of channels at any given time Whenever a channel is added or removed this parameter can be manually re baselined Upon execution of the baselining command the TOPT OL baseline value is displayed in the PM report next to the currently measured value in dBm 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 31 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Optical Line Equipment Health Parameters Pump Laser Efficiency PLE RP1 6 PLE TP1 6 The Pump Laser Efficiency PLE provides an indication of the level of performance of the pump lasers of the OA The major contribution to PLE is aging which causes permanent degradation of performance under the same system condition Other factors affecting the performance of pump lasers are number of channels e input power 6 32 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 200
453. ng 5 2 5 4 TEST ALM command Com mands TEST ALM 3 12 TEST AUTO LOCAL command Commands TEST AUTO LOCAL 3 12 Testing CIT CIT testing 3 12 Thresholds counter 6 43 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary IN 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Index gauge 6 42 non provisionable 6 51 parameter provisionable 6 44 Thresholds performance parameter 6 42 TID NSAP mapper support of 3 16 TL1 commands TTI provisioning 7 8 TOPR OL 6 31 TOPT OL 6 31 Trail Trace optical channel 14 21 Training xxiii U User ID 2 5 User ID lockout threshold Threshold user ID lockout 2 19 User ID security 2 3 User pane control 3 4 display 3 4 V Version recognition 7 20 Program Identification 7 20 W WaveStar OLS 1 6T version recognition 7 20 WaveStar OLS 1 6T System controllers 7 20 WaveStar OLS 400G maintenance 7 1 IN 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007
454. ng labels on bags and cartons Whenever possible do not remove circuit packs units from antistatic packaging until ready to insert them into slots Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Lightwave Safety Guidelines If possible open all circuit packs units at a static safe work position using properly grounded wrist straps and static dissipating table mats e Always store and transport circuit packs units in static safe packaging Shielding is not required unless specified Keep all static generating materials such as food wrappers plastics and Styrofoam containers away from all circuit packs units When removing circuit packs units from a cabinet immediately place the circuit packs units in static safe packages e Whenever possible maintain relative humidity above 20 percent e Always keep the electromagnetic interference EMI ESD protective front covers on the shelves except during an upgrade or maintenance procedure Once a circuit pack unit is replaced in the shelf immediately close the front cover Grounding Wrist Straps Any connectors on the shelf interconnection panel that are not cabled should be fitted with a plastic dust cap to provide ESD protection To reduce the possibility of ESD damage shelves are equipped with grounding jacks to enable personnel to ground themselves using wrist straps while handling circuit packs
455. ng trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action that follows please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 201 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear the condition TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL i l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follovv instructions in the follovving steps could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to perform one of the following actions 1 Manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line 2 Ensure all protection lines or channels assigned to this OA are not being used for service 3 Restore service on a different Optic
456. nications between the Navis EMS and the managed NEs OLS Data Communications Channel DCC The embedded overhead communications channel in the synchronous line used for end to end communications and maintenance The DCC carries alarm control and status information between network elements in a synchronous network Data Communications Equipment DCE The equipment that provides the signal conversion and coding between the data terminating equipment and the line The DCE may be separate equipment or a part of the data terminating equipment Data Terminating Equipment DTE The equipment that originates data for transmission and accepts transmitted data dB Decibels dBm Decibels relative to 1 milli watt DCC Data Communications Channel DCE Data Communications Equipment DCM Dispersion Compensation Module Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary DCN Data Communication Network DCN Refer to Data Communication Network DDM 2000 Alcatel Lucent SONET ready network multiplexer that can function as a lightwave terminal It is designed primarily for loop feeder and interoffice applications that will work in existing asynchronous as well as the emerging SONET networks Dedicated Protection Ring DP Ring A protection method used in ISM Network Elements Default An operation or value that the system or application assumes unless a user makes an explicit choice
457. nt Proprietary 6 27 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Suppo rted Parameters OTU100 Flex 10 Receive Analog OPR Optical Power Received 3 UE OTU100 Transmit Analog LBC Laser Bias Current 2 Transmit Analog OPT Optical Power Transmitted 3 Receive Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Receive Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Receive Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Receive Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Receive Digital BBERS Background Block Error Ratio 2 Receive Digital ESRS Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Receive Digital SESRS Severely Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Receive Digital LOSS Loss of Signal Seconds 2 Transmit Digital CVS BBE B1 Coding Violations Count 2 Transmit Digital ESS ESS RS Errored Seconds 2 Transmit Digital SESS SESRS Severely Errored Seconds 2 Transmit Digital SEFSS RS Errored Frame Seconds 2 Transmit Digital UAS Unavailable Seconds 2 Transmit Digital BBERS Background Block Error Ratio 2 Transmit Digital ESRS Errored Seconds Ratio 2 Transmit Digital SESRS Severely Errored Seconds Ratio 2 628 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Supported Parameters
458. ntamination can be removed in three or fewer cleaning attempts Fiber Cladding This is the large dark circle near the center of the viewing area This is the outermost region of the end of the glass fiber Fiber Core In single mode fibers this appears as a small white circle near the center of the Viewing area in multimode fibers this circle is much larger The core may be found at the center of the Fiber Cladding which appears as a larger circle The single mode fiber core is approximately 8 microns in diameter and the cladding is approximately 125 microns in diameter Ferrule Endface This appears as a light colored area that surrounds the entire Fiber Cladding region This area may sometimes look rough or pebbled but must be uniform in appearance The Ferrule Endface fills the entire viewing area outside of the Fiber Cladding Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 17 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors Cleanliness Requirements e No loose contamination or particulate matter of any size is allowed in Viewing Area e No contamination chips or cracks of any size are allowed with the Restricted Area e Fixed Contamination is allowed only if it is smaller than the single mode Fiber Core diameter 8 microns and is located outside of the Restricted Area and it cannot be moved or removed in three cleaning attempts Scratches are acceptableonly if they do no
459. ntenance action Wait for the time indicated in Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times p 14 44 These times are best guess times the alarm may clear sooner Important Replacing the EI circuit pack in either an End Terminal or Repeater will cause the system controller to reboot Reseating the EI circuit pack in the Repeater will also cause the System Controller to reboot After replacing an EI circuit pack the SYStem IDentifier SYSID in the Network Service Access Point NSAP address will change the local craft technician should retrieve the new SYSID from the NE for example Repeater by clicking on Configuration and Installation Provisioning and go to the second NSAP Address Information window using the CIT and inform the Navis EMS technicians After replacement or reseating of the EI circuit pack verify that the system clock is correct If necessary reset the system clock 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 47 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed 14 15 16 17 18 Is the FAULT LED lighted on the replacement circuit pack IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO Continue with Step 15 Is the circuit pack just replaced an OA OTU ORS OMU ODU WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 16 NO Proceed to Step 17 for EI OMON
460. ntil the MJ LED is off at the EI circuit pack User Panel or whichever comes first Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 149 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH 11 12 13 14 15 Bus Failure Is the FAULT LED lighted on the replacement circuit pack IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Proceed toStep 13 Was an OTU circuit pack just replaced IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Proceed to Step 15 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 14 could result in service interruption If required the OTU OUT port LBO can novv be determined For details go to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 Was an OA OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack replaced IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 16 NO Proceed to Step 17 for BOSQ SYSCTL EI OMON or SUPVY Notify the person that is responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack that this Optical Line can now be returned to service Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 184 Clear Bay Bus Failure BC Bus Failure OH Bus Failure
461. nual for information on fiber connection to identify the circuit pack and signal source Visually inspect the connections between the OMON port on the OA and the IN port on the OMON and correct any problems found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190 Clear OMON LOS 6 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 7 NO Proceed to Step 8 7 Obtain another REPORTS s Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 NO Proceed to Step 28 8 Remove the fiber from the OMON port of the OA identified in Step 2 9 Connect an optical power meter to the OMON port of the OA and obtain an optical power measurement Important The power level will vary depending on the number of channels path loss C or L band 10 Is the power level greater than 37 dBm IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed toStep 21 11 Reconnect the fiber that was removed from the OMON port of the OA 12 Remove the fiber from the IN port of the OMON circuit pack that is connected to the OA 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 161 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 190
462. nuously pulling out equally on the top and bottom latches 3 Carefully slide the circuit pack out of the slot guides to remove it from the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 35 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack Install BOS or EI Circuit Pack Install the circuit pack as follows 1 2 Open both latches on the circuit pack Place the circuit pack into the slot guides and slowly slide it into the shelf until the latches touch the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH With a thumb on each latch continue sliding the circuit pack with one firm continuous motion until the latches are fully engaged and the clips are in the locked position END OF STEPS Are you ready to remove or install a BOS SYSCTL circuit pack IF THEN remove Continue with Remove a BOS SYSCTL Circuit Pack p 15 36 install Continue with Install a BOS SYSCTL p 15 37 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 5 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Click on PROVISION When the FAULT LED flashes push the eject button above the SYSMEM slot of the SYSCTL circuit pack to eject the FLASH Memory Module from the SYSCTL circuit pack Disengage
463. o Step 11 7 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary O 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or 8 10 11 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 A and B CAUTION 8 Service disruption hazard Step 8 through Step 10 require replacement of a power filter Replacing the wrong power filter will interrupt power to the shelf providing service The 48V power line filter associated with the A feeder is located on the left and the B feeder power line filter is on the right Verify the proper filter is being used by checking the rear panel designations next to the filters plug in socket Contact Technical Support personnel to notify them when you are about to start replacing a power filter on a shelf WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Replace the appropriate shelf power line filter For details refer to DLP 522 Replace Power Line Filter p 15 48 Did the Circuit Breaker Power A or B alarm condition clear IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 12 NO Continue with Step 11 Consult the appropriate Technical Support organization for further technical assistance Important The possibility exists that the system may be improperly grounded While a ground reading of 1 Ohm or less is indica
464. o Table 10 2 Task Index p 10 3 Each Task Index lists the available procedures for its classification All procedures are directive in nature and consist of step by step instructions Table 10 3 Types of Procedures p 10 3 lists the different types of procedures that may be included for any task classification Locate the desired procedure from the Task Index and go to the indicated task number Perform all steps in the procedure including referring to other procedures as required Typically when referencing another directive type procedure it is not necessary to return to the calling procedure However when a non directive Detailed Level Procedure DLP has been completed it is important to return to the calling procedure Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Using the Index Lists and Procedures Getting Started 5 Refer to Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 to begin troubleshooting if asked to verify an expected system response and that response is not observed 6 If the fault is still present after completing all applicable trouble clearing procedures contact the local or regional maintenance assistance group Table 10 1 Procedure Classifications Classification Description Acceptance Procedures used to accept OLS systems AFTER installation Circuit Order Operations Procedures used when adding or delet
465. o assure the continued safe deployment and use of optical networks we urge you to use the following standards as your guides for laser safety for your customers and employees 1 In the U S ANSI Z136 1 American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers and ANSI Z136 2 American National Standard for Safe Use of Optical Fiber Communication Systems Utilizing Laser Diode and LED Sources 2 Elsewhere IEC 60825 Safety of Laser Products Part 1 Equipment classification requirements and user s guide IEC 60825 Safety of Laser Products Part 2 Safety of optical fiber communication systems Important It should be noted that recent studies in Europe have suggested that power as low as 50 mW can ignite certain hazardous classified gaseous vapor mist dust environments under worst case dusty conditions Standards are being written both in the US and the International Electrotechnical Commission IEC to address optical installations in hazardous classified environments If you must deploy high power systems in such environments you should assess the impact Optical Safety FDA CDRH Class and IEC 60825 1 Class 1 Classification The WaveStar OLS 1 6T system is classified as an FDA CDRH Class I and an IEC 60825 1 Class 1 laser product and assessed as an IEC 60825 2 Hazard Level 1M system as referenced in the Interpretation Sheet 76 224 ISH to IEC 60825 1 Amendment 2 January 2001 for use in IEC 60825 2 IEC 60825 1 Class 1 Laser Produ
466. o create a new TID gx Moe a qo d 6 Type your assigned password and click OK END OF STEPS 2 Atthe WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT select FILE NE Disconnect and click on NE Disconnect END OF STEPS 15 44 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This procedure covers login aging and password aging in addition to changing deleting or entering a user s login Additional information about security and aging is provided in Chapter 2 Security Administration Important Privileged users cannot change their own login LUCO1 and LUCO2 are the original super user names If required connect and condition the craft interface terminal CIT For details go to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 If required initiate a login session with the appropriate network element refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 You must have an NE login with appropriate UAP User Access Privilege to perform these tasks IF THEN adding or modifying a user s login Continue with Add or Modify User Login p 15 46 disabling a user login Proceed to Disable User Log
467. oam containers away from all circuit packs 2 Read all warning labels on bags and cartons containing electronic components before opening 3 If possible open all circuit packs at a static safe work position using properly grounded wrist straps and table mats that dissipate static electricity 4 Whenever possible wait to remove circuit packs from their protective antistatic packaging until time to insert them into a shelf 5 Never touch a circuit pack s components conductors or connector pins Handle all circuit packs only by the faceplate or latch or by the top and bottom outermost edges 6 Always wear a grounded wrist strap or wear a heel strap and stand on a grounded static dissipating floor mat when handling circuit packs storing installing or removing or when working on backplanes 7 Always store and transport circuit packs in static safe packages Shielding is not required unless specified 8 When removing a circuit pack from the shelf immediately put it into a static safe package 9 Try to keep relative humidity above 20 percent 10 OLS NEs are equipped with grounding jacks for connecting the static ground wrist strap The jacks are located on the user panel and on the filter panel 11 Keep the electromagnetic interference EMD ESD protective front shelf covers closed at all times Close the cover immediately after a maintenance procedure such as replacing a circuit pack Refer to Table 14 1 Trouble
468. oceed to Step 6 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 18 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 6 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section to e Manually switch the service line s or channel s to a protection line s e Ensure all protection lines or channels assigned to this ODU ODUL are not being used for service 8 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 9 NO Proceed to Step 16 9 Replace the OA associated with this optical multiplex section For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 10 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 16 11 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 9 and reinstall the original circuit pack For detail
469. of circuit pack CLSC or DCM apparatus unit is being removed and or installed IF THEN ODU or WAD Continue with Step 2 OA OMON OMU ORS SUPVY Proceed toStep 4 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 27 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack IF THEN OTU Proceed to Step 5 BOSor EI Go to Remove BOS or EI circuit pack p 15 35 later in this procedure BOS SYSCTL Proceed to BOS SYSCTL Circuit Pack p 15 36 later in this procedure DCM Proceed to Remove Install a DCM Apparatus Unit p 15 38 later in this procedure CLSC Proceed to Remove Install a CLSC Apparatus Unit p 15 39 later in this procedure 2 Before disconnecting any fiber jumpers locate the OA that is connected to the IN port of the failed ODU or WAD circuit pack The Receive OA should be located in 1 1 5 Bay Shelf Slot However verify this by checking the fiber designation tags wrapped around the fiber 3 Disengage the OA circuit pack identified in Step 2 from the shelf as follows Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking clips to unlock the circuit pack latches Disengage the circuit pack by carefully and continuously pulling out equally on the top and bottom latches Continue with Step 4 4 Are you to remove or install an OA ODU OMON OMU ORS SUPVY or WAD circuit pack
470. of the OT reporting this alarm condition Check the local office records Determine if the correct expected OCH trail trace message for this signal matches the data in the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message listed in the report If it does continue with the step below If it does not match go to Step 6 Trace the fiber jumper connected to the IN_wxyz port of the OT identified in the AID column back to the source Check the following e OTUI ODUI TTM should reported at client INI through IN4 ports of FleX MUX circuit pack OTU2 ODU2 TTM should reported at line IN wxyz port of the FleX 10 circuit pack OTU2 ODU2 TTM should reported at line IN port of FleX MUX or FleX DM circuit pack e OTU2 ODU2 TTM should reported at client IN ADD port of FleX 10 circuit pack Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 21 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 103 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch OTUk ODUk If the jumper fiber is connected to the correct source go to Step 6 If it is not continue with Step 5 CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard Failure to follow instructions in this step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION Notify the person in charge of the optical line so that traffic can be re routed Use local procedures to connect the fiber jumper to the correct source If the alarm is still listed in the NE Alarm List at the CIT enter the correct expected incoming optical channel trail trace message
471. oming VCAT Loss of Sequence p 14 71 Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence p 14 71 Incoming VCG failure TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure p 14 28 Inhibit Alarms Office Alarms TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 INITSWD IP TAP 117 Clear BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP p 14 62 Insufficient span loss 10 dB TAP 174 Clear Insufficient Span Loss 10 dB p 14 130 Invalid Primary DSA Address TAP 193 Clear Invalid Primary DSA Address p 14 170 JO Mismatch TAP 156 Clear JO Mismatch p 14 117 Local SUPVY DL Failure TAP 192 Clear Local SUPVY DL Failure Express SUPVY DL Failure or PROVDLTYPE Mismatch p 14 166 No CP Expected in Slot TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot p 14 73 OA failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 OA removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 Optical Channel Transmit Failure TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure p 14 186 ODU failure TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure p 14 40 ODU removed TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed p 14 45 ODU OMU warmup in progress TAP 144 Clear OMU ODU warm up in
472. on and treatment of Alcatel Lucent products at the end of their useful life or products displaced by Alcatel Lucent equipment offers For information regarding take back of equipment by Alcatel Lucent or for more information regarding the requirements for recycling disposal of product please contact your Alcatel Lucent Account Manager or Alcatel Lucent Takeback Support at takeback alcatel lucent com Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 2 Security Administration Overview Purpose Release 9 0 of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T introduces improved functionality and dozens of enhancements to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Contents Standard Security Features 2 3 NE Security Interfaces 2 4 NE Logins 2 5 NE Original Logins 2 7 NE Passwords 2 8 NE User Login Security 2 9 NE Login Sessions 2 15 NE Login Access Security Procedures 2 17 NE User ID Lockout 2 19 NE Intruder Alert Alarm 2 20 EMS NE Logins 2 21 EMS NE Security Notification Management 2 22 CIT NE Login Security 2 23 CIT NE Inactivity Timeout 2 24 CIT NE Password Aging 2 25 CIT NE User Login Aging 2 26 CIT NE Security Data Storage 2 27 CIT NE Audit Trail Record 2 28 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2A Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration Overview EMS TLI NE Authentication and Access Control 2 29 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 36
473. on system size or until the MJ LED is off on the EI circuit pack User Panel whichever comes first 11 At the CIT click REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 12 Is the same alarm condition still listed under the DESCRIPTION column IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before with other trouble clearing procedures NO Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 13 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OT STERS ANTH 14 54 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary ss 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure BOS BAYCTL or BOS OHCTL FAILURE Important A series number S 2 is the same series number as 57 4 The 2 and 4 refer to minor changes within series 1 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard Do not insert a FLASH Memory Module FMM into the SYSMEM slot of a BOS BAYCTL or BOS OHCTL circuit pack This will cause loss of service Obtain a replacement circuit pack with the same or higher series number and install it in place of the circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED For de
474. onnect the optical power meter to the fiber jumper removed from the IN connector of the OTU in Step 10 and obtain an optical power measurement Using the power level reading obtained in Step 11 and the appropriate row of Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 determine if the power level is within range IF THEN YES Continue with Step 13 NO Proceed to Step 17 Using the power level reading obtained in Step 11 and Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 compute the required LBO for the IN port of the OTU Important If measured power level is greater than the Recommended Input Power level for a given type OTU install an LBO with a value that will bring power level to near the Recommended Input Power level For example with an OC 48 STM 16 Optical Channel if the measured power level is 7 dBm then install a 10 dBm LBO If measured power level is less than the recommended input power but within the input power range equip with a 0 dBm LBO Using the calculated LBO value obtained in Step 13 determine if the LBO installed in the OTU IN port is the correct value IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 17 NO Continue with Step 15 Clean the OTU IN port LBO and optical fiber jumper connector that was disconnected in Step 10 For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Install the new LBO in the OTU IN port
475. ons between Areas via the Level 2 Nodes In addition the Level 2 Node communicates with the Level 1 Nodes in its Area The Node can be an external router or OLS 400G Level 2 Ring A set of Level 2 Nodes located within the same routing domain that connects all areas of the OLS network Level 2 Subdomain A set of Level 2 Nodes located within the same routing domain that connects all areas of the OLS network LFA Loss of Frame Assignment LGX Lightguide cross connect Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Lightguide Build Out LBO An adapter for the lightguide fiber jumpers between the LGX OLS and OT equipment It is also used on equipment within the network element It performs signal attenuation and guarantees the proper signal level to OLS and OT equipment Line 1 An optical transmission line In T1 Bellcore terminology line refers to a transmission medium together with the associated high speed equipment required to provide the means of transporting information between two consecutive network elements one originates the line signal while the other terminates it 2 Line also indicates a fiber pair When used in this document the following is assumed 1 line 2 fibers 4 line 8 fibers Line Build out LBO An attenuator placed between a Lightwave system and the LGX equivalent It guarantees the optical level will be below the receiving equipment s
476. optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section that the section can be returned to service 17 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 18 Perform baseline on the OA if it was replaced For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 19 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 155 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS Overview Procedure Optical Multiplex Section OMS is used to define the line between the Optical Amplifier OA OUT connector and IN connector of the Optical Demultiplexer Unit ODU ODUL This condition indicated that the ODU ODUL has detected a loss of signal Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 3 could result in service interruption Visually inspect the incoming signal cable betvveen the OA OUT port and the ODU ODUL port and correct any problems found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Did the visual inspection result in correcting any problems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Pr
477. or a higher series number and install it For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Wait for the time indicated in Table 14 2 Circuit Pack Waiting Times p 14 44 These times are worst case times alarm may clear sooner Important Replacing the EI circuit pack in either an End Terminal or Repeater will cause the system controller to reboot Reseating the EI circuit pack in the Repeater will also cause the System Controller to reboot After replacing an EI circuit pack the SYStem IDentifier SYSID in the Network Service Access Point NSAP address will change the local craft technician should retrieve the new SYSID from the NE for example Repeater by clicking on Configuration and Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot Installation Provisioning and go to the second NSAP Address Information window using the CIT and inform the Navis EMS technicians After replacement or reseating of the EI circuit pack verify that the system clock is correct If necessary reset the system clock 11 Is the FAULT LED lighted on the replacement circuit pack IF THEN YES Then go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Then continue with Step 12 12 Is the circuit pack just replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circ
478. or audible and visual alarms When multiple conditions with two or more different alarm attributes are active only the highest level alarm with be active both audible and visual When the highest severity alarm has been cleared the next highest alarm if any will be activated both audible and visual Contact Closures Alarm relays are in a closed state when the corresponding alarms are activated and are open when the alarm is cleared CR Prompt MJ Deferred and MN Informational Fail Safe The CR Prompt and MJ Deferred alarm relays have closed contacts so that in the event of a total power failure to the controller shelf the relays will close and result in dual local office alarms The MN alarm relay has normally open contacts Operational Capabilities 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Clearing Alarms If all previous alarms have been silenced via Alarm CutOff ACO audible indication only and if a new alarm condition occurs the ACO will be cleared and the highest level alarm activated Alarm Suppression Alarm relay contact closures may be isolated from the Office Alarm Grid Station to permit maintenance activities on the NE without activating new alarms Suppression of alarm indications to the OS interfaces is also supported Functional Testing The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T terminals provide the ability to exercise the functioning of audible and visual alarms When the test is initiated the LED alarm indications on the N
479. or details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 12 Connect the optical fibers to the original OTU 13 Initiate a trouble report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a trouble report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 309 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 257 Clear TCA Digital Alarm LAN 10GBE CVS 14 15 BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Notify the person responsible for the service assigned to this circuit pack that it can be returned to service END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 258 Clear TCA Digital Alarm ODUKP CVS BBE ES SES SEFS UAS 15 min 1 day Overview Procedure These alarm conditions are issued when the performance of the G 709 OTUk V sig
480. ormed to investigate whether how the breach occurred Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 3 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Security Interfaces Network Interfaces Two separate network interfaces support security management within the WaveStar OLS 1 6T The EMS NE Interface supports both TL1 via the OS port over OSI and TL1 over TCP IP CIT NE via the CIT port supports only TL1 over TCP IP See Figure 1 1 for a view of the interfaces supported by NEs Figure 2 1 Interfaces Supported by NEs EMS NMA CITInterface TL1 CIT NE Interface TL1 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT WaveStar OLS 1 6T WaveStar OLS 1 6T Local CIT Remote Supervisory Data Link Channel LAN The two Super User logins are supported via the EMS interface for login session association The NE allows the EMS to change the Super User ID and Password in the NE local database The NE allows security administration functions to be performed via the CIT interface A supervisory data link channel between the NEs can be used as a data communication channel s for remote access from the local NE to another remote NE using the CIT 10BaseT Ports There are two 10BaseT ports available on the NE to support management functions of the NE the CIT port and the OS port The NE does not allow disabling of the 10BaseT ports 2 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice o
481. ort of the alarms and conditions 3 Record the information that appears at the top entry of the AID and the Description columns in the report 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 19 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA 4 Isthere an ENV 4 or CONT 4 in the AID column recorded in Step 3 IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 107 Address Environmental Input and or Control Output Condition p 14 30 NO Continue with Step 5 5 Find the Description information that was recorded in Step 3 of Table 14 1 Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference p 14 7 and go to the referenced TAP END OF STEPS 14 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 103 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch OTUk ODUk Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This is raised when the incoming optical channel trail trace message does not match the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message Use this procedure to clear the following alarms Trail Trace Mismatch OTU1 Trail Trace Mismatch OTU e Trail Trace Mismatch OTU e Trail Trace Mismatch ODU Trail Trace Mismatch ODU CO MO e CO Trail Trace Mismatch ODU Examine the NE Alarm List Determine the AID
482. ough the CIT and OS ports Table 7 3 10BaseT Ethernet Interface Types p 7 22 lists the supported interfaces to the CIT and OS ports Table 7 3 10BaseT Ethernet Interface Types Port Type Supported Interface CIT TL1 over TCP IP OS TL1 over TCP IP TL1 over OSI TL1 over OSI using Transport Service Bridge RFC 1006 PING Support The CIT connection supports the PING command and executes this upon startup Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Port Associations Overview Purpose Contents Association information is used by the WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T to control OTU output e assist OA gain tilt and pump power adjustments e set the expected output frequency and or wavelength of the OTU circuit pack installed in a particular slot e instantiate slots and correlate faults Available Associations 7 24 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Maintenance Available Associations The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T is able to establish the following port associations OTU port to OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD ports Associations may also be established between external equipment and OTU OMU ODU ORS and WAD ports Type of Associations The following associations are available and create or define the relationship between the ports and or equipment
483. ower Range p 15 53 compute the required LBO for the IN connector of the OTU IN port Important If measured power level is greater than the Recommended Input Power level for a given type OTU install an LBO with a value that will bring power level to near the Recommended Input Power level For example with a OC48 STM16 Optical Channel if the measured power level is 7 dBm then install a 10 dBm LBO Clean the OTU INQ port LBO and both ends of the optical fiber that will be used to connect the ports For details refer to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Install the LBO into the INQ connector of the OTU For details go to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Connect the optical fiber jumper between the OTU IN and ODU OUT ports or OTU IN port and OUT port of an upstream network element CAUTION l Service disruption hazard Make sure the protection facilities are available or that the troubled optical channel on this OTU has been manually switched to protection CAUTION l Service disruption hazard Make sure incoming fibers are not carrying service Remove the fiber jumper connected to the IN connector of the OTU involved in this trouble Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 51 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement 11 12 13 14 15 16 at OTU IN Port C
484. page Detail Level Procedures DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal Overview You were sent to this procedure to identify the signal source associated with an incoming signal condition so that you can issue a Trouble Report to the personnel at that location Incoming HSBB LOL failure Incoming HSBB LOS failure Incoming OCH 10G LOF failure Incoming OCH 10G LOS failure Incoming 0C 48 STM 16 LOF failure Incoming 0C 48 STM 16 LOS failure Incoming 0C 192 STM 64 LOF failure Incoming 0C 192 STM 64 LOS failure Incoming optical line LOS loss of signal Incoming SUPVY channel fail Procedure Important The source of the incoming signal condition is the upstream network element in the direction of the incoming signal For example with AID 4 2 5 IN 2 INCOMING OC 48 LOS the incoming LOS appears on Bay 4 Shelf 2 Slot 5 Port IN 2 1 From office records determine the location of the upstream NE and send a Trouble Report to the personnel responsible for maintaining that site 2 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 15 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank Overview Procedure 1 Is an apparatus blank to be installed or removed IF THEN To be installed Continue with Step 2 To be removed Continue with Step 5 2 Position the ap
485. page Detail Level Procedures DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 20 Click OK 21 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS How many optical channels are now equipped or in service on the system IF THEN Nine or more Continue with Step 2 Eight or less Proceed to Step 3 Nine 9 or More Channels 1 At the East terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 2 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select a reason to baseline Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only Click OK At the West terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT 8 In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box select a reason to baseline 9 Click on the radio button under Apply To for This Optical Line Only 10 Click on the OK button 11 STOP YOU HAVE COMPELETED THIS PROCEDURE YN NN Ro Q Eight or less Channels 1 At the East terminal and at the CIT select PERFORMANCE Manual Baseline 2 In the dialog box that appears use the mouse and select the appropriate Bay Shelf OA circuit pack and line 1 e w Then click SELECT 3 In the Set Baseline Optical Line dialog box se
486. paratus blank vertically with its extended release tabs facing towards you 3 Insert the apparatus blank into the circuit pack slot and push it in until the upper and lower release tabs snap onto the shelf cross support channels 5 Push down on the upper release tab and pull up on the lower release tab to release the apparatus blank from the shelf cross support channels 6 Slide the apparatus blank from the slot END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 11 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors Overview This procedure is used to inspect and clean the optical connectors used in an optical line system All unused fiber connectors and optical ports must have dust caps at all times to prevent contamination This minimizes the cleaning effort Proper inspection and cleaning will eliminate exposure to dirt that may cause permanent damage to the connectors Connectors can be damaged when they are engaged or disengaged while significant optical power greater than 3 0 dBm is present in the connection Connectors can also be damaged when they are cleaned while optically powered Do not engage or disengage connectors while they maintain a significant optical power and do not attempt to clean optically powered connectors Once a connector has been permanently damaged no amount of cleaning will rectify it A damaged connector is suspected
487. personnel at the remote maintenance site Operations Support center that the WaveStar OLS 1 6T is ready for any operational tests 11 The OLS has passed this acceptance test and is now ready to provide service END OF STEPS 11 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 12 Circuit Order Tasks Overview Purpose This chapter provides procedures that are used when adding or deleting work order items for an optical line an OC 48 STM 16 channel or an OC 192 channel to an in service WaveStar8 OLS 1 6T Refer to Table 12 1 Circuit Order Task Index p 12 2 for a list of all Circuit Order Tasks Contents IXL 001 Circuit Order Task Index 12 2 NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T 12 3 NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T 12 9 365575715890 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 4 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Circuit Order Tasks IXL 001 Circuit Order Task Index Circuit Order Tasks Table 12 1 Circuit Order Task Index p 12 2 lists the Circuit Order Tasks Table 12 1 Circuit Order Task Index Task Description Procedure Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service OLS 1 6T User Service Manual U SM WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T p 12 3 Delete Optical Channel from In Service NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from WaveStar OLS
488. pletely Software turns off and on continuously pulsing the supervisory signal power Turning the supervisory signal power off and on continuously signals the Network Element 1 NET to shut down OA1 The SUPVY pack in the Network Element 2 NE2 detects constant loss of supervisory signal power The NE raises APSD Active Line alarm message with the OA OA3 that has power off specified in the AID field No fiber cut here from OA3 to OA4 Upon the receipt of the falling edge of the first pulse of the supervisory signal a loss of signal of payload power is detected at the input of OA4 and a loss of supervisory signal power is detected at SUPVY circuit pack in NEI 7 Software completely shuts off the power of OA1 pumps 8 Software turns off and on pulsing the supervisory signal power to NE2 After a period of integration time OA4 detects APSD s pulsing of the supervisory power signature NEI stops pulsing and turns on the supervisory signal power to NE2 NEI raises the APSD Active Line alarm Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD APSD Trigger Conditions and Restart Procedure Figure 9 3 APSD for One Fiber Cut Scenario 9 SUPVY signal power turns on 8 No Signal Power and SUPVY signal power pulsin 1 Fiber Cut 2 Loss Signal power No SUPVY 5 Raise optical line LOS darm to user 4 turn off and o
489. port IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate installation or maintenance support organization for technical assistance Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 211 Clear Clamping Transmit OA to Output 14 15 16 17 18 19 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 O Channel Power IF THEN NO Continue with Step 14 Important Once the transmit OA is cleared of the Clamping Transmit OA to Output O gt Channel Power alarm condition a manual trigger of APSD by disconnecting fiber and then restore fiber is required to bring the transmit OA to normal operational mode The system needs a hard trigger to perform the OA to OA mismatch check Using the AID and Description columns from the report in Step 2 identify the transmit OA circuit pack associated with the original clamping alarm condition Temporarily remove the fiber from the IN port of the transmit OA listed in the AID column from Step 2 Is an APSD Active Line listed under the Description column of the report IF THEN YES Continue with Step 18 NO Consult the appropriate installation or maintenance support organization for technical assistance At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain another report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 193 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 211
490. ppress or unsuppress the downstream alarms when an incoming optical channel LOS is declared or cleared at a WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Maintenance JO Section Trace Identifier STI Purpose The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T can read the JO Section Trace Identifier STI for both OC 48 STM 16 OC 192 STM 64 and OC 192 STM 64 FEC signals The JO STI Byte allows the tracing reading and comparing of the received signal with the expected OC 48 STM 16 OC 192 STM 64 and or OC 192 STM 64 FEC signal at the OTUs Description of JO STI The JO STI Byte is a 16 byte fixed length string that is transmitted in 16 consecutive OC 48 STM 16 or OC 192 STM 64 frames This string is transmitted in the JO byte position of the section overhead of the first STS 1 of each of the OC 48 STM 16 or OC 192 S TM 64 frames and is retrievable on demand The JO STI Byte Frame is shown in Table 7 1 JO STI 16 Byte Frame p 7 6 Table 7 1 JO STI 16 Byte Frame Frame Byte Bit Value bo by b b3 b4 bs bg b7 1 1 Ci C5 C3 C4 Cs Cg C 2 0 X X X X X X X 3 0 X X X X X X X 16 0 X X X X X X X C C C C C C C isthe first byte of the string It is a frame start marker that includes the result of the CRC 7 calculation over the previous frame C is the Most Significant Bit MSB OXXXXXXX represents a T 50 character where the other 15 bytes of this format are
491. press the downstream alarms when an incoming optical channel Loss of Signal LOS is declared or cleared at a WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE OCAIM Yellow The OCAIM Yellow indicator notifies the upstream equipment that an incoming optical channel LOS has been detected This message requests that the OMON scan at an OA 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 19 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Maintenance Control System Overview Purpose This section provides information on the various system controllers and their functionality to assist during trouble clearing procedures Types of Controllers The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T includes four controllers e System Controller e Overhead Controller e Bay Controller e Board Controller System software monitors the health of each controller including e effect of control failures on the system e detection isolation and reporting of control failures e recovery from control failures Control System Maintenance Philosophy The Control System Maintenance philosophy includes e Automatic Fault Recovery The control system automatically recovers from power surges or interruptions with no WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT action required The system is automatically restored to its state prior to the failure Non Service Affecting NSA Control Faults and Processor Resets Control faults and processor restarts do not affect service The system continues to operate in the stat
492. problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 4 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 5 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 234 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 227 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC Overview The value of the LASER bias current has exceeded the high threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Thre
493. ptical parameter performance for the Supervisory SUPVY Signal e The OMON circuit pack monitors the performance for each optical channel e The OTU circuit pack monitors the SONET SDH B1 parity errors for the incoming OC 48 STM 16 and OC 192 STM 64 signals The SUPVY circuit pack monitors the performance of the Supervisory Channels Circuit Pack Removal The system discards digital performance data associated with a circuit pack once it has been removed PM Response for Current Data 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Any time the PM response for current data does not match the current date and time there is a reason for this anomaly The PM response for current data has the date and time set to the date and time when the current bin started beginning of monitored time If the NE date or time is changed somewhere around the boundary of the bin roll over the current bin will roll over only at the end of the next time period For digital parameters this is evident if the monitored status monstat returns a value of Partial PRTL There is no way of identifying this for analog parameters If the System Date is change the PM current bin values are disrupted PM current bins reports correct values only after the end of the next time period Issue a RTRV LOG TLI command to confirm the above Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 3 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Contents Overview OA Circuit Pack Performanc
494. pu siuena Amua eseippy juepuedag lAl Ss juepuedeg lAl Ss jsuopipuo 19 dvsv 901n0s 9Inquny jeurbuo Has hnquniy jeuibuo 13NOS zuonpuoo 510 1eISsenem penunuoo s spuewwo pa ejay s1ue 3 ejqej UOI IPUOD wey 1 V QEL A 24 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide A 25 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary p xu WSA z wry ON 2 m VN dI pvojdr Wd 140q yui 7 urojs g Y Es WV LA Wd p24428s24 uojsKg ES Yu WVLA Wd NI WOd VO uod LdlNO ld N ES Sox WDA JO S IAIN 10 Apray 1015 Joed WONO 9A9LIOI 10 Apeoy Keg Joed IMNO TEAOUN YT 1018 yoeg m uornJosu zs 1015 x xz Xoeq 1modr po diu q n Iuaund iss y nur do q n apoojduio 2 ifo4d pur do s ni d VSV 21212q arn apooiduio a ifo4q nur do dVSy 421u3 q n apoojduim 2 1fo4qd s pur do e s xx sm s dVSV HPA yoyms uonsajo1d uiojs s ulojsKg ULEETV ON VN 1101101 Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy 99IAJ9SUON lM s E dAL edi yu
495. puedag lAl Ss 19 L dvsv a0un0s 9Inquny jeuibuo Has hnquniy peulo 13NOS zuonpuoo S10 6 51S AB A penunuoo s spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej UOITIPUOD wey 1 V QEL A 22 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary NI XAdNS oinv Yds 4dng noq Ml sDg l e ndo omp d unuoo JouueyD 2U1 ISVJ 12 eondo ommD JdS UVY20 ouu eu auljasvg 1ag omv LdOL 2UNO ur1 Es auljasvpg 1ag omp NdQ L 2uno ourT auljaspg 1ag q n apooiduro B pur do x Ri ax CNI SIN STY q n po o dut pur do GNI SIN UdO 1018 101 m wey ON z VN TAT S UI JOU 42 urojsKg m dnyopg 4 du 280 2314 F9 W LS C61 20 NI ALO ALO n q VOL 42du1 3 234 F9 W IS C61 20 NI ALO ALO n q VOL Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 5 1 5 E dAL edi yu pu d pui yu pu d pui siuena Amua eseippy juepuedeag lAl Ss 1uepuedeg lAl
496. r PROVDLTYPE Mismatch p 14 166 Fan 1 failure TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 2 Failure p 14 122 Fan 2 failure Far End 1GbE LOS failure TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 1 or 2 Failure p 14 122 TAP 239 Clear 1 GbE LOS Far End LOS p 14 273 Far End 1GbE Loss of SYNC failure TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE 10GbE Loss of Sync failure p 14 298 Far End VCG failure TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure p 14 28 FLASH failure FLASH Removed TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure p 14 49 TAP 133 Clear FLASH Removed p 14 104 FLASH Removal Enabled TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit p 14 57 FLASH Unrecognizable Code TAP 125 Clear FLASH Unrecognizable Code p 14 81 FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch p 14 82 GFP Loss of Frame Delineation TAP 122 Clear GFP Loss of Frame Delineation p 14 77 GFP Payload Type Mismatch TAP 247 Clear Payload Type Mismatch p 14 288 Incoming 1 GbE LOS failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming 1GbE Loss of SYNC failure TAP 252 Clear 1 GbE 10GbE Loss of Sync failure p 14 298 Alcatel
497. r example installation and repair Communication The PC connects to the WaveStar OLS 1 6T network via a 10 Base T LAN cable Figure 4 1 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT with Direct Connection to the NE User Panel p 4 3 shows a direct connection using a short cable crossover cable to connect directly into the front of the user panel The communication protocol between the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT and the NE is mostly the TL1 messages In addition to the CIT direct connection to the NE the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT supports the remote access to the NEs that are connected in the maintenance sub network via both a dial up and direct LAN connection The CIT remote dial up and direct LAN access are supported only via the OS LAN port of the NE The OS LAN port supports a 10BaseT physical interface 4 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT Requirements Tutorial Figure 4 1 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT with Direct Connection to the NE User Panel RJ 45 Front WaveStar i Pare Mesweck f Connector Elamant il N Ls il ey A x User Supplied T BASE T Cable 100 Meters Maximum Cable Distances Tutorial A detailed interactive tutorial can be found on the WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE and CIT CD ROM T 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 4 3 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page 5 Provisioning Overview
498. ransmission errors persist obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 6 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 72 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot Overview Procedure A circuit pack was inserted in a bay slot not meant for that type of circuit pack for example a one or two wide circuit pack was inserted in a three wide bay slot Important Some circuit packs are keyed so they will not fit in other circuit pack slot locations Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the alarm condition Important This error message can occur when reconfiguring an existing in service system to another configuration for example going from an 80 channel to a 40 channel configuration Remove the shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Do office records or the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Installation Manual Bay Configurations show that the slot s should contain a circuit pack of this type For example an OTU in one of the three slots assigned to an OA will cause the No CP Expected in Slot alarm condition IF THEN YES Check office records to
499. rcuit pack 6 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTUI Performance Measurements Introduction The OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTUI monitors and stabilizes the transmitted wavelength To isolate faults on the incoming OC 48 STM 16 sigal the OTU monitors the overhead B1 Parity Errors without altering the signal content Monitored Analog SONET Parameters The optical analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTUI are e Optical Power Received aser Bias Current e Optical Power Transmitted Monitored SDH Analog Parameters The optical analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the OC 48 STM 16 OTU OTUT are e Optical Power Received e Optical Power Transmitted e aser Bias Current Monitored SONET Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored e BI Coding Violation Counts e Errored Seconds e Severely Errored Seconds e Severely Errored Frame Seconds Monitored SDH Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored e Background Block Errors e Errored Seconds e Severely Errored Seconds e Unavailable Seconds 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring OC 192 STM 64 with FEC OTU OTU30 Performance Measurements Introduction
500. rcuit pack acting as the SYSCTL 2 The active partition of the FMM is corrupted The FLASH SYSCTL code mismatch condition is cleared by ensuring that the versions of the software on the active partition of the FMM and software executing in memory on the SYSCTL match The following actions may be required e Execute FAULT gt Reset and click on System This will cause the FMM to download code from the active FMM partition to the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack Use this option only if the version of the software on the active FMM partition is what you intend on Upgrading Change to next Ensure the software on the active FMM partition is not in a corrupted state e Perform a remote download of the required version of software from a remote NE NE This will copy software from another NE to the inactive FMM partition of the target NE Then from the CIT execute FAULT Reset System and click on System Use this option only if it has been determined that the software version on the active FMM partition and the software version executing in memory on the SYSCTL circuit pack are the same This suggests that the software on the active partition of the FMM and the BOS SYSCTL in Slot 10 has been corrupted in which case you want to replace it with a fresh copy Typically this means downloading a fresh copy from a remote NE or CIT PC e Download the code from the CDs through the CIT to the FMM inactive partition and then execute FAULT gt Reset gt System an
501. rded in the local NE History Log Login Session Denied A login session is denied for any one of the following reasons e Invalid User ID Invalid Password e When login attempts exceed the User ID Lockout Threshold and the User ID Lockout Period is not over 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 17 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration NE Login Access Security Procedures e User ID is disabled Non Super User NE logins are disabled When a login attempt on a channel is denied 1 A Login user id DENY message is recorded in the History Log 2 A Login Failed message is sent on the channel associated with the login attempt with no explanatory messages included 2 18 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE User ID Lockout Threshold Each time the number of invalid sequential login attempts reaches the User ID Lockout Threshold for the same User ID the NE prevents the User ID from logging in for a number of minutes equal to the User ID Lockout Period After this period expires the NE resets the User ID Lockout Threshold count to zero Provisionable Parameters The NE allows a user with the proper security administration privilege to provision the following User ID Lockout parameters on a per NE basis e User ID Lockout Threshold the number of sequential invalid login attempts after which the Us
502. re not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route If the power is within the range of 2 to 3 dBm manually re baseline the SUPVY port Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 If the power is outside the range 1 Using a power meter disconnect the fiber to the SUP TX port of the OA connect the power meter and measure the power 2 If the power is within the range from Step a Replace the LBO at the SUP TX port of the OA reconnect the fiber to the SUP TX port of the OA and measure power using the CIT b If the problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service c STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 3 If power is outside the range a LBO at output port of the SUPVY or the fiber that connects SUPVY to OA is defective replace and measure power b If power is still outside the range replace the SUPVY circuit pack Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 241 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU END OF STEPS 14 242 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Cl
503. re the apparatus code on the report with the office records required apparatus code and wavelength if required and determine the correct CP type If required remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type 9 Isthe correct CP actually plugged into the slot IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 19 NO Continue with Step 10 10 Is the circuit pack to be replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 11 NO Proceed to Step 12 T CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 12 could result in service interruption Notify the person that is responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that all protection lines or channels that are assigned to this circuit pack are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 12 Obtain the correct circuit pack type as identified in Step 7 and install it in place of the circuit pack generating the Unexpe
504. receives the messages will notify the ES Navis EMS when a better route is available EC 1 Electrical Carrier level 1 signal ECI Equipment Catalog Item 165 575 7 15R9 0 Alcatel L cent Proprietary 365 575 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary EDFA Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EI External Interface Electrical Carrier Level 1 EC 1 An STS 1 signal that has been shaped and encoded for transmission over electrical media Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC A measure of equipment tolerance to external electromagnetic fields Electromagnetic Interference EMI High energy electrically induced magnetic fields that cause data corruption in cables passing through the fields Electromagnetic Spectrum The different wavelengths of light in the visible spectrum light the human eye can see that appear as different colors Electronic Industries Association EIA A trade association of the electronic industry that establishes electrical and functional standards Electrostatic Discharge ESD Static electrical energy potentially harmful to circuit packs and humans EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility EMI Electromagnetic Interference EML Electro absorption Modulated Laser End Terminal The OLS equipment that terminates up to eighty 80 optical line signals Engineering Rules A set of rules that determine OLS system config
505. removed status condition 3 6 Circuit packs active LED 8 6 unmatched provisioning 14 288 Circuit Packs CPs Active LED 3 10 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Index CIT applications Applications 4 2 pe connection 4 2 pc requirements 4 2 CIT report autonomous condition Autonomous condition report 3 12 CLEI See Common Language Equipment Identifier 7 20 Commands OPR RLS EXT CONT 3 12 TEST ALM 3 12 TEST LED TEST LED command 3 12 Common Language Equipment Identifier CLED 7 20 Controllers 7 20 Counter thresholds 6 43 D Date and time of day clock Clock date and time 3 20 DCM In 14 198 14 202 Deferred Maintenance Alarm DMA 3 6 Degraded signal OC 192 STM64 14 293 ODU2 14 293 Digital parameters moitoring of 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters 15 71 DMA See Deferred Maintenance Alarm DMA 3 6 Elements User interface Interfaces 3 2 ENT SYS command Commands ENT SYS 3 16 Equipment failures 7 12 Errored seconds monitoring of 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 Event intruder alert 2 20 Event notifications EMS NE 2 22 Faulty equipment identification of 7 3 Gateways 3 2 Gauge thresholds 6 42 general laser information 1 4 History Log information logged for CIT NE Logins 2 28 logins Logins 2 28 IEC Class 1 Hazard Level 1M requirements complia
506. reshold or has dropped below the low threshold Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as much as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds that can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 214 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear the condition TCA Optics OLINE TOPT OL j CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTI
507. resolve the condition Make sure that the mapping modes between the upstream and downstream OTU match If they do not determine the correct mapping modes Wait a few minutes and check the NE alarm list Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures 10 11 12 13 14 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Did the alarm clear IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Continue with Step 7 Unseat the failed circuit pack without disconnecting any cables After unseating the pack remove all connected cables Is the alarm condition still listed in the alarm list IF THEN YES Continue with Step 12 NO Proceed to Step 14 Unseat the replacement circuit pack without disconnecting cables After unseating the pack remove all connected cables Reconnect all cables to the circuit pack Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 291 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 248 Clear Incoming AIS Signal Failures 15 Ifthe problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 16 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 14 292 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1
508. rietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Automatic Power Shutdown APSD Safety Requirements IEC Laser Safety Hazard Levels International Electro technical Commission IEC 825 Parts 1 and 2 issued 1993 specify the laser safety hazard levels Products to be marketed as a Class 1 system with Hazard Level 1M circuit packs are safe and recommended by the IEC The WaveStar OLS 1 6T system uses laser equipment at 1550 nm and meets or exceeds the requirements of the IEC Hazard Level 1M classification WaveStar OLS 1 6T APSD Criteria The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system incorporates the following criteria in order to satisfy the IEC Hazard Level 1 requirements e Automatic power reduction mechanisms are employed on all outputs that exceed Class 1M laser safety limits Therefore any output that exceeds 17 dBm or 50 mW at 1550 nm on an 8 8 micron core single mode fiber incorporates APSD safety mechanisms e After APSD has been triggered and the optical output power reduced the optical power may not exceed the Class 1 limit for that wavelength which is 10 dBm or 10 mW for 1550 nm on a single mode fiber with an 8 8 micron core This is required to obtain a Hazard Level 1 category e The automatic power reduction must take place no more than one second after the fiber disconnect or fiber break This is an upper limit e The maximum power during the shutdown may not exceed 1 26 Watts 31 dBm at 1550 nm on a sin
509. rm Alarm Indicator Not Alarmed Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 49 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Clearing QOS Alarms clearHigh clearLow The clearHigh alarm clearing threshold defines the value that the gauge must reach in order to clear the QOS notification This value when combined with the switch state controls the clearing of the notification If notifyHigh s on off switch is on and the gauge value becomes equal to or less than the clearHigh s gauge value in the negative going direction then the defined event notification is cleared Important ClearHigh is non provisionable and is fixed to be 10 lower than the value of notifyHigh The clearLow alarm clearing threshold defines the value that the gauge must reach or exceed in order to clear the QOS notification This value when combined with the switch state controls the clearing of the notification If notifyLow s on off switch is on and the gauge value becomes equal to or higher than notifyLow s gauge value in a positive going direction then the defined event clearing is triggered Important ClearLow is non provisionable and is fixed to be 10 higher than the value of notifyLow Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Non Provisionable Thresholds Description Some parameters that check laser aging or equipment failures are monitored internally These param
510. rm is issued for bit errors Bit Interleaved Parity N BIP N A method of error monitoring over a specified number of bits BIP 3 or BIP 8 Board Controller Local Area Network BCLAN The internal local area network that provides communications between the line and board controllers on the circuit packs associated with a high speed line BOS Bay Overhead System controller BRM Bit Rate Map GL 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary Broadband Communications Voice data and or video communications at greater than 2 Mb s rates BW bandwidth Byte Refers to a group of eight consecutive binary digits C C L Separator and Combiner CLSC Apparatus Units The CLSC apparatus unit combines two independent DWDM line systems one using the C band and the other using the L band onto a single fiber pair In transmission paths Single C L Separator and Combiner CLSC S and Double C L Separator and Combiner CLSC D apparatus units are used for C L applications CLSC S is used in terminal systems and CLSC D is used in repeater ring sites CCITT Comit Consultatif International T l graphique et T l phonique See ITU T CD ROM compact disk read only memory Ceniral Office CO A building where common carriers terminate customer circuits Channel A sub unit of transmission capacity within a defined higher level of transmission capacity Circuit Pack CP A single f
511. rmance Data Processing Overview Purpose This section provides information on obtaining and setting operational values to use as a point of reference for optical parameter measurements Contents Baselining Optics 6 19 Automatic Baselining 6 20 Manual Baselining 6 22 6 18 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Baselining Optics Overview 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Baselining is defined as measuring the current power level of a performance parameter and saving it as the expected nominal operational value for that parameter The purpose of a baseline value is to provide a basis from which to measure deviations from the nominal Baseline values are established automatically or manually Baselining optical power levels is done automatically through a User Command Manual Baselining or Re Baselining and applies to provisionable parameters Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 19 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Automatic Baselining Description Automatic Baselining establishes a reference power level for optical analog parameters at the time of baselining If necessary these parameters can be re baselined using TL1 commands When Automatic Baselining Occurs The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T performs automatic baseline in the following situations e Initial system installation The addition of a single bidirect
512. rminal CIT and log in For details refer to DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 END OF STEPS Initiate a login to each of the remaining network elements For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Circuit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 3 Are there any alarm conditions listed in the reports IF THEN NO Continue with Step 4 YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 4 Are the Optical Channel being added a through channel at a WAD NE IF THEN NO Continue with Step 5 YES Continue with Step 10 6 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 7 Isthe correct type OTU currently installed in the assigned slot IF THEN NO Continue with Step 8 YES Continue with Step 11 8 Remove the apparatus blank or incorrect type OTU from the assigned slot For details refer to DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 or to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 5 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Circ
513. rning them counter clockwise with a flat bladed screwdriver Clean the optical fibers and connectors For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Reconnect the fibers removed in Step 3 to the correct IN and OUT connections of the DCM END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack Remove Install a CLSC Apparatus Unit 1 Remove the fibers from the appropriate port s listed for the apparatus unit in Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 6 Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking tabs to slide the CLSC apparatus unit into the shelf 7 Clean the optical fibers and connections For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 9 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports p 15 39 provides a listing of circuit packs and their respective ports Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports Circuit Packs Apparatus Units Ports Notes BOS SYSMEM DCM Apparatus Unit IN OUT CIT 365575715890 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 39 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures Table 15 2 Circuit Packs Apparatus Units and Ports continued DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circui
514. roblems IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO Proceed to Step 8 6 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 259 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range 10 11 12 13 14 Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 43 NO Continue with Step 8 Notify the person responsible for service assigned to the failed OA DCM port identified in Step 3 to switch service on a different route Remove the LBO at the DCM OUT port on the OA circuit pack and replace it with a 0 dB LBO For help refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Make an optical power measurement at the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack reporting the failure Record the measured level Remove the 0 dB LBO at the DCM OUT port on the OA circuit pack and replace it with the original LBO removed in Step 9 For help refer to DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 With the original LBO in place make another optical power measurement at the DCM OUT port of the OA circuit pack Record the measured level Compare the measured power level recorded in Step 10 with the measured power level recorded in Step 12 Is the measured power level recorded in Step 12 lower in power by the same amount as the LBO value
515. roceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 7 Remove the OTU indicating the incoming failure from the shelf For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Examine the alarm list Did the digital alarm clear IF THEN YES Go to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 10 Reinstall the original OTU that was removed in Step 8 For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Initiate a trouble report to the source of the failed incoming signal indicating the type of failure If the source of the failed incoming signal returns a trouble report indicating no trouble found then contact the appropriate maintenance support organization for Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 255 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OCHr FEC EC FEC UBC 15 min 1 day further technical assistance before following the prescribed operating procedures to fault isolate the fiber jumper carrying the failed incoming signal For details go to DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 14 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 15 Notify the person responsible for the service assigned to this circuit pack that it can be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 71
516. rofile ASAP 8 4 Circuit Pack LEDs 8 6 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary o 8 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarms and Indicators Alarm Mappings SONET Alarm Definitions Table 8 1 SONET Alarm Definitions p 8 2 gives definitions for the alarm severity and control criteria in the SONET environment Table 8 1 SONET Alarm Definitions Alarm Severity Control Criteria Critical Critical alarms are used to indicate that a severe service affecting condition has occurred and that immediate corrective action is imperative Major Major alarms are used for hardware or software conditions that indicate a serious disruption of service or the malfunctioning or failure of important circuits Major alarms require the immediate response of a craftsperson to restore or maintain system capability The urgency is less than in critical situations because of a lesser immediate or impending effect on service or system performance Minor Minor alarms are used for situations that do not have a serious effect on service to customers or for trouble in circuits that are not essential to NE operation Notes 1 Telcordia TR NWT 000474 Network Maintenance Alarm amp Control Criteria Common to Switching and Transport Network Elements 2 ITU M 20 Maintenance Introduction and General Principles SDH Alarm Definitions Table 8 2 SDH Alarm Definitions p 8 2 gives definitions for the alarm
517. rotected at the physical layer The message traffic passing through a given SUPVY DL is protected by the routing software of the OSI or other communications protocol stack The Supervisory Signal terminates on the SUPVY circuit pack plug in Up to two Tx and two Rx terminations can be accommodated within a single SUPVY plug in In 2 fiber applications 1 Tx and 1 Rx terminal serves End Terminals At Repeater Sites Full WAD sites and Limited WAD sites 2 Tx and 2 Rx are needed 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 19 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces Miscellaneous Operation Time of Day Clock The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T maintains a Date and Time of Day clock Purpose This clock is used to time stamp events such as the reporting and clearing of alarm conditions and interactions with the OS Setting Date and Time The Date and Time are set via the CIT OS 3 20 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 4 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Overview Purpose This chapter provides information on the hardware and software requirements for Alcatel Lucent WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT application software It also provides an overview of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT and location of the interactive tutorial Related Information The following documents provide related information e Software Release Description Operations Systems Engineering
518. rp dau reed d e a DEOR ORG RC o RR Run 3 9 gg nc LEDE M 0900020020 0000000000 0 3 10 UE EN rur rm 3 12 1000 s n 3 13 kh seecibneous Discrete nter apis iun ee terere nem orn ette p te ener le neige a e RT 3 14 BM II Alcate Lucent Propretary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Contents Ae EE 3 16 P M m 3 18 csi M 9005000000 0000 3 19 REP i 1 Et 3 20 4 WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Qo 0000007 0000200007 00000 E 4 1 WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT Requirements Tutorial 4 2 5 Provisioning Bor mS 5 1 Introduchton tO PLOTS torni ree rnnt creo dose re e cis eds 5 2 DIU POR PEOVUIBIIEIEIRE Lose coser born Ur turc Rt eb ERR X PORTE yara UP CE per rh reu e un 5 3 Techical oinnia aee at ato d toG eed anand d ib d a E a d Bn ce de 5 4 Provisioning Interactions with Maintenance ssssssssseeeeee tenente trennen iens 5 5 Provisioning CUURGSWBIES cedent simae dca ird dc ace b n Dl e FR DR COLE LA DR LER PER P He ERA d 5 7 Using the CIT to Provision Circuit Lecce rise e reti e ien M Fol 5 9 6 Performance Monitoring c 0000000000 00000 0100000000 00 6 1 Performance Measurements 5200000000 0 0 6 3 OA Circuit Pack Performance Measurements 15euncacei ern zi tob a HR D rte im P HA DO LR ER 6 5 SUPFVY Cect Pack Perfonmatice MeaSuver
519. rs or more than a preset amount of coding violations dependent on the type of signal occur Severely Errored Seconds P bit SESP A performance monitoring parameter SF Signal Fail SID System Identifier Signal to Noise ratio SNR The relative strength of signal compared to noise Single Mode Fiber SMF A fiber that has a core the glass center of the fiber which light travels through which is small enough so that only one wave can pass through it This is the only fiber used for long distance optical communication Single ended Operations The single ended operations capability provides operations support from a single location to remote network elements NEs in the same SONET subnetwork With this capability you can perform operations administration maintenance and provisioning on a centralized basis The remote NEs can be those that are specified for the current release Site Address The unique address for each regenerator or terminal in a repeater span SNMS Subnetwork Management System SNR Signal to Noise ratio SNR C Signal to Noise Ratio Optical Channel SONET Synchronous Optical Network Span An uninterrupted bidirectional fiber section between two network elements Spans can be measured in distance Kilometers or in the amount of loss that exists in the span dB 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 31 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Span Growth A type of grow
520. rt the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 231 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPT SU Recommended Action 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt REPORTS gt Supervisory to obtain a Performance Monitoring report Read the power of the SUP TX port associated with the TCA at the OA at node where TCA is active CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA a
521. rth If there are connect the fibers Check the immediate upstream OT condition If there are any failures clear the failures Examine the NE Alarm List If the alarm has not cleared obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA Overview This procedure is used to clear the Prompt Maintenance Alarm PMA conditions listed when you click the REPORTS gt Conditions Clear alarm conditions in the following order controllers transmission other Procedure Important If at any time during the following procedure you observe that the PWR OUTPUT LED on the circuit breakers of the addressed shelf is not lit proceed to TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B p 14 65 to restore power to the shelf Alarm condition reports Alarm List and Condition List automatically update with alarm status changes 1 Is the CIT conditioned and connected to the WaveStar8 OLS 1 6T NE IF THEN YES Continue with Step 2 NO Complete DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 and return to this procedure 2 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a rep
522. ructions 16 Place protector cap over the end of the optical fiber and over the OTU IN port 17 Is the OTU to remain in the shelf IF THEN NO Continue with Step 18 YES Continue with Step 20 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 12 11 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Circuit Order Tasks NTP 006 Delete Optical Channel from In Service WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T 18 Remove the OTU from the shelf For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 19 Install the apparatus blank into the assigned slot For details refer to DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 20 Atthe CIT select CONFIGURATION Circuit Connection Wizard and use the Wizard to remove the existing associations related to this Optical Channel END OF STEPS At the Far Terminal Important You may travel to the other terminal or obtain assistance at that terminal 1 Repeat the steps from At the Near Terminal p 12 10 at the other terminal far terminal 3 Baseline the deleted optical channel For help refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 4 The optical channel has been deleted from service END OF STEPS 12 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 13 Operations Tasks Overview Purpose This chapter provides procedures to use in daily operations Procedures include CIT software upgrades copying soft
523. s go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 157 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 188 Clear OMS ODU LOS 12 13 14 15 16 17 Replace the ODU ODUL associated with this optical multiplex section For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions refer to Step 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 14 NO Proceed to Step 16 Remove the replacement circuit pack installed in Step 9 and reinstall the original circuit pack For details go to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Obtain another REPORTS gt Conditions report refer toStep 1 Is the same failure condition still listed IF THEN YES Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International NO Continue with Step 16 Notify the person responsible for the optical line or channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this optical multiplex section that the section can be returned to service Perform baseline on the OA if it was replaced For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 7
524. s 6 51 O 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 41 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Performance Parameter Thresholds Overview Performance parameter thresholds are set to show degraded performance Two types of thresholds are Counter Threshold is associated with digital parameters and may be user provisioned e Gauge threshold is associated with analog parameters and may be user provisioned Each provisionable Performance Monitoring parameter includes two threshold registers 15 minutes or 24 hours Gauge Thresholds The system uses gauge thresholds for all analog parameters Unlike counter parameters that only increase in value until reset the value of a gauge parameter can increase or decrease over time The Optical Power Transmitted OPT Optical Power Received OPR and Laser Bias Currents for the OTUs have threshold values calibrated at the factory and can not be user provisioned Analog parameters have two associated user provisioned thresholds high or low Each gauge threshold has a gauge value e High Threshold Defines the value that the gauge must reach or exceed in order to optionally generate a QOS notification This value and the notification switch state control the generation of the QOS notifications If the switch is on and the gauge value becomes equal to or greater than the high threshold gauge value positive direction then the define
525. s Yes 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Parameter Threshold Provisioning Table 6 6 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Digital Parameters continued Monitored For PM Parameter SONET SDH FleX MUX OTUI110 110L CVS BBE ESS ESS SESS SESS SEFSS UAS BBERS ESRS SESRS FleX DM OTU120 CVS BBE ESS ESS SESS SESS SEFSS UAS BBERS ESRS SESRS Initialize User Registers SET RTRV Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Thresholds Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Qos Alarm Clear Qos Alarm Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PM Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes RTRV PM TH ALL Notes Im 2 SEFSS is not supported in SDH UAS is not supported in SONET Analog Parameters Refer to Table 6 7 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Analog Parameters p 6 47 for a summary of the Performance Monitoring Processing Functions that affect analog performance parameters Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Table 6 7 Summary of Performance Monitoring Processes Related to Analog Parameter Threshold
526. s and or ODU to the OTUD port may be dirty or defective e If the difference is within the expected value obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 6 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 220 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPT Overview The amount of signal power transmitted by the OTU has exceeded the high threshold or dropped below the low threshold This procedure addresses the following alarms TCA Optics OTU 0C 48 STM 16 OPT e TCA Optics OTU 0C 192 STM 64 OPT TCA Optics OTU 10GLAN TCA Optics OTU OTU2 Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node
527. s at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 233 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 226 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB OPT Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear this TCA i A CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 3
528. s feature a red FAULT LED and a green ACTIVE LED To test these LEDs see DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs p 15 7 Fault LED FAULT A lit red LED indicates a failure of its associated circuit pack or an on board power failure Flashing at a rate of one second on one second off indicates a failure of an expected input to the associated circuit pack The LED is labeled FAULT Circuit Pack Active LED ACTIVE A lit green LED indicates that the circuit pack is powered and is active An unlit LED indicates the circuit pack is stateless in a particular slot and for a particular generic The LED is labeled ACTIVE Flashing LEDs When circuit packs are inserted into a running system there will be an automatic upgrade of the firmware on the circuit packs to the latest version Flashing green LEDs on the circuit pack faceplate indicate that the upgrade is occurring typically less than 30 seconds DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade It may cause damage to the affected pack After the pack LEDs stop flashing it is then safe to remove the packs or power down the system as needed FleX 10 OTU LEDS The FleX 10 Tunable circuit pack contains two extra LEDs These LEDs indicate signal status e The Client LED is green when the signal status is properly working It flashes red when there is a problem with the client signal is solid red when the XFP is removed or fails and it is off when the client signal is Out Of
529. s for Alcatel Lucent Associates http www cic lucent com Technical support Alcatel Lucent Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM center provides a technical assistance telephone number that is monitored 24 hours a day Calls are routed to either the Regional Technical Assistance Center RTAC or Technical Support Services TSS For technical assistance call 1 888 582 3688 International customers call 1 630 224 3672 Information product support Contact the CIC at 1 888 582 3688 or www alcatel lucent com support Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Contents About this information product MM LETTERE xxi Reason MM xxi Satety A ORE Lascia precise CREAR Uh ERR e rd re d RR SER npud xxi sla c d xxi How to use this information product ssec ee retten nsnm rnb hp iplo xxi eO TIGRE EEUU xxiii Related doce IDE en s seri n eret co nare ger e note a s xxiii Related ri M a xxiii Techical PpO iactare ia mon le itt eer bc n ret or o E EH e oe re n e EE ard XXiV Ordering Downen HR t a a E BU adnan XXV Hos tO GONE YY 0001000 XXV 1 Safety PUEDE 1 1 bobcture Qf hazard statements ins dara pe scd ERR et Ln aie aa eRe 1 2 STAD Ee STS IS Pm 1 4 2 Security Administration lli 0 000 2 1 olandan Securus Bedii sunn
530. s to train telecommunications technicians in installation operations and maintenance Suitcasing of these courses is also available Contact the CTIP Organization at 1 888 582 3688 to enroll in training classes or arrange suitcase sessions The available WaveStar OLS 1 6T courses are listed in the table below 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary xxiii See notice on first page About this information product Course Number Course LW2255 WaveStar OLS 1 6T Applications Planning instructor led LW2446 WaveStar OLS 1 6T Installation and WaveStar OLS 1 6T Testing instructor led hands on for Lucent Personnel only LW 2655 WaveStar OLS 1 6T Operations and Maintenance instructor led hands on Schedule and Registration For more information or to register for any of these courses call 1 888 582 3688 and select option 2 Outside USA For Europe The Middle East and Africa EMEA Asia Pacific Region and China Caribbean Latin America CALA phone 1 317 322 6416 or E Mail intlorders alcatel lucent com For Canada North American Region phone 1 317 322 6615 Or write to Alcatel Lucent Customer Training and Information Products 240 E Central Parkway Altamonte Springs FL 32701 Technical Support Assistance in maintaining an installed system is available through Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM CTAM routes the calls to either the Regional
531. sages 6 49 Reachable Networks 3 2 Regenerator section 6 37 6 37 Report alarm 3 12 autonomous condition 3 12 log retrieval 3 12 on demand retrieval 3 12 Reports CIT CIT report 3 12 RESTART switch restarts system software System software 3 6 S Safety instructions 1 4 safety precautions enclosed systems 1 4 safety precautions unenclosed systems 1 4 SDH alarms types of 3 6 Security access control 2 3 audit trail 2 3 authorization levels 2 9 command functional categories 2 9 NE interfaces 2 4 of ports 2 6 password 2 3 recorded transaction on the NE History Log Network Element NE History Log 2 3 user ID 2 3 Security administration privileges 2 5 Severely errored framed seconds monitoring of 6 8 6 12 6 14 6 16 Signals monitoring 7 14 SONET alarms types of 3 6 SPR C 6 39 SPR SU 6 33 SPT C 6 39 SPT SU 6 33 Status condition CP failure 3 6 CP removed 3 6 Super User logins Logins super user 2 5 Super User functions 2 14 Supervisory signal 7 3 7 5 Supervisory Signal SUPV Y 3 19 operation of 3 19 SUPVY SPR SU 14 237 SUPVY SPT SU 14 240 SUPVY See Supervisory Signal SUPVY 3 19 Synchronization failure 1OGbE 14 298 System Controller 7 20 System provisioning 5 2 Target Power 15 62 TCA Threshold Crossing Alert digital ODUKP 14 311 digital OTU 14 303 14 308 TCA Optics 14 201 Technical provisioni
532. severity in the SDH environment Table 8 2 SDH Alarm Definitions Alarm Severity Definitions Prompt Maintenance Alarm PMA A PMA is generated in order to initiate immediate maintenance activities by maintenance personnel to remove defective equipment from service for the purpose of restoring good service and effecting repair of the failed equipment 8 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarms and Indicators Alarm Mappings Table 8 2 SDH Alarm Definitions continued Alarm Severity Deferred Maintenance Alarm DMA Definitions A DMA is generated when immediate action is not required by maintenance personnel For example e When performance falls below a set threshold but the effect does not warrant removal from service e When automatic changeover to stand by equipment has been used to restore service Supported Alarm Attributes A single user provisioned parameter determines the set of supported attributes The parameter value may be SONET or SDH e When this parameter is set to SONET supported alarm indicators are CRITICAL MAJOR MINOR NOT ALARMED NOT REPORTED Supported status indicators are ABNORMAL ALARM CUT OFF NEAR END ACTIVITY e When this parameter is set to SDH supported alarm indicators are PROMPT DEFERRED NO ALARM NO REPORT Supported status indicators are ABNORMAL SUPPRESS INFORMATION
533. shold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 235 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 227 Clear TCA Optics OTU HSBB LBC Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear this TCA i A CAUTION l Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 3 problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 4 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 5 STO
534. son responsible for all service protection signals assigned to the ODU circuit pack that the signals can be returned to service Reinstall the shelf cover For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 235 Address DCM Port Loss Out of Range Overview The power detectors located on the DCM IN and DCM OUT ports of the OA circuit pack have detected a substantial increase in optical loss between the DCM IN and DCM OUT ports Procedure 1 Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS gt Conditions report and determine the bay location of the OA circuit pack 2 Remove the appropriate shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 3 Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS gt Conditions report and determine the DCM port and the OA circuit pack reporting the failure using fiber labels and or fiber routing tables in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G S00G Installation Manual to locate the DCM apparatus unit associated with the DCM ports reporting the failure 4 Make a visual inspection of the fiber jumpers and connections at the OA circuit pack DCM ports and DCM apparatus unit IN and OUT ports Correct any problems found For help refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 5 Did the visual inspection reveal any p
535. ssette Type B e Individual Pre saturated Alcohol Wipes Tech Spray brand 99 pure anhydrous Isopropyl alcohol comcode 901375147 e Optical Fiber Scope Noyes OFS 300 200X Comcode 408197028 used for ST SC FC and LC type connectors e 1 25 mm LC Adapter Cap for Noyes OFS 300 200X Comcode 408197069 e 2 50 mm ST SC FC Adapter cap for Noyes OFS 300 200X Comcode 408197044 Cleaning Connectors on Optical Jumpers and Pigtails 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Remove if necessary optical connector from lightguide buildout optical port or remove if necessary dust cap from the optical connector Make sure there is no optical signal present on the optical connector by using an optical power meter or by disconnecting the other end of the fiber WARNING Laser hazard Disconnected or separated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation Do not view the lightwave beam with the naked eye or with an optical instrument Avoid direct exposure to the beam Verify clean connector by using an appropriate microscope 1 Make sure that the viewing area of the microscope itself is free of any spots that might be confused with the spots from a contaminated connector To verify look into the microscope eyepiece from a distance of 1 inch without a connector attached to it The white background displayed by the eyepiece of a clean microscope will be free of black spots and or rings around its periphery 2 Attach the con
536. ssive BER L p 14 294 Incoming OC 192 LOF failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming OC 192 LOS failure TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 Incoming ODU2 DEG TAP 249 Clear Incoming Signal Degrade p 14 293 Incoming ODU2 LCK TAP 245 Clear Incoming ODU2 LCK p 14 286 Incoming ODU2 OCI TAP 244 Clear Incoming ODU2 OCI p 14 285 14 10 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks Table 14 1 DESCRIPTION TAP 100 Technical Assistance Trouble Condition TAP Cross Reference continued Proceed to Incoming ORS Client LOS failure TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low p 14 243 9999 Incoming ORS Line LOS failure TAP 233 Clear Incoming ORS Line LOS and Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold p 14 248 Incoming optical channel LOS TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 Incoming optical line LOS Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure p 14 34 TAP 232 Clear Incoming ORS Client LOS and Incoming ORS Client Optical Power Low p 14 243 9999 Incoming ORS Line Optical Power Lower Than Switching Threshold
537. st page iN Ta N NE User Login Security Security Administration Alcatel Lucent Proprietary e qeorddy oN ny ON pny ON ny ON nv ON 0 OWLLIIV2LL ASLLH NLO JOVAL AALA VO JOVAL AALA ALVLS AULY AS LAWL OULOAS AULY SAS AULY NOUD NLOUd AYLA ALLV JAMS AALA UdNS HL AALA WNOSV AOAd AALA VIASI ASLLH Sd LO HL AALA DALHOO AALA ISO AALA ANITO HL AALA CNI SIN AULY NOAS AN AULY NVHOO HL AYLY ONII dVIA A2LLH DOTAALA Hd S Wd ANLH OJHOIIN AVW AALA HOH ASLEH HIALLS INd ASLLH TIV ANOD AALA 5410 1 ANSALLLV ANWLN UdAS OUSOWL AULA NOAS CIO AWLA ANITO Wd AULY INOO ULLV AULY UdNS AVLA OV A3LLH NVH2O INd A8 LH INTV 4LLLV A2LLS Sd LO ALLH ans dId q3 HNITHSVS A3LLH 4 5 dd IO A2LL3I ANITO MEST NV HNITHSVS A3LLH TIV WTV ASLES LdOd AULY HHSD LOV ANITASVE ANLA LINNDSV GIV A2LDH SdLO OOSSV AALA ALVLS AULY SdLO Wd AULY Md T A2LLH I C PAIT uonezronnv poleroosse SDUEUTUIO OU TE OID iC S l Wd 2 jeuonounJ uy penunuoo s po 1SN o spueuiuio 11 jo Bulddeyy 2 2 lQEL 365 575 715R9 0 2 13 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Security Administration NE User Login Security UAP Provisioning Example A User ID that requires a high provisioning privilege can be provisioned via the VVaveStar 9 OLS 1 6T as S2 amp
538. start button on the EI circuit pack 7 Wait 30 60 minutes depending on system size for all circuit packs to reset 8 At the CIT initiate a login session For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 9 Was login successful IF THEN NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International YES Continue with Step 10 10 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Important Because it is possible that a slow recovery from a power outage may result in erroneous REPORTS gt Conditions reporting a system reset may be necessary 11 Are there any other conditions listed in the DESCRIPTION column of the report IF THEN NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE YES Continue with Step 12 1496 S Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 130 Restore NE Operation After Power Loss 12 13 14 15 16 17 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Important The CIT will disconnect from the NE when the FAULT Reset command is executed Prior to rebooting the customer specific values should be retrie
539. status Not Monitored NMON A memory administrative state for ports NR Not Reported NRZ Non return to zero NSA Nonservice Affecting NSAP Address Network Service Access Point Address NZDSF Non Zero Dispersion Shifted Fiber O amp M Operation and Maintenance O amp M Operation and Maintenance OA Optical Amplifier OALAN Overhead Access Local Area Network Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary OAM amp P Operations Administration Maintenance and Provisioning OC OC n Optical Carrier OCAIM optical channel alarm indication message OCHAN Optical Channel ODU Optical Demultiplexer OLS Optical Line System OMON Optical Monitoring Circuit OMU Optical Multiplexer Unit OOF Out of Frame OOS Out of Service OOS MA out of service manual OOS MA AS A provisioning state for slots and ports It is not an acronym an abbreviation or a shortened form of anything It is always written in capital letters Open Ring Network Network formed of a point to point configuration of systems Open System Interconnection Data Communication Network OSI DCN based on the OSI 7 Layer protocol for transfer of data between systems Open Systems Interconnection OSI Referring to the OSI reference model a logical structure for network operations standardized by the International Standards Organization ISO 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 23
540. stem size 11 Is the red LED on the BOS SYSCTL CP10 circuit pack blinking IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 13 NO Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other Trouble Clearing procedures 12 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain another report 13 Is the same alarm condition still listed under the DESCRIPTION column of the report IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures NO Continue with Step 14 14 Click on the bay where the BOS SYSCTL CP10 is located 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 51 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS BOS SYSCTL FAILURE CAUTION l Service disruption hazard The provisioning data for the NE is on the FLASH Memory Module that will be removed from the SYSCTL therefore ensure that the same FLAS
541. stration CIT NE Password Aging Description The NE requires users to periodically change passwords If a user does not change a password within the provisioned period of time the password expires The next time the user attempts to log in to the NE he will not be able to execute any commands until his password has been successfully changed Password Aging Interval The Password Aging Interval may be set to e Zero 0 which disables the feature or e Between seven 7 and 999 days The Password is set for each user login The original value is 30 days Additional Constraints When Password Aging is enabled a user will not be able to change a password again until at least seven 7 calendar days have passed since the last time the password was successfully changed If fewer than seven 7 calendar days have passed any attempt to change the password will be denied Important If Password Aging is disabled passwords may be changed without any elapsed time restrictions 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 2 25 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Security Administration CIT NE User Login Aging Description If a non Super User does not log in to the NE within the provisioned period of time the login is deleted As long as a user logs in more frequently than the provisioned value of this parameter the login is retained Login aging applies only to non Super User logins and the two Super User log
542. sue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 126 Clear FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch 12 At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report 13 Is the FLASH SYSCTL Code Mismatch condition still listed IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before proceeding with other trouble clearing procedures NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 85 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 127 Clear Unexpected CP Type Overview Procedure The Unexpected CP Typecondition is issued whenever the system software detects a difference between what it expects in a circuit pack CP slot and which CP is actually in the slot This condition is normally cleared by correcting the difference wrong CP type or incomplete records Important Do not remove any additional circuit packs from the shelf until the Unexpected CP Typecondition has been cleared Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf associated with the Unexpected CP Type alarm condition Using the mouse pointer select the circuit pack and right click to display the sub menu Determine from office records the correct CP type apparatus code the type of associations required and wavelength if required for the slot in question Compa
543. system determines that a condition has been cleared an Alarm Clear Delay timer begins for that condition The timer runs until a provisioned interval called the Alarm Clear Delay expires or until the condition is detected again At the end of the Alarm Clear Delay interval if the condition clears all indications of the condition remain cleared If the condition appears all indications of the condition remain active LI Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 7 11 See notice on first page Maintenance Equipment Failure Description Equipment failures are reported as soon as the defect is determined to exist There is no Incoming Alarm Delay and there is no Alarm Clear Delay associated with equipment failures The alarm for an equipment failure will report the location of the failure to assist the user in trouble shooting any failures Refer to Trouble Clearing Tasks 13 1 for details on specific alarms Incoming Alarm Delay There is no Incoming Alarm Delay associated with equipment failures Alarm Clear Delay There is no Alarm Clear Delay associated with equipment failures 7 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Fault Identification Overview Purpose Contents This section provides information on automatic fault detection and isolation For help refer to Chapter 6 Performance Monitoring Automatic Fault Detection Automatic
544. t Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 240 Clear Outdated Boot Flash Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This alarm condition is issued when a circuit pack is first powered up The circuit pack tries to execute updated bootflash software into the circuit pack memory but has failed Failure of the software to perform an upgrade boot function requires that the circuit pack be returned to the factory for an upgrade to the circuit pack Using the AID column from the report generated in Step 1 identify the appropriate shelf and circuit pack slot associated with the Outdated Boot Flash alarm condition Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Is the circuit pack to be replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 5 NO Proceed to Step 7 if EL OMON or SUPVY circuit packs CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 5 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line or optical channel associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this circuit pack to 1 manually switch the service line or optical channel to a protection line and 2 ensure that
545. t Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 215 Clear TCA Optics OCHAN SPR C Recommended Action for One or a Few Channels Using the CIT read the receive OCHAN power of the specified channel wavelength at the OA 1 If the current value is per measurements found in Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 manually baseline the specific channel Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 1 If TCA does not clear within approximately 10 minutes obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 2 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 2 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in the following steps could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 3 Ifthe current value is per measurements in DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 then 1 Using a power meter disconnect the fiber and measure the power at the corresponding output port including LBOs in the path of the
546. t Replace ALL dust filters in the bay with a Clogged dust filter 1 or 2 or both alarm conditions Replace all dust filters in the bay with the clogged filter alarm conditions For details go to DLP 526 Inspect Replace Dust Filter p 15 54 Was the dust filter replaced IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Continue with Step 6 Important Wait 10 minutes for the system temperature to stabilize At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Referring to the report obtained in Step 4 is the Clogged dust filter 1 or 2 still listed IF THEN YES Continue with Step 6 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE BE Alcate Lucent Propretary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 162 Clear Fan 1 or 2 or Clogged Dust Filter 17or 2 Failure 6 Important Ensure that there is an available supply of replacement fan assemblies Replace the fan assembly with a new one For details go to DLP 527 Replace Fan Assembly p 15 56 8 Referring to the report obtained in Step 7 is the Fan Failure 1 or 2 still listed IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for further technical assistance NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 123 Issue 1 July
547. t controls OA WAD ODU Scenarios for APSD The following scenarios can initiate APSD e Disruption of an optical fiber s that connect two NEs e Disruption of an optical fiber that connects the output of an OA circuit pack to the input of an ODUI circuit pack and a failure or removal of an ODU circuit pack e Disruption of an internal optical fiber that connects the output of an OA circuit pack to the input of a WAD circuit pack failure or removal of a WAD circuit pack Receive OA failures e Power failures Fiber Cut Between Two NEs An NE can be an End or Ring Terminal a Repeater or a WAD When there is fiber s cut between the two NEs the OLS 1 6T NE detects an optical line LOS and a supervisory LOS on either line 1 or line 2 turns off the optical power at the output port of the corresponding OA circuit pack within one second and informs the NE at the other end of the span downstream NE to do the same on the affected line 1 and or 2 The NE at each end of the affected span declares an APSD condition in addition to activating the optical line LOS alarms if appropriate which are reported to the CIT and OS When the fiber s are restored supervisory LOS clears at the NE s and the supervisory data link is restored The upstream NE checks for the supervisory Line 1 and Line 2 mismatch OA connection mismatch and insufficient span loss The downstream NE does the same thing If the NE passes all these checks the NE s gener
548. t Pack 1 2 OA3L ODUIC ODU2C ODUI ODU2 ODU3 OMONI OMUI OMU2 ORS OTU1 OTU10 OTU30 OTUD40 OTUDI OTUD2 OTUDIO OTUD30 OTUD40 SUPVY WAD1 WAD2 WAD3 WAD4 VVAD5 WAD6 CLSC Apparatus Unit IN OUT DCM IN DCM OUT MON TX MON RX OMON SUP TX SUP RX IN OUT 9190 through OUT9580 OUT 50G IN 50G OUT 9195 through OUT 9585 IN OUT 9190 through OUT 9580 OUT 50G2 OUT 50G3 IN 50G2 OUT 9190 through OUT 9385 IN 50G3 OUT 9390 through OUT 9585 IN 1 through IN 8 IN 9190 through IN 9580 IN 50G OUT 1 OUT 2 IN 9195 through IN 9585 OUT 50G C1 IN C1 OUT C2 IN C2 OUT 1A IN 1A OUT 2A IN 2A OUT 1B IN IB OUT 2B IN 2B OUT ET1 ET OUT xxxx INI xxxx OUT yyyy IN2 yyyy OUT 0001 IN1 0001 OUT 0002 IN2 0002 OUT IN 1 IN 2 OUT 1 OUT 2 ADD IN ADD OUT DROP IN DROP OUT LOOP IN LOOP OUT wwww IN xxxx IN yyyy IN zzzz IN wwww OUT xxxx OUT yyyy OUT zzzz OUT IN C L OUT C L C L IN OUT IN C1 C2 IN L1 L2 OUT C1 C2 OUT L1 L2 C L1 IN OUT C L2 IN OUT Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack Notes 1 The 4 digit component of the port name is the same as the middle four digits of the frequency in THz For example the ports associated with the 191 950 THz frequency are IN 9195 on the OMU and OUT 919
549. t go through the core and are less than 2 microns in width 15 18 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 This procedure describes how to install or remove a shelf cover CAUTION A Esp hazard Use a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on a WaveStar OLS 1 6T system NE to prevent electrostatic discharge damage to sensitive components See Electrostatic Discharge ESD Considerations p 14 7 in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 Is the cover to be installed removed a shelf cover or interconnect panel cover IF THEN shelf Continue with Step 2 interconnect panel cover Proceed to Step 6 of Install Cover p 15 20 later in this procedure Is the cover being installed or removed IF THEN removed Continue withStep 1 of Remove Cover p 15 20 later in this procedure installed Proceed to Step 1 of Install Cover p 15 20 later in this procedure END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 19 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover Remove Cover Using an appropriate screwdriver rotate the 1 4 turn fasteners counterclockwise 90 degrees to unlock each latch handle Lif
550. t pack or control link Control failures are automatically alarmed through equipment and office alarm relays ensuring that the CIT is notified regardless of the effect of the failure on other control functions Cleared Conditions When a trouble condition is cleared automatic diagnostics reevaluate the related defects in order to isolate another possibly failed circuit pack or signal 7 16 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Loss of Signal LOS Overview Purpose Contents This section provides information on LOS optical channel LOS and the functions of the alarm indicators during a LOS Detecting Incoming LOS at an OA Optical Channel LOS 7 18 7 19 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page Maintenance Detecting Incoming LOS at an OA Description Each NE that terminates an Optical Transmission Section OTS monitors the incoming optical line signals for a LOS Declaring LOS Defect The system will detect a LOS defect when the input signal is below a threshold value for a time from 10 100 microseconds A LOS alarm will be raised within 10 milliseconds of the onset of the failure Clearing LOS Defect The system will clear the LOS defect when the power is above a threshold value for a time from 1 10 milliseconds 7 18 Alcatel Lucent Propriet
551. t the cover and push back slightly lift up the cover to disengage the pins from the metal tabs on the shelf framework then lift the cover up until it is free from the shelf framing END OF STEPS Position the cover horizontal to the shelf framework slide the pivot pins in slightly and rotate the bottom of the cover down to engage the metal tabs on the shelf framework Make sure the cover latch handles have been pivoted so they are perpendicular to the front face of the cover Make sure the 1 4 turn fasteners are rotated to the full counterclockwise position A CAUTION Lifting hazard Make sure that the cover is flush with the face of the bay before attempting to secure the fasteners Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover Pinch hazard Be careful not to damage or crush the fibers while installing the shelf cover Close the cover and rotate the latch handles flush with the cover Then using a flat blade screwdriver rotate the 1 4 turn fasteners clockwise approximately 90 degrees 4 Using an appropriate screwdriver rotate the 1 4 turn screw clockwise 90 degrees to lock the latch handle 6 Is the cover being installed or removed IF THEN removed Continue with Step 7 installed Proceed toStep 11 8 Using an appropriate screwdriver turn the screw counter clockwise until
552. tails refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 WARNING RF hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by the following maintenance action At the CIT select FAULT Reset System and click the OK button to reset the NE or press the Restart button on the EI circuit pack User Panel Wait 15 60 minutes depending on system size or until the MJ LED is off on the EI circuit pack User Panel whichever occurs first Is the same alarm condition still listed under the DESCRIPTION column IF THEN YES Consult the appropriate maintenance support organization for technical assistance before with other trouble clearing procedures NO Continue with Step 6 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 55 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS L1 14 56 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 8 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks T
553. tall Circuit Pack p 15 27 DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 DLP 519 Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login and or Password p 15 45 DLP 522 Replace Power Line Filter p 15 48 DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 3 See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures IXL 001 Detail Level Procedures Index Table 15 1 Detail Level Procedure Index continued Task Description Procedure Inspect Replace Dust Filter DLP 526 Inspect Replace Dust Filter p 15 54 Replace Fan Assembly DLP 527 Replace Fan Assembly p 15 56 LBO Applications DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 Baseline Optical Parameters DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 DCM LBO Procedure DLP 530 DCM LBO Procedure p 15 80 Packaging for Returns Procedure DLP 531 Packaging of Alcatel Lucent Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Return p 15 82 15 4 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Detail Level Procedures DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Th
554. tall Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 135 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 178 Clear SUPVY Add Input LOS 16 Baseline the replaced circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 END OF STEPS 14 136 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 179 Clear Topology Construction Incomplete Overview This procedure is used to clear a controller or transmission failure in the ring network Procedure 1 Important This condition usually is cleared with the assistance of the Operations System Control Center When the network is in this state you will probably not be able to establish a login to one or more of the other nodes If a remote login is possible and you need additional help refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Otherwise local CIT assistance will be required at those nodes At the local NE CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions and obtain a report 2 Does a controller circuit pack condition BOS failure BOS removed SUPVY failure SUPVY removed or an incoming alarm condition SUPVY channel fail appear in the report IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO Continue with Step 3 3 Us
555. tances Multiplexing The process of combining several distinct digital signals into a single composite digital signal MZ Mach Zender Not Alarmed NE Network Element NE ACTY Near End Activity NEBS Network Equipment Building System Network Element NE A node in a telecommunication network that supports network transport services and is directly manageable by a management system Network Monitoring and Analysis NMA An operations system designed by Telcordia which is used to monitor network facilities Network Service Access Point Address NSAP Address An automatically assigned number that uniquely identifies a Network Element for the purposes of routing DCC messages NG OLS Next Generation Optical Line System nm Nanometer 10 9 meters 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 21 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary NMA Network Monitoring and Analysis System NMON Not Monitored Node An End System and or Intermediate System in a DCN Examples of Lucent Nodes are OLS 400G and Navis EMS Non revertive switching In non revertive switching a working and stand by line exist on the network When a protection switch occurs the standby line is selected to support traffic thereby becoming the working line The original working line then becomes the stand by line This status remains in effect even when the fault clears That is there is no automatic switch back to the original
556. tch If they do not determine the correct mapping modes Wait a few minutes and examine the alarm list If the alarm is still listed continue with Step 8 If the alarm clears STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 259 Clear 10GbE LAN Local Remote Fault 8 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Indication CAUTION il Service disruption hazard The next steps could result in service interruption f you encounter problems notify the person responsible for services on this NE so that traffic can be re routed Replace the circuit pack that is causing the failure See DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Wait a few minutes and examine the alarm list If the alarm is still listed remove the new circuit pack and insert the original circuit pack Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International If the alarm clears STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 315 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 260 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPR Overview The client signal type of FleX DM is 1 GbE Once the OPR value exceeds its threshold the TCA is reported Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there
557. th in which one wavelength is added to all lines before the next wavelength is added Span Loss Loss in dB of optical power due to the span transmission medium includes fiber loss and splice losses SPE Synchronous Payload Envelope SPM Self Phase Modulation SPR C Signal Power Received Optical Channel SPR P Signal power Pilot Channel SPR SU Signal Power Received Supervisory SPT C Signal Power Transmitted Optical Channel SPT SU Signal power Transmitted Supervisory SSMF Standard Single Mode Fiber ST standard type connector 0 3dB typical loss STM n Synchronous Transport Module level n STS STS n Synchronous Transport Signal STS 1E Now referred to as EC 1 A signal typically carried by coaxial cables from one equipment location to another The term EC 1 refers to the organization and data rate of the signal and also to the voltage template the signal must conform to and the impedances for which the voltage template is valid Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary STS1E Interface Circuit Pack The STS1E Interface circuit pack interfaces with up to three bidirectional STS 1 signals Subnetwork A collection of nodes connected by a single transmission medium Subnetwork Management System SNMS An element management system that supports various WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T Network Elements Supervisory Signal An optical signal originating
558. than 30 seconds Please DO NOT remove the circuit pack during this upgrade Removing the circuit pack during upgrade may cause damage to the affected pack When the pack LEDs stop flashing you can remove the packs or power down the system as needed 3 8 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces Power On LED Location A green LED labeled PWR OUTPUT is located on each power filter on each shelf within a NE When lit this LED indicates that the corresponding filter is powered on Each shelf has two 2 power filters Operation The Power On LED is extinguished e when power is not supplied through the filter to the shelf OR e if the low voltage shutdown feature located on the power filter is activated which then turns off power to the shelf Monitor points on the power filters allow the incoming voltage to the filter to be measured 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 9 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces Equipment LEDs Fault LED FAULT When continuously lit this red LED indicates either a failure of its associated circuit pack or an on board power failure When flashing it indicates a failure of an input to the associated circuit pack The LED is labeled FAULT Circuit Pack Active LED ACTIVE When lit this green LED indicates that the circuit pack is powered and is in the active st
559. that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Recommended Action 1 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Follow these steps to clear this TCA CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 1 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 221 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 220 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC n STM n OPT Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 221 Clear TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC O
560. the customer Monitored Parameters Parameters that are monitored and measured at the OA packs are 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Total input Optical Power Received TOPR OL Total output Optical Power Transmitted TOPT OL Pump Laser Efficiency Receive Pump 1 through 6 PLE RP1 6 Pump Laser Efficiency Transmit Pump 1 through 6 PLE TP1 6 Signal Power Received by Supervisory Channels SPR SU Signal Power Transmitted by Supervisory SPT SU Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 5 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring SUPV Y Circuit Pack Performance Measurements Introduction The SUPVY circuit pack taps and measures the Supervisory Channels sent between OAs Supervisory Channel inputs and outputs are provided on the OA which allows the user to provide remote system operations such as performance maintenance and provisioning These activities are performed using TL1 commands through an OS or local Craft Interface Terminal CIT using a personal computer Monitored Parameters The following Digital Parity Errors are monitored and reported for Supervisory Signals e Cyclical Redundancy Check CRC Checksum errors e Errored Seconds ES Bursty Errored Seconds BES e Severely Errored Seconds SES e Unavailable Seconds UAS Important Digital parameters CRC ES BES SES and UAS are monitored at the Supervisory circuit pack while Analog Parameters SPR SU and SPT SU are monitored at the OA ci
561. the circuit pack from the appropriate shelf as follows 1 Push up on the bottom and down on the top locking clicks to unlock the circuit pack latches 2 Disengage the circuit pack by carefully and continuously pulling out equally on the top and bottom latches 3 Carefully slide the circuit pack out of the slot guides to remove it from the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH END OF STEPS Install the circuit pack as follows 1 Open both latches on the circuit pack 2 Place the circuit pack into the slot guides and slowly slide it into the shelf until the latches touch the shelf DO NOT ROCK THE CIRCUIT PACK BACK AND FORTH 3 With a thumb on each latch continue sliding the circuit pack with one firm continuous motion until the latches are fully engaged and the clips are in the locked position 4 Insert the FLASH Memory Module FMM removed in Step 8 of Remove a BOS SYSCTL Circuit Pack p 15 36 into the SYSMEM slot of the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack until it is flush with the BOS SYSCTL circuit pack faceplate END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 37 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack 10 11 Remove Install a DCM Apparatus Unit Locate the correct fiber jumpers to the DCM from the assigned OA Log on a piece of paper the correct jumper assigned to the DCM IN and OUT connections Loosen the two screws holding the DCM in place by tu
562. the external equipment or if a signal should be removed from the fiber connected to the OMU or WAD port Make the proper association using the Circuit Connection Configuration Wizard or signal correction per local office records Did the alarm clear IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 185 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 210 Clear Optical Channel Transmit Failure Overview Procedure This condition indicates that the OMON circuit pack has detected a loss of an optical channel incoming to the transmit OA circuit pack Are all optical channels indicating an optical channel transmit failure IF THEN YES Proceed to TAP 212 Clear DCM Failure and or Isolate Defective DCM Connections p 14 195 NO Continue with Step 3 Using the AID column from the report Step 1 identify the port label number associated with the condition for example it is 9190 for OCHAN 1E 9190 Using the port label number obtained in Step 3 9190 and the information in the source port AID column of the report for example port 1 1 1 OUTA 9190 and port 1 3 5 9190 determine the slot and port location of the OTU and the OMU WAD circuit
563. the following maintenance action At the CIT initiate a login session For details go to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 3 Atthe CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report 4 IsReset in Progress still reported IF THEN YES Then continue with Step 5 NO Then continue with Step 8 5 Wait 10 minutes or until the MJ LED is off at the EI circuit pack User Panel 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 79 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS O 14 80 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary SS 365 575 715R9 0 TAP 124 Address Reset in Progress Is reset in progress still reported IF THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Continue with Step 8 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 125 Clear FLASH Unrecognizable Code Overview Procedure 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The software code stored in the active partition memory of the FLASH Memory Module FMM is corrupted or its version is not recognized by the BOS circuit pack in the SYSCTL slot
564. the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route Replace the OTU circuit pack as per instruction in DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 261 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE OPT 3 problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 5 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 319 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 262 Clear TCA Optics OTU 1 GbE LBC Overview The client signal type of FleX DM is 1 GbE Once the LBC value exceeds its threshold the TCA is reported Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not
565. ther option is to restore service on a different Optical Line System or route 2 Determine which OA to replace 3 Using the AID and Description columns from the report in Step 1 identify the circuit pack use the line identifier for example Line 1E associated with this incoming failure condition Important The circuit pack identified in the AID column can be located in WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Bay Configurations 4 Remove the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 5 Replace the OA circuit pack identified in Step 2 For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 6 Retrieve a REPORTS s Conditions list 7 Did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Continue with Step 8 NO Proceed to Step 9 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 213 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 10 Baseline the replaced circuit pack For details refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 Replace the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Did the alarm clear IF THEN YES Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service NO
566. tial value high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory There is no low threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 51 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Table 6 9 Non Provisionable Thresholds Non Provisionable High and or Low Thresholds Parameters continued Monitored For OTU 110 110L FleX MUX OTU 120 FleX DM PM Parameter OPR OPT LBC OPR OPT LBC Acceptable Threshold Range high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory high threshold 120 of factory initial value high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory There is no low threshold high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory low threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory high threshold 120 of factory initial value high threshold SEEPROM value calibrated at factory There is no low threshold Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 7 Maintenance Overview Purpose This chapter introduces maintenance features of the WaveStar OLS 1 6T These features continuo
567. tical Line System or route 2 If the power is per WaveStar amp OLS 1 6T 400G 500G Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications then 1 Manually re baseline the OCHAN Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 2 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 3 STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 3 Ifthe power is not per Table 7 11 of WaveStar OLS 1 6T 400G 800G Applications Planning Guide APG Technical Specifications 1 Determine the problem rectify and manually re baseline Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 2 If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International 4 Notify the person responsible for all affected service or protection signals assigned to this OA that this Optical Line can now be returned to service END OF STEPS 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 211 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 217 Clear TCA Optics OLINE PLE RPx x 1 6 Overview Pump laser efficiency PLE is an indication of the level of performance of the pump lasers in the receive OA There is a PLE parameter associated with each of the pump lasers which is used to measure aging of th
568. tical Translator Units OTUs Incoming OCH 10G LOF LOS Alarm Conditions only appear when the OC 192 OTU is provisioned in either the repeater mode or the sink mode 1 Refer to the AID column of the REPORTS Conditions and determine the bay location of the OTU with the incoming failure 2 Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 111 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure CAUTION DN Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 3 could result in service interruption Make a visual inspection of the incoming signal cable s and connections and correct any problems found For details go to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 4 Did a visual inspection reveal any problems IF THEN YES Continue vvith Step 5 NO Continue vvith Step 7 6 the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 28 NO Continue with Step 7 7 Is the failure condition a LOS or LOF LOL failure IF THEN LOS Proceed toStep 8 LOF LOL Proceed toStep 16 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Cle
569. tical amplifier OA or optical translator unit OTU Required Test Equipment e Wrist Strap e Optical Power Meter e Multiwavelength Meter or low polarization Optical Spectrum Analyzer OSA Important Multiwavelength Meter or low polarization Optical Spectrum Analyzer required for use only on systems that require pre equalization Are you installing or equipping an OA OTU or OMU IF THEN OA Continue with Step 2 OTU Proceed to Step 12 OMU Proceed to Step 37 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Important In this procedure the circuit pack that first indicated failed or that you were instructed to change is called the original On the original OA remove any LBO from the OUT port Clean the LBO removed from Step 2 and the OUT port of the replacement OA For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Install the LBO into the OUT port of the replacement OA For details see DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 15 57 See notice on first page Detail Level Procedures DLP 528 LBO Application 10 11 12 13 Clean the LBO removed from the DCM OUT port of the replacement OA For details go to DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 Install the LBO removed from the DCM OUT port of the original OA in the DCM OUT port of the replacement OA For details go to DLP 5
570. tice on first page Automatic Power Shutdown APSD Theory of Operation The purpose of automatic power shut down APSD is to comply with IEC Hazard Level 1 requirements and create a safe environment for the transmission facility maintenance team to perform repairs to damaged fibers that are transmitting high power The APSD feature brings the optical amplifier output power and pump output power to safe levels in the event of a fiber cut removed connector or equipment failure After the system has been repaired or links have been re established APSD also ensures restoration to normal operation Powers as high as 423 dBm are expected for an 80 channel application APSD is unavailable as follows When the System Bay Controller Supervisory or Transmit OA pack resets APSD is unavailable until the pack is rebooted When a failure occurs in the System Bay Controller Supervisory or Transmit OA packs APSD is unavailable until the pack is replaced and the system rebooted When the removal of a System Bay Controller pack occurs APSD is unavailable until the pack is inserted and the system rebooted When there is a shelf power failure that occurs in a shelf where the System Bay Controller resides APSD is unavailable until power is restored and reboot is complete In the event that an Overhead Controller resets is removed fails at the same time a single fiber cut occurs APSD is not available in the adjacent NE Transmit OA that driv
571. tion indicates that the incoming section trace does not match the expected incoming section trace Important An upstream transmission failure could cause multiple JO Mismatch alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log in to the upstream NE for an NE Alarm List report for a transmission alarm and clear any transmission alarms At the CIT from the NE Equipment Explorer select the appropriate bay shelf and OTU port From the Main menu select FAULT Analysis OTU Section Trace to obtain a report Determine from the local office records what is the correct expected incoming message for this OC 48 OC 192 Do the office records for the expected incoming message match the data in the Expected Incoming Message listed in the report from Step 1 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 11 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Trace the fiber jumper connected to the IN port of the OTU identified in the AID column back to the source Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 117 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 156 Clear JO Mismatch 10 11 12 Do the office records indicate that the fiber jumper is connected to the correct source IF THEN YES Continue with Step 14 NO Continue with Step 7 CAUTION 084 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 7 could result in service interruption Using local procedures connect the fiber j
572. tion to be Cleared Perform Function disable alarms office alarms Configuration Alarms Alarm Configuration Select the appropriate data and click the OK button 1 At the CIT select FAULT Protection Switch Channel Path 2 Select channel path with inhibit switch condition 3 Click the Clear button then OK V 1 At the CIT select FAULT Protection Switch s Channel Path 2 Select channel path vvith forced svvitch condition 3 Click the Clear button then OK 1 At the CIT select FAULT Protection Switch s Channel Path 2 Select channel path with manual switch condition 3 Click the Clear button then OK 458 0000 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit Table 14 3 Determine Command for Condition continued Condition to be Cleared Perform Function control point string FAULT Operate Output Miscellaneous Discretes 1 At the CIT select Fault gt Operate Output Miscellaneous Discretes 2 In the Operate Output Miscellaneous dialog box click on the Miscellaneous Discrete control point indicated on the Condition Report description column of the TAP that sent you here 3 Check the office record to verify if the control point should be ON or OFF 4 Click the OFF or ON button to change the current setting 5 Click YES when the system prompts
573. tive of a good tie to ground the ground bar to which the system is tied may be incorrect and could therefore allow damaging current spikes from other equipment to adversely affect the system and the power filter A site survey of the ground bar system is required to verify that the system is properly connected Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 69 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B 12 Reinstall the appropriate shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 END OF STEPS 14 70 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 120 Clear Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence Overview Procedure This procedure is used to clear the following alarms e Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment e Incoming VCAT Loss of Multiframe e Incoming VCAT Loss of Sequence The above three alarms are raised at the client OUT1 through OUTS ports of FleX DM pack The alarms indicate errors in the VCAT interface of this pack The Incoming VCAT Loss of Alignment alarm is generated if the alignment process cannot perform the alignment of the individual VCAT to a common multiframe start for example if the differential delay exceeds the size of the alignment buffer The alarm is cleared when the individual VCAT
574. to finish END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 63 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 118 Clear Incoming AIS Overview This alarm is raised when an upstream NE has detected a LOS LOF or LOM or TIM Use this procedure to clear the following alarms e Incoming ODU2 AIS e Incoming 0001 AIS e Incoming ODU3 AIS Procedure 1 Use the AID column from the NE Alarm List to identify the NE reporting the LOS LOM or LOF alarm condition 2 Use the corresponding TAP to clear the condition Condition TAP LOS LOF Go to TAP 152 Address Incoming LOF LOS LOL Signal Failure p 14 111 LOM Go to TAP 222 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOM Failure p 14 225 END OF STEPS 14 64 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B Overview This procedure is used to clear a power failure by resetting the circuit breaker on the power line filter s associated with the unlit PWR OUTPUT LED This procedure is performed for a selected shelf by clearing the voltage supply problem at the battery distribution and fuse bay BDFB or by replacing a failed power filter on a shelf Important The Power line filter A is located on the left side of each shelf and power line filter B is located on the right side of each shelf Verify by c
575. tomatic e Monitored e Not Monitored Auto provisioning of the OTU IN ports is described here e The original value of each OTU IN port is Automatic e An Automatic port becomes monitored when a valid signal is present A Monitored port becomes Automatic when UPDATE is executed if a valid signal is not present e An Automatic or Monitored port becomes not monitored when set to that value by executing the technical provisioning command ENT OTPS e A Monitored or Not Monitored port becomes Automatic when set to that value by executing the technical provisioning command ENT OTPS A port becomes Automatic when either of the associations involving the port is deleted by the DLT ASSOC OTU command e Jfa valid incoming signal is present at a port when the appropriate associations are entered the port immediately becomes Monitored If a terminating circuit pack is faulty or has been removed an Automatic port will not become monitored regardless of the state of the incoming signal and UPDATE causes no change to the associated port states of the slot This means that a failed circuit pack never updates the database Technical provisioning commands ENT OTPS can still set a port to Automatic or Not Monitored at any time regardless of the health or auto provisioned state of the terminating slot Not Monitored ports are not affected by the UPDATE command Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 5 3 See notice on first page Provisioning
576. transmission equipment respond quickly to reduce laser emissions to safe levels in the event of a fiber disconnection or break network operators must take proper action in the event of an alarm Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Safety 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Lightwave Safety Guidelines In a typical network our optical cables and passive optical connection equipment can carry signals from various vendor sources that may have different degrees of safety controls We urge our customers to properly assess the power of these sources to ensure that their safety controls are adequate To strengthen our partnership and to assure the continued safe deployment and use of optical networks we urge you to use the following standards as your guides for laser safety for your customers and employees 1 In the U S ANSI Z136 1 American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers and ANSI Z136 2 American National Standard for Safe Use of Optical Fiber Communication Systems Utilizing Laser Diode and LED Sources 2 Elsewhere IEC 60825 Safety of Laser Products Part 1 Equipment classification requirements and user s guide IEC 60825 Safety of Laser Products Part 2 Safety of optical fiber communication systems Important Recent studies in Europe suggest that power as low as 50 mW can ignite certain hazardous classified gaseous vapor mist dust environments under worst case
577. ts near end frame statistics for both ingress and egress directions Monitored Analog Parameters The analog parameters that are monitored measured and reported by the FleX DM OTU are Laser Bias Current Optical Power Transmitted Optical Power Received Monitored SONET Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Severely Errored Frame Seconds Coding Violations Loss of Signal Seconds Monitored SDH Digital Parameters The following digital parameters are monitored Background Block Errors Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Unavailable Seconds Background Block Error Ratio Errored Second Ratio Severely Errored Second Ratio Loss of Signal Seconds Alcatel Lucent Proprietary See notice on first page 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring FleX DM OTU OTU120 Performance Measurements Monitored 1GbE MAC Parameters SONET and SDH System The following digital parameters are monitored Valid Frames Received Valid Frames Transmitted e Errored Inbound Frames e Errored Outbound Frames e Incoming Octets e Outgoing Octets Monitored FEC Parameters For an incoming G 709 OTU2 V line signal the following parameters are monitored FEC Error Count e FEC Uncorrectable Block Count 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 17 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Perfo
578. uiojs g wey ON VN 1 pexij ulojs S wey ON VN drdnyoeg pex uiojsKg ax s Unme y ON xx VN dEPIUMQq S Auly a npow q n p pur do d s ED z zem 15014 1414u1 q n LETEA pur do s x m s x e 1s01 1 011V q n sbqb bq nur do 240182 q n aspqpipq nur do dnyovg apoojdui2 squuuy 428DUDJA q n UONDAISIBIY nur do 213g 2poojduio q n Apm fos 1101 do pvojumoq 4 2 11215 240 82M pif ulojs g E 21144 2240182 ul sAS HO1S49A 240 1824 Bunoayyy Bunoayy Bunoayy Bun uy lAH SUON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siena Amua sipi juepuedeg l Ss juepuedeg istonipuoo 184 4 5 sinos hnquny jeuibuo Has geinquny leul uo 13NOS zHuonpuoo STO 6 E1S ABAA penunuoo s spuewwo S 0 AZ1 lqEL UOITIPUOD wey QEL 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent
579. uit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar 10 11 12 13 14 OLS 1 6T Install the correct type OTU into the assigned slot For details refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 At the CIT select CONFIGURATION Circuit Connection Wizard and use the Wizard to add the required associations related to the Optical Channel For details refer to Chapter 5 Provisioning Install the proper LBO into the OTU OUT port For details refer to DLP 528 LBO Application p 15 57 Is the Optical Channel being added a through channel at a WAD NE IF THEN NO Continue with Step 14 YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE Install the proper LBO into the OTU IN 1 2 port For details refer to DLP 524 Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU IN Port p 15 50 END OF STEPS At Receive End of Channel Important You will need assistance at the receive end or travel to that location Remove the appropriate shelf cover For details refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Circuit Order Tasks NTP 002 Add Optical Channel to In Service WaveStar OLS 1 6T 3 Remove the protector cap and clean the ODU OUT port on the ODU for the channel being placed in service For details ref
580. uit pack IF THEN YES Then continue with Step 13 NO Proceed to Step 14 Gf EI OMON or SUPVY 13 Notify the person that is responsible for all affected service protection signals assigned to this OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD that this Optical Line can now be returned to service 14 Reinstall the shelf cover For details go to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 15 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED or MN LED lighted on the EI circuit pack User Panel IF THEN YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 75 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 121 Clear No CP Expected in Slot END OF STEPS 14 76 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 122 Clear GFP Loss of Frame Delineation Overview Procedure The GFP Loss of Frame Delineation alarm is raised at the client OUT1 through OUTS ports of FleX DM pack The alarms indicate errors in the GFP interface of this pack The GFP Loss of Frame Delineation alarm is generated when the frame delineation process is not in the SYNC state The alarm is cleared when the frame delineation process is in the SYNC state Check whether the provisioning settings on the GbE interfaces of the FleX DM pac
581. ular object at a particular address For example if the user activates the ACO for a circuit pack failure condition and then removes the circuit pack the ACO should not drop when the alarm and status condition changes from CP failure to CP removed Restart Reset Switch The Restart Switch restarts system software using the provisioned parameter values defined prior to the reset A remote capability allows a Remote Reset to cause the local NE to Reset This switch is recessed to avoid accidental activation Alarm Indicators LED indicators designate that the Critical Alarm Major Alarm or Minor Alarm is active including alarm testing in the SONET environment These LEDs are also used to indicate that the Prompt Alarm or Deferred Alarm is active including alarm testing in the SDH environment The office audible and visual alarms are activated when any one of these indicators is activated Critical Alarm Prompt Alarm In the SONET environment Critical Alarms indicate that a severe service affecting condition has occurred and immediate corrective action is imperative regardless of the time of day or day of week In the SDH environment Prompt Maintenance Alarm PMA is generated to initiate activities normally immediately by maintenance personnel to remove defective equipment in order to restore good service and repair the failed equipment This LED is red and is labeled CR Prompt Major Alarm Deferred Alarm In the SONET environ
582. uly 2007 Detail Level Procedures IXL 001 Detail Level Procedures Index Detail Level Procedures Index Refer to Table 15 1 Detail Level Procedure Index p 15 3 for a list of all Detail Level Procedures Table 15 1 Detail Level Procedure Index Task Description Connect and Condition Craft Interface Test LEDs on Front Panel and Circuit Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T System Elements are Connected Identify Source of Incoming Signal Install Remove Apparatus Blank Inspect and Clean Optical Fibers and Connectors Install Remove Shelf Cover Install Remove Lightguide Buildout Install Remove Circuit Pack Inspect Optical Fiber s Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Modify Disable Enable or Add a User s Login or Password Replace Power Line Filter Connect Optical Power Meter for Measurement at OTU Procedure DLP 501 Connect and Condition Craft Interface Terminal CIT p 15 5 DLP 502 Test LEDs on Circuit Packs p 15 7 DLP 506 Verify WaveStar OLS 1 6T Elements Are Connected p 15 9 DLP 507 Identify Source of Incoming Signal p 15 10 DLP 509 Install Remove Apparatus Blank p 15 11 DLP 510 Inspect and Clean Optical Fiber Connectors p 15 12 DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 DLP 512 Install Remove Lightguide Buildout p 15 23 DLP 514 Remove and or Ins
583. umper to the correct source Is the JO mismatch condition still present IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 14 NO Continue with Step 10 At the CIT select FAULT gt Analysis gt OTU Section Trace and enter the correct expected incoming message and click OK At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain an updated report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 156 Clear JO Mismatch 13 Is the JO mismatch condition still present IE THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE 14 Important At this point it appears that the local NE is operating correctly Initiate a Trouble Report to the upstream NE of the OTU indicating the JO mismatch END OF STEPS m 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 119 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 160 Clear Power A or B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures or Power A and B for Fan 1 or 2 Failures Overview A problem in the fan assembly unit has caused the circuit breakers on the front panel of the fan assembly to operate Power Power Power Power Power Power Procedure A A B B A A for Fan 1 for Fan 2 for Fan 1 for Fan 2 and
584. unicate with a network element Craft Interface Terminal Personal Computer CIT PC A personal computer that meets OLS minimum requirements and is used by craft personnel to communicate with a network element CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check Critical CR Alarm that indicates a severe service affecting condition CS amp O Alcatel Lucent Customer Support and Operations CTAM Customer Technical Assistance Management CTNEQPT Facility circuit interconnection equipment failure This condition type is for internal optical LOS defects fiber connections between CPs Current Value The value currently assigned to a provisionable parameter CV Coding Violation 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 7 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary CVS Coding Violation Count Section Near End Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC A method of error detection using cyclic redundancy code A CRC value is generated at the transmitting terminal based on the contents of the message transmitted An identical CRC generation is performed at the receiving terminal and if it does not match the message was received incorrectly A collection of system parameters and their associated values Data Communication Network DCN The Data Communication Network DCN supports communications between WaveStar OLS 1 6T and the network management system Navis EMS OSI based networks formed by Q LAN and SDL overhead bytes performs the commu
585. uration possibilities based on fiber type OA rate and number of wavelengths These rules determine the maximum loss per span that can be tolerated the maximum distance between spans allowed and the maximum number of spans that can be supported GL 12 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Glossary EOL End Of Life EQ Equipped Equipped EQ A memory administrative state for slots Erbium A soft rare earth element used in metallurgy and nuclear research Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier EDFA An amplifier that performs by having a light signal pass through a section of erbium doped fiber and using the laser pump diode to amplify the signal Errored Seconds ES A performance monitoring parameter ES Errored Seconds ESD Electrostatic Discharge ESS Errored Second Count Section Near End ET End Terminal Event 1 A fault inconsistency or communication problem 2 An autonomous message put out by the system to indicate that a fault or inconsistency has occurred messages appear in a craft interface window as they occur and can indicate trouble or be solely informational Express Traffic In a WAD site wavelengths going between two co located OLS end terminals without going through an LCT F Failures in Time FIT Circuit pack failure rates per 10 hours as calculated using the method described in Reliability Prediction Procedure for Electronic Equipment Issue 4 Septem
586. ures for further guidance in addressing this condition Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA ODU WAD or CLSC apparatus unit that the Optical Line can now be returned to service Contact office that issued the Trouble Report and notify them that a cable problem was found and corrected STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 27 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure Overview Procedure 1 2 3 4 14 28 The Incoming VCG failure alarm is raised at the client OUTI through OUTS ports of FleX DM pack when the Incoming AU AIS AIS P Loss of Pointer AU LOP LOP P Unequipped Path alarm are detected in drop direction The alarm indicates problems errors in the SONET Path interface of this pack The Far End VCG failure alarm is raised at the client OUT1 through OUTS ports of FleX DM pack when the downstream detects the Incoming VCG failure alarm The Incoming HP RDI and Incoming HP RDI P alarms contribute to the Far End VCG failure alarm The alarm indicates errors in the SONET Path interface downstream Check whether the provisioning settings on the GbE interfaces of the FleX DM pack are correct Did checking correcting the provisioning settings of the ports clear the alarm IF THEN YES Proceed to Step
587. use the OPR and OPT values are based on a normalized value OPR and OPT Threshold Values for OTU100 OTU110 and OTU120 The OPR and OPT provide an absolute input and output signal optical power measured in dBm OPR and OPT power level are expressed in steps of 0 01dB The threshold values for high and low limits are calibrated at the factory and stored in the SEEPROM pack and are not user provisionable 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 35 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring OTU Equipment Health Parameters Laser Bias Current LBC Each transmitter interface in the terminals and regenerators monitors the Laser Bias Current LBC The value of the LBC is normalized to the LBC factory value There is no low threshold for LBC while the high LBC threshold value is user provisionable When the high LBC threshold is crossed a TCA QOS is sent Laser Bias Current LBC for OTU100 OTU110 and OTU120 Each transmitter interface provides an analog parameter that indicates the absolute laser bias current LBC measured in uA There is no lower threshold for LBC The upper threshold is set to 150 of BOL LBC This threshold value shall be stored in the SEEPROM pack and is not provisionable 6 36 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Performance Monitoring Section B1 Byte Digital Performance Parameters SONET Section Definition
588. used to transport 15 T 50 characters The first bit of every byte is a header bit The only non zero bit is found in the first byte of the 16 bytes 7 6 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Optical Channel Trace for OCh10G Definitions Description 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 OCh10G The transport of OC 192 STM 64 signals with Strong Forward Error Correction FEC is achieved by adding digital overhead that contains the FEC check bytes and the Optical Channel Overhead OCh OH The resulting signal is transported at approximately 10 7 GB s This signal format is referred to as OCh10G Optical Channel at 10 GB s OCh S The Optical Channel Section OCh S is defined as a portion of a network between adjacent OTUs with FEC processing turned on where FEC processing performance monitoring and maintenance functions are performed OCh P The Optical Channel Path OCh P is defined as spanning the distance from that point where an OC 192 STM 64 signal is converted to an OCh10G signal add mode to that point where an OCh10G signal is converted to an OC 192 STM 64 signal drop mode The path trace can be used to verify connectivity between path terminating network elements and supports path maintenance The WaveStar OLS 1 6T OCh10G capable OTUs that is OC 192 STM 64 OTUs with Strong FEC have access to the Optical Channel Path Trace overhead byte This enables th
589. usly monitor the overall health of all the equipment and the signals passing through the system Contents Maintenance Signals 7 3 Keep Alive Signal 7 4 Supervisory Signal 7 5 JO Section Trace Identifier STI 7 6 Optical Channel Trace for OCh10G 7 7 Trail Trace Identifier TTI 7 8 Integration and Timing 7 9 Alarms Delays 7 10 Equipment Failure 7 12 Fault Identification 7 13 Automatic Fault Detection 7 14 Automatic Fault Isolation and Diagnostics 7 16 Loss of Signal LOS 7 17 Detecting Incoming LOS at an OA 7 18 Optical Channel LOS 7 19 Control System 7 20 lOBaseT Ethernet 7 22 365 575 71568900 Alcatel Lucent Proprietay 7 4 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Maintenance Overview Port Associations 7 23 Available Associations 7 24 7 2 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Maintenance Maintenance Signals Overview Purpose The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T system uses maintenance signals and messages to identify and isolate faulty equipment within the system WaveStar OLS 1 6T is an optically amplified line system that has access to some SONET SDH overhead data as well as Optical Channel Overhead Data within the optical line signal Maintenance Signals The following signals are used by the WaveStar9 amp OLS 1 6T Keep Alive Signal includes AIS L Pseudo AIS OCH Client FDI and OCH TC AIS e Superv
590. usting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 237 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 230 Clear TCA Optics SUPVY SPR SU Recommended Action Follow these steps to clear this TCA If there is an TOPR OL on the same line at the same node use TAP 213 Clear TCA Optics OLINE TOPR OL p 14 201 to clear the TCA before proceeding Using the CIT select PERFORMANCE gt Reports RTRV PM SUPR to obtain a PM Report 1 Read the power of the SUP TX port on the same line at the OA at the upstream adjacent node 2 Read the power of the SUP RX port associated with the TCA at the OA Subtract 1 from 2 span loss e If value is equal to expected span loss manually re baseline the SUPV Y port Refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 e If problem persists obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International e STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE CAUTION 8 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 3 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible for the optical line associated with the service or protection signals assigned to this OA to manually switch the service line to a protection line or ensure all protection lines assigned to this OA are not being used for service Another option
591. value not only exceeded the provisioned threshold during a one day period it also exceeded the limit of 86400 the maximum number of seconds in a day This can occur if there is a difference in the WS clock and board controller clock As a result the OVFL flag can be assumed to be the same as the GT flag For 15 min counter UAS ES and SESS SEFS and BES SUPVY only If a value up to 900 and status of GT are displayed during a 15 min period the value exceeded the provisioned threshold If a value of 900 and status of OVFL for the PM parameter are displayed the value not only exceeded the provisioned threshold during a 15 min period it also exceeded the limit of 900 the maximum number of seconds in a 15 min period This can occur if there is a difference in the WS clock and board controller clock As a result the OVFL flag can be assumed to be the same as the GT flag Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 43 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Parameter Threshold Provisioning Provisionable Thresholds The following types of parameter thresholds can be user provisioned e All digital parameters CRC BBE ES BES SES UAS CVS ESS SESS SEFSS FEC EC FEC UBC e Optical Signal Power Parameters TOPR OL TOPT OL SPR SU SPT SU SPT C SPR C e Optical Line Equipment Health Parameters PLE RP1 6 PLE TP1 6 e OTU Equipment Health Parameters LBC Digit
592. ve failed Multiple failed C Band and L Band optical channels lines can be caused by a failed CLSC C Band L Band Separator Combiner apparatus unit or incoming fiber break The C Band and L Band systems could be in the same building or another building Therefore request the assistance of the Operations Support Center in determining if both C and L Band systems are having optical channels lines failures THEN YES Treat the failure as an outside plant fiber cut and work with the Operations Center to fix the outside plant fiber cut NO Either the C Band or L Band optical line failed Continue with Step 7 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Step 7 could result in service interruption Make a visual inspection of ALL outgoing cable s and connection s and correct any problem s found For details refer to DLP 517 Inspect Optical Fiber s p 15 42 Was a problem s found with the outgoing cable s or connection s IF THEN YES Proceed toStep 21 NO Continue with Step 9 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report 9 10 11 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions in Step 9 could result in service interruption Notify the person responsible
593. ved and printed After the reboot re provision the non defaulted values At the CIT select FAULT gt Reset and in the Reset Dialog box select System and click the OK button to reset the NE or press the Restart button on the EI circuit pack User Panel Wait 30 60 minutes depending on system size or until the MJ LED is off on the EI circuit pack whichever comes first At the CIT initiate a login session For details refer to DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 Are any conditions listed in the DESCRIPTION column of the report IF THEN NO Continue with Step 17 to set the system date and time YES Go to TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA p 14 19 From the NE Equipment Explorer select WaveStar OLS 400G The word system is now displayed in the Enter AID field From the Main menu select CONFIGURATION Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 97 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 130 Restore NE Operation After Power Loss 19 Select the correct date and time settings 20 Click Apply and then click on YES END OF STEPS 14 98 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 131 Clear Client Synchronization Failure Overview Procedure The Client Synchronization Failure alarm condition is issued when the
594. vers procedures to clear conditions that cause an alarm and or trouble report These procedures are consistent with the maintenance philosophy given in TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 Important Before attempting any trouble clearing procedure refer to TAP 100 Technical Assistance p 14 6 for a list of all Trouble Clearing Tasks and the correct order in which to perform these tasks Contents TAP 100 Technical Assistance 14 6 TAP 101 Clear Incoming OTU2 LOS LOF LOM Failure 14 18 TAP 102 Clear CR PROMPT MJ DEFERRED MN LED or TCA 14 19 TAP 103 Clear Trail Trace Mismatch OTUK ODUK 14 21 TAP 104 Clear Trouble Report 14 23 TAP 106 Clear Incoming VCG failure Far End VCG failure 14 28 TAP 107 Address Environmental Input and or Control Output Condition 14 30 TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response 14 31 TAP 110 Address Incoming Signal Failure 14 34 TAP 111 Clear Circuit Pack Failure 14 40 TAP 112 Clear Circuit Pack Removed 14 45 TAP 113 Clear FLASH or BOS Failure 14 49 TAP 114 Clear Condition When ABN NE ACTY INFO N LED is Lit 14 57 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks Overview TAP 115 Clear Incoming OCI TAP 116 Clear Incoming LCK TAP 117 Clear gt BACKUP IP CPYPGM IP INITSWD IP Restore IP and SW DWNLD IP TAP 118 Clear Incoming AIS TAP 119
595. verview The value of the LASER bias current has exceeded the high threshold This procedure addresses the following alarms e TCA Optics OTU 0C 48 STM 16 LBC e TCA Optics OTU OC 192 STM 64 LBC TCA Optics OTU 10GLAN LBC e TCA Optics OTU OTU2 LBC Before you begin Ensure the following Make sure there are no standing alarms that can attribute to the TCA s for example if there is an OCHAN TCA make sure that the corresponding upstream add OTU is not in alarm All TCAs have a default threshold value that was carefully chosen With the exception of OPR and OPT all TCAs can be user provisioned If the TCA is occurring on more than one node associated with the same channel wavelength start the following trouble clearing process at the first upstream node that is reporting the TCA Fixing this node first may very well clear the TCA at the other downstream nodes Display the Default Threshold 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 The following is the procedure for displaying the default threshold From the Main menu select PERFORMANCE gt Provision Threshold Important It can take as long as 10 minutes for a TCA to activate or clear Before taking the recommended action please check the sensitivity of the current user provisioned thresholds which can cause inadvertent activation of TCAs and as a result may only require adjusting the current threshold value END OF STEPS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 223
596. visioning to obtain the Installation Provisioning Wizard Then select Next until the NSAP Address Information window appears and inform the Navis EMS technician of the new SYSID indicated in that window After replacing or reseating the EI circuit pack verify that the system clock is correct If necessary reset the system clock Is the FAULT LED lit on the replacement circuit pack IF THEN YES Go to TAP 108 Address Missing or Incorrect Response p 14 31 NO Continue with Step 9 Is the circuit pack just replaced an OA OTU OMU ODU ORS or WAD circuit pack IF THEN YES Continue with Step 10 NO Continue with Step 11 for EI OMON or SUPVY circuit packs Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 240 Clear Outdated Boot Flash 10 Notify the person who is responsible for all affected service protection signals assigned to this OA OTU OMU ODU ORS WAD that this Optical Line or Optical Channel can now be returned to service 11 Reinstall the shelf cover For help refer to DLP 514 Remove and or Install Circuit Pack p 15 27 12 you replace an OA OMON or SUPVY circuit pack IF THEN YES Baseline the replaced circuit pack For help refer to DLP 529 Baseline Optical Parameters p 15 71 NO Continue with Step 13 13 Is the CR PROMPT MJ DEF
597. w Procedure This procedure is used to clear an Incoming LOS Failure condition associated with an Optical Redundancy Switch Is the OTU reporting the condition an ADD OTU or a DROP OTU IF THEN If an ADD OTU Continue with Step 2 If a DROP OTU Proceed to Step 15 Make an optical power measurement at the 1A OUT 1B OUT 2A OUT or 2B OUT ports of the ORS associated with the OTU port reporting the failed condition Is the measured power level within the values required range of Table 15 3 OTU Input Power Range p 15 53 IF THEN YES Continue with Step 4 NO Proceed to Step 7 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Replace the fiber jumper between the OTU IN port of the OTU reporting the failed condition and the ORS switch At the CIT select REPORTS gt Conditions to obtain a report Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 255 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 234 Address Incoming LOS Signal Failure When 10 11 12 13 OTU is Associated with ORS Is the failure condition cleared IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 27 NO Obtain assistance by calling Customer Technical Assistance Management CTAM 1 866 582 3688 United States and 1 630 224 4672 International Notify the person client responsible for the service assigned to the both of the ORS ports C1 IN and C2 IN to restore service on a different route
598. ware and initiating or terminating a login session to a remote network element Refer to Table 13 1 Operations Task Index p 13 2 for a list of all Operations Tasks Contents IXL 001 Operations Tasks Index 13 2 NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the 13 3 CIT and an NE NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another 13 5 Network Element 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 13 1 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Operations Tasks IXL 001 Operations Tasks Index Operations Task Index Table 13 1 Operations Task Index p 13 2 lists the Operations Tasks Table 13 1 Operations Task Index Task Description Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into CIT and WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE Copy Software from One WaveStar OLS 1 6T NE to Another NE Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Remote NE Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT Modify Disable Enable or Add a User Login and or Password Handle and Package Bays Subrack Assemblies and Individual Circuit Packs for Transport Procedure NTP 002 Install Software Initial Installation Upgrade Change into the CIT and an NE p 13 3 NTP 003 Copy Software from One Network Element to Another Network Element p 13 5 DLP 518 Initiate or Terminate Login Session to a Network Element Using WaveStar OLS 1 6T CIT p 15 43 DLP 519
599. when the performance of the Optical Channel has exceeded the performance thresholds established by the customer or factory settings Important Degradation of the upstream transmission and equipment quality could cause multiple alarms Before attempting to clear this alarm log into the most upstream NE with the same alarm condition At the most upstream office with the TCA alarm use the CIT to access the REPORTS Conditions to obtain a report Within the CIT s NE Equipment Explorer click on the bay shelf and slot for the OTU identified in the Performance Report from Step 2 In the OTU Performance Parameter Selection dialog box 1 Choose Select All under the OTU PM Parameter Dialog box 2 Select Appropriate Time Bin under the Time Period Dialog box 3 Select gt UP all bins even those without errors or 1 UP only the bins with errors 4 Select OK Using the resulting pop up PM Report confirm that the identified IN port of the OTU is exceeding the threshold Remove the appropriate shelf cover All connections can be accessed from the front For help refer to DLP 511 Install Remove Shelf Cover p 15 19 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 281 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 243 Clear TCA Digital Alarm OTU STM 16 or 64 8 10 11 12 13 14 BBE ESS SESS or UASS 15 min 1 day CAUTION 08 Service disruption hazard SERVICE AFFECTING Failure to follow instructions i
600. with the telemetry circuit pack that is used to communicate maintenance information Suppression A process where service affecting alarms that have been identified as an effect are not displayed to a user SUPVY Supervisory Synchronous Network elements that are timed from references traceable to a single Stratum 1 source Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SDH A family of digital transmission rates from 51 84 Mb s to 9 953 Gb s that allows the interconnection of transmission products around the world Synchronous Network The synchronization of transmission systems with payloads to a master network clock that can be traced to a single reference clock Synchronous Optical Network SONET A family of fiber optic transmission rates from 51 84 Mb s to 13 22 Gb s that allows the interworking of transmission products from multiple vendors Synchronous Payload Envelope SPE A 125 microsecond frame structure composed of STS path overhead and bandwidth for the payload Synchronous Transfer Mode STM Transport and switching method that depends on information occurring in regular and fixed patterns Synchronous Transport Signal STS STS n The basic logical building block signal with a rate of 51 840 Mb s for an STS 1 signal and a rate of n times 51 840 Mb s for an STS n signal 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 33 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary SYSCTL System Controller SYSMEM System Memory
601. x uiejs g WDOdAdO pu nof uiojs g 28042 WOdAdO 248 pl ur s4 E m us WOdAdO pu 2 Ul9 s S m N dAd pu pof n uiojs g WdAdO pu nof m uiojs g yo y WOdAd2O IAS poxly ur sAS ULE V ON VN m Sok DU di N dAd 1s p urojs g ULETV ON x VN SOX pu dI WDdAdO NI XAAdNS 4071 euueyo Aadns n q iz LAWONd 9 m TIN S X AAdNS Sururoouy NI AAdns SOT ouueqo Aadns 1104 m LdlNO ld fIN S X AAdNS 8 Bun yiy Bun uy Buno uy Bun uy 99IAJ9SUON E dAL edi yu pu d pui 1uepuedepu siuena Anua sseippy juepuedag lAl Ss juapuedag lAl Ss 19 L dvsv 901n0S poInquny Has hv euu 13NOS zUonpuoo 510 penunuoo spuewwo s1ue 3 ejqej wely 4 12 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Alarm Condition Table Alarm Reference Guide Alcatel Lucent Proprietary LdO 91 9 8 NI ALO NLO 1104 uey ON s VN m s x s ndO V L AdO 9 JA LS 8t 2O NI ALO NLO p xr
602. xcept those with active LOS or AIM conditions Important Any channel with an active LOS or AIM condition is not automatically baselined Delete a Single Optical Channel Automatic baselining will be performed when an optical channel has been deleted The following parameters are automatically baselined e TOPR OL for the optical amplifier e TOPT OL for the optical amplifier If there are eight or fewer channels present in the optical line before the deletion of the channel the following parameters are automatically baselined for all optical channels except those with active LOS or AIM conditions and SPR C for all optical channels except those with LOS or AIM conditions 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 6 21 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Performance Monitoring Manual Baselining Baselining Commands Manual Baselining is performed through the CIT or Cut Through mode with TL1 commands Note that baselining should be done at all NEs that this line OChan or SUPVY pass through The TL1 baselining commands for manual baselining are SET BASELINE OLINE SET BASELINE SUPR RTRV BASELINE OLINE RTRV BASELINE SUPR SET BASELINE OCHAN RTRV BASELINE OCHAN Refer to Table 6 1 When to Baseline Manually p 6 22 for a list of conditions under which manual baselining can be performed Table 6 1 When to Baseline Manually Performance TOPR OL SPR SU SPR C Parameter s
603. xtends the access domain beyond the end terminals Optical Monitoring Circuit OMON The OMON determines the number of channels wavelengths present in the WaveStar OLS 1 6T system and the output power of each channel present Optical Multiplexer Unit OMU An OMU takes up to 80 Low Speed Broadband LSBB High Speed Broadband HSBB or OC 48 STM 16 signals and combines them into a single signal Optical Section Refer to Span Optical Translator Unit OTU OTUs translate incoming optical signals to wavelengths compatible with OLS Optical WAD Refer to Wavelength Add Drop Orderwire A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary GL 25 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Glossary Original Value Provisioning The original values are preprogrammed at the factory These values can be overridden using local or remote provisioning OS Operations System OSI Open System Interface OSI DCN Open System Interconnection Data Communication Network OSNR Optical Signal to Noise Ratio OSNR C Optical Signal to Noise Ratio Channel OSS Operations Support System OT Optical Translator OTCTL Optical Translator Controller OTPM Optical Translator Port Module OTU Optical Translator Unit Out of Service OOS The circuit pack is not providing its normal service function removed from either the working or protection state either
604. y Or 4 Per L3 Or L8 Bay Each Rated 45 Amps EXIGENCES D ALIMENTATION Au plus quatre six 45 art ros d entr e 48 V c c par syst me 2 par L1 L2 L6 ou L7 section ou 4 par L3 ou L8 section d une puissance de 45 A c c chacune To Be Power Only By Safoty Extra Low Voltage SELV 46 Source Complies With 21 CFR 1040 10 And 1040 11 Conforme aux documerits 21 CFR 1040 10 et 1040 11 This Digital Apparatus Does Not Exceed The Class A Limits For Radio Noise Emissions Set Out In The Radio Interference Regulations Of The Canadian Department of Communications Cet appareil num rique n m t pas do bruits radio lectriques d passant les limites applicables aux appareils num riques de la Classe A sp cifi os dans le r giement sur le brouillage radio lectriquo dict par le minist ro des Communiention du Canada This Device Complies With Part 15 Of The FCC Rules Operation ls Subject To The Following Two Conditions 1 This Device May Not Causo Harmful Interference 2 This Device Must Accopt Any Interference Rocalved Including Interference That May Cause Undesired Operation Laser Diode Compliance Label A Laser Diode Compliance Label is attached to the non component side of the PWB of each circuit pack containing a laser diode see Laser Diode Compliance Label p 1 12 This includes all OA OTU and SUPVY circuit packs 365 575 715R9 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 1 11 Issue 1 July 2007 S
605. y Remote defect indicator RDI Previously called far end receive failure FERF an indication returned to a transmitting terminal that the receiving terminal has detected an incoming section failure Remote failure indication RFI Previously called yellow signals a signal that alerts upstream STS 1 path terminating equipment that a down stream failure has been alarmed along the STS 1 path This action prevents multiple alarms from being activated for the same failure and ensures that craft will be dispatched to the correct location of the failure Repeater A repeater is an optical device that receives an optical signal amplifies it and re transmits it Repeater Terminal In OLS a bidirectional terminal consisting of a pair of optical amplifiers and the corresponding telemetry packs RF Radio Frequency RFI Remote failure indication Ring A series of nodes connected in a ring topology so that if there is a failure of a node or a link traffic can be routed in the opposite direction of the failure and reach all nodes on the ring RM ACTY Remote Activity Router An interface between two networks While routers are like bridges they work differently Routers provide more functionality than bridges For example they can find the best route between any two networks even if there are several different networks in between Routers also provide network management capabilities such as load balancing partitioning of the network
606. y level for each of the miscellaneous discrete environmental points is provisionable Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 365 575 715R9 0 See notice on first page Issue 1 July 2007 Operation Interfaces Miscellaneous Discrete Interfaces 365 575 715R9 0 Issue 1 July 2007 Operational Capabilities The following capabilities are available e The state of the environmental points is available as message based OS messages and are reported on demand at the CIT and OS Interfaces e The control points are operated and released from the CIT and OS interface e If the NE experiences a RESET the states of the environmental and control points remain unaffected e All discretes are provisioned with their values upon initialization Alarms are given an original value of MN e When an environmental point is activated a notification is sent to the OS When the point returns to its initial state a notification is sent to the OS Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 3 15 See notice on first page Operation Interfaces TL1 OS Interface Commands The WaveStar9 OLS 1 6T has a TL1 application level OS port interface with a full set of TL1 OS commands Important There may be more than one OS NE TL1 interface NEs within a maintenance subnetwork directly connected to the OS are called Points of Attachment Communications and Application Protocols The WaveStar OLS 1 6T OS port TL1 interface is transported over the network as follows
607. zard Step 3 through Step 5 require an input voltage measurement at the power filter jacks of the appropriate power feeder Remove the appropriate shelf cover s to access the power line filter Voltage input measuring jacks white and red are on the front of each filter Each shelf has two power line filters The 48V power line filter associated with the A feeder is on located the left and the B feeder power line filter is on the right 365 575 715R9 0 0 Alcatel Lucent Proprietary 14 67 Issue 1 July 2007 See notice on first page Trouble Clearing Tasks TAP 119 Clear Circuit Breaker Power Failure A or B or A and B Does the input voltage measure between 42 75 and 60 volts IF THEN YES Proceed to Step 8 NO Continue with Step 6 WARNING Electric shock hazard Automatic Power Shutdown APSD of the OA output will not be available during the system reset caused by an electrical power disruption Electric shock hazard Consult the Technical Support personnel if you have any questions when checking the power cables Check at the Battery Distribution Fuse Board BDFB or equivalent visually check within the bay for loose connections power cable problems between the BDFB and the shelf with the failure and correct the voltage supply problem Was a problem found and corrected IF THEN YES STOP YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE NO Proceed t

WaveStar® OLS 1.6T (400G/800G) User/Service Manual (USM)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WaveStar&reg; OLS 1.6T (400G/800G) User/Service Manual (USM)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WaveStar® OLS 1.6T (400G/800G) User/Service Manual (USM)